CALL TO ACTION

HEALTH REFORM 2009
SENATE FINANCE COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN MAX BAUCUS DMONT.
November 12, 2008
U.S. Senator Max Baucus (D-Mont.)
Chairman, Senate Finance Committee
CALL TO ACTION HEALTH REFORM 2009
w w w . f i n a n c c . s c n a t c . g o v - T c l : 2 0 2 - 2 2 4 - 4 5 1 5

REFORMING AMERICA’S HEALTH CARE SYSTEM:
A CALL TO ACTION


It is the duty of the next Congress to reform America’s health care system. In 2009,
Congress must take up and act on meaningful health reform legislation that achieves
coverage for every American while also addressing the underlying problems in our health
system. The urgency of this task has become undeniable.

In preparing to act, I led the U.S. Senate Finance Committee in holding nine hearings on
health care reform this year and hosted a day-long health summit in June 2008 to explore
in greater depth the problems plaguing our health system. I have spent a good deal of time
talking to colleagues on both sides of the aisle and to stakeholders in the health care
industry to get their perspectives on the issues that matter. And perhaps most importantly,
in listening sessions across the state of Montana, I have heard from many Americans about
the challenges so many patients and families face in getting access to affordable health
coverage and paying medical bills.

This paper — this Call to Action — represents the next step. It is not intended to be a
legislative proposal. Nor is it an exhaustive exploration of every health care issue that
should or needs to be addressed, or that will be considered. Rather, it details my vision for
health care reform. The plan outlined here addresses health care coverage, quality, and
cost. Many components would require an initial investment but, over time, would vastly
improve the quality of the health care that Americans receive and reduce the cost of that
health care, ultimately putting our system on a more sustainable path. The policies in this
paper are designed so that after ten years the U.S. would spend no more on health care than
is currently projected, but we would spend those resources more efficiently and would
provide better-quality coverage to all Americans.

The health system is so complex that any solution will demand time and attention to make
sure that we get it right. This plan is most certainly a work in progress. But this Call to
Action is intended to encourage constructive input by policymakers, stakeholders, and
health policy thought leaders to move us forward. I look forward to discussing this plan
with President-Elect Obama, with my colleagues in Congress, and with stakeholders in the
health care system, working collaboratively with all to enact effective health reform.

Americans who care deeply about the future of our health system and our economy must
take up the fight together for comprehensive health care reform. My door is open and I
seek partners with “can do” spirits and open minds. I believe — very strongly — that
every American has a right to high-quality health care through affordable, portable,
meaningful health coverage. And I believe that Americans cannot wait any longer.




Max Baucus
Chairman
U.S. Senate Committee on Finance


2
TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY......................................................................... iii


CHAPTER I THE CASE FOR REFORM.......................................... 1

ACCESS!MILLIONS OF AMERICANS LACK COVERAGE............................................... 1

COST! GROWTH IN HEALTH CARE SPENDING IS UNSUSTAINABLE FOR
FAMILIES, BUSINESSES, AND THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT......................................... 3

QUALITY! POOR RETURN ON OUR HUGE INVESTMENT.............................................. 6

WHAT AMERICANS WANT FROM THEIR HEALTH CARE SYSTEM................................ 7

BAUCUS PRINCIPLES: THE VISION FOR OUR HEALTH CARE SYSTEM......................... 8


CHAPTER II BAUCUS PLAN: INCREASING ACCESS TO
AFFORDABLE HEALTH COVERAGE ................. 13

A. INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITY.............................................................................. 15

B. STRENGTHENING THE EMPLOYER-BASED SYSTEM.............................................. 16

C. GUARANTEED ACCESS TO AFFORDABLE COVERAGE FOR INDIVIDUALS
AND SMALL BUSINESSES..................................................................................... 17

D. STRENGTHENING PUBLIC PROGRAMS.................................................................. 21

E. FOCUSING ON PREVENTION AND WELLNESS ....................................................... 28

F. ADDRESSING HEALTH DISPARITIES..................................................................... 30


CHAPTER III BAUCUS PLAN: IMPROVING VALUE BY
REFORMING THE HEALTH CARE
DELIVERY SYSTEM................................................. 36

A. STRENGTHENING THE ROLE OF PRIMARY CARE AND CHRONIC
CARE MANAGEMENT .......................................................................................... 37

B. REFOCUSING PAYMENT INCENTIVES TOWARD QUALITY .................................... 41

i
C. PROMOTING COLLABORATION AND ACCOUNTABILITY....................................... 48

D. HEALTH CARE INFRASTRUCTURE........................................................................ 55


CHAPTER IV BAUCUS PLAN: FINANCING A MORE
EFFICIENT HEALTH CARE SYSTEM.................. 65

A. FRAUD, WASTE, AND ABUSE............................................................................... 66

B. INCREASED TRANSPARENCY ............................................................................... 69

C. MEDICAL MALPRACTICE REFORM...................................................................... 74

D. PRIVATE INSURANCE PLANS IN MEDICARE ......................................................... 76

E. LONG-TERM CARE SERVICES AND SUPPORTS ..................................................... 78

F. TAX INCENTIVES FOR HEALTH COVERAGE ......................................................... 80


CONCLUSION ........................................................................................... 87
ii
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The link between health care costs and the economy is undeniable. Reforming the health
care system is essential to restoring America’s overall economy and the financial security
of our working families.

The case for reform is strong. The U.S. is the only developed country that does not
guarantee health coverage for all its citizens, with 46 million uninsured and another 25
million underinsured. As a result, families are struggling to keep up with out-of-pocket
costs for medical care. American businesses are straining to absorb rising health care costs
while staying competitive at home and around the world. Despite high levels of spending
on health care, research documents poor quality of care received by patients in the U.S.
Studies show, for example, that adults receive recommended care for many illnesses only
55 percent of the time. Children fare even worse.

Americans are acutely aware of problems in the country’s health care system, and they are
ready for change. They are not alone. The nation’s health care stakeholders — consumers,
businesses, labor, providers, plans, manufacturers, and state and local governments — are
signaling that they are ready and willing to engage in serious and comprehensive reform of
a health system in crisis. They recognize that the status quo of high costs, unacceptable
numbers of the uninsured and underinsured Americans, and far less than optimal quality
and value is unsustainable and intolerable. And, notably, the nation’s economists concur
that system reform is not only necessary to rationalize our health care system, but to
sustain our economy, our ability to compete internationally and, over the long haul, to deal
with our long-term fiscal challenges.

A high-performing health care system would guarantee all Americans affordable, quality
coverage no matter their age, health status, or medical history. Today, the costs of care for
the uninsured are largely borne by those with insurance; providers charge higher prices to
patients with private coverage to make up for uncompensated care, and these costs are
passed on to consumers in the form of increased premiums. Requiring all Americans to
have health insurance will help end the shifting of costs from the uninsured to the insured.

Covering all Americans would also ensure that the insurance market functions effectively.
Insurance works because policyholders pay into their plans when healthy, and have their
medical bills paid when they are sick. If a significant portion of Americans does not
purchase coverage until sick, then premiums for all enrollees will increase to cover insurer
outlays, and the problem of unaffordable coverage will persist. Finally, covering all
Americans is essential to effective prevention and wellness efforts and managing chronic
illnesses. Efforts to guard against and better manage illness are an effective tool to
improve health and contain costs but, without every American in the system, those efforts
will fall short of their full potential.

In a high-performing health care system, employers, individuals, health providers and
plans, as well as government would all bear responsibility and contribute to fulfilling the
goal of covering all Americans. Wellness and prevention would be prioritized. And
iii
increased quality would result in lower costs so that employers could afford to continue to
offer health coverage and still compete in a global marketplace. Our public health
programs would be on a more fiscally sustainable path. Ensuring that every American has
coverage would make health care truly portable, so that Americans are no longer locked
into a job based on a need to retain their health coverage. This Call to Action outlines a
vision for creating that high-performing health care system.

Like a sturdy stool, the Call to Action has three equally important legs: (1) a policy that
ensures meaningful coverage and care to all Americans; (2) an insistence that any such
expansion be coupled with an emphasis on higher quality, greater value, and — over time
— less costly care; and (3) an absolute commitment to weed out waste, eliminate
overpayments, and design a sustainable financing system that works for taxpayers as well
as for the nation’s recipients and providers of health care.

Ensuring Health Coverage for All Americans. The Baucus plan would ensure that
every individual can access affordable coverage by creating a nationwide insurance pool
called the Health Insurance Exchange. Those who already have health coverage could
keep what they have. But for those who need affordable, guaranteed coverage, the
Exchange would be a marketplace where Americans could easily compare and purchase
the plans of their choice. Private insurers offering coverage through the Exchange would
be precluded from discrimination based on pre-existing conditions. Premium subsidies
would be available to qualifying families and small businesses. By making health care
more affordable and universally available to all Americans, the Baucus plan would take a
major step toward eliminating racial and ethnic health disparities.

While the Exchange is being created, the Baucus plan would make health care coverage
immediately available to Americans aged 55 to 64 through a Medicare buy-in, and it would
begin to phase-out the current two-year waiting period for Medicare coverage for
individuals with disabilities. The plan would provide every American living below the
poverty level with access to Medicaid. This policy is consistent with the original intent of
Medicaid, and it is the quickest and most cost-effective way to cover every American
living in poverty. The Baucus plan would also ensure that all states use the State
Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) to cover children at or below 250 percent of
the Federal poverty level, putting help within reach for more needy children. Finally,
recognizing that America cannot keep its promise to provide care to Native Americans and
Alaska Natives with the current level of Indian Health Service (IHS) funding, the Baucus
plan calls for additional funding for IHS.

Once affordable, high-quality, and meaningful health insurance options are available to all
Americans through their employers or through the Exchange, individuals would have a
responsibility to have health coverage. This step is necessary for insurance market reforms
to function properly and to end the cost shifting that occurs within the system. It is
expected that the vast majority of American employers would continue to provide coverage
as a competitive benefit to attract employees. Except for small firms, employers that
choose otherwise must contribute to a fund that would help cover those who remain
uninsured.
iv

The Baucus plan would immediately refocus our health care system toward prevention and
wellness, rather than on illness and treatment. Those who are uninsured ! and therefore
less likely to receive preventive care and treatment for major conditions ! would be given
a “RightChoices” card that guarantees access to recommended preventive care, including
services like a health risk assessment, physical exam, immunizations, and age and gender-
appropriate cancer screenings recommended by the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force.
Individuals without private coverage and not eligible or enrolled in a public health
coverage program, but whose RightChoices screening detected and diagnosed one or more
of the most common, costly chronic conditions, would qualify to receive treatment on a
temporary basis until viable coverage options are available under the Health Insurance
Exchange. Current Medicare, Medicaid, and CHIP beneficiaries would receive
recommended preventive services with little or no co-payment. Preventive services would
be covered by all insurance options offered through the Health Insurance Exchange.

Improving Health Care Quality and Value. Recognizing that any attempt to cover the
uninsured and reduce health care spending must address the perverse incentives fostered by
current payment systems, the Baucus plan includes delivery system reforms that would
improve quality and, over time, lower costs. The plan strengthens the role of primary care
and chronic care management. Primary care is the keystone of a high-performing health
care system. Increasing the supply and availability of primary care practitioners by
improving the value placed on their work is a necessary step toward meaningful reform.

The plan would refocus payment incentives toward quality and value. Today’s payment
systems reward providers for delivering more care rather than better care. A redefined
health system would realign payment incentives toward improving the quality of care
delivered to patients. Fixing the unstable and unsustainable Medicare physician payment
formula is a necessary step in this process. The plan would promote accountability and
coordination among providers by encouraging providers in different settings — physician
offices, inpatient hospitals, post-acute care settings, and others — to collaborate and
provide patient-centered care in a way that would improve quality and save money.

To facilitate the proposed delivery system reforms, the Baucus plan would improve the
health care infrastructure by investing in new comparative effectiveness research and
health information technology (IT). Health IT is needed for quality reporting and
improvement and to give providers ready access to better evidence and other clinical
decision-support tools. Reinvesting in the training of a twenty-first century health care
workforce is necessary for many delivery system reform goals to be realized.

Achieving Greater Efficiency and Sustainable Financing. The U.S. spends $2.3 trillion
per year on health care, and economists warn that rising health care costs represent a
serious threat to our long-term fiscal security. According to the Congressional Budget
Office, up to one-third of that spending — more than $700 billion — does not improve
Americans’ health outcomes. Excess spending must be eliminated and dollars put to better
use, not only to correct the imbalances of the current health care system, but to offset the
high costs of much-needed comprehensive reform.
v

Beyond measures to refocus the system on primary care, reward quality care, and invest in
critical research and technology, the Baucus plan would endorse direct steps in five
additional areas to curb excess health care spending. The plan would invest more to detect
and eliminate fraud, waste, and abuse in public programs. The plan would address
overpayments to private insurers in the Medicare Advantage program. The plan would
increase transparency of cost and quality information and would require disclosure of
payments and incentives to providers by drug or device makers that may lead to biased
decision-making. The plan also considers careful reforms of medical malpractice laws that
could lower administrative costs and health spending throughout the system, while
ensuring that injured patients are compensated fairly for their losses.

Long-term care services and supports are both a significant share of national health
expenditures and a driver of cost. Considering policies to shift the focus from institutional
care to services provided in the home and community could improve the quality of care
delivered and reduce costs. Finally, the plan would explore targeted reforms of the tax
code to make incentives more efficient, distribute benefits more fairly, and promote
smarter spending of health care dollars by consumers themselves.

Conclusion. I believe it is the duty of the next Congress to reform America’s health care
system. In 2009, Congress must take up and act on meaningful health reform legislation
that achieves coverage for all Americans while also addressing the underlying problems in
our health system. The urgency of this task has become undeniable.

In the short term, health care reform would cost taxpayers more than the government can
achieve in savings from all reforms and financing changes. Congressional leaders and the
public must be realistic about the timeframe in which the fiscal success of reform is
measured. If we fail to act, however, we will double our current national expenditure on
health care from $2 trillion to $4 trillion, continue to witness the plight of tens of millions
of our citizens without health insurance cost shifting to those who do, continue to tolerate
poor quality that leads to nearly 100,000 deaths a year, and watch our businesses become
less competitive and our nation go further into debt. In short, we all must realize that the
costs of inaction, both in human and financial terms, will eventually be far greater than any
initial outlays. We must choose to invest now in a health care system that will richly repay
the nation with greater health and economic stability in the long term.

vi
CHAPTER I THE CASE FOR REFORM

At a day-long health reform summit hosted by the Senate Finance Committee this year,
Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke said, “Improving the performance of our health-
care system is without a doubt one of the most important challenges that our nation
faces.”
1
With a world financial crisis demanding a significant investment of government
resources, some have asked whether the time is right for a large — and likely expensive —
effort at comprehensive health care reform in the United States. But the link between
health care costs and the economy is incontrovertible. Health care reform is not a
distraction from addressing our economic challenges; health care reform is an essential part
of restoring America’s overall economy and the finances of our working families.

Health care concerns are closely tied to economic anxiety. Sixty-two percent of voters in the
2008 elections agree that it is more important than ever to take on health care reform in light
of the economic downturn.
2
This moment in history is not unlike that faced by President
Franklin D. Roosevelt and the New Deal generation as they sought a path out of the Great
Depression. Now, as then, solving America’s economic challenges will require a
multifaceted response. Reforming the nation’s health care system will be an essential part of
shoring up the nation’s long-term economic strength.

The key challenges facing our health care system are lack of access to care, the cost of
care, and the need for better-quality care. Each of these challenges has a direct effect on
family budgets, on U.S. businesses, on government spending, and on the country’s ability
to compete globally. A better understanding of each of these key issues demonstrates the
need for immediate action by the next Congress.

ACCESS!MILLIONS OF AMERICANS LACK COVERAGE

3
The U.S. is the only developed country without health coverage for all of its citizens. An
estimated 45.7 million Americans, or 15.3 percent of the population, lacked health insurance
in 2007 — up from 38.4 million in 2000.
4
Those without health coverage generally
experience poorer health and worse health outcomes than those who are insured. Twenty-
three percent forgo necessary care every year due to cost. And a number of studies show that
the uninsured are less likely to receive preventive care or even care for traumatic injuries,
heart attacks, and chronic diseases.
5, , , 6 7 8
The Urban Institute reports that 22,000 uninsured
adults die prematurely each year as a direct result of lacking access to care.
9

A majority of the uninsured has low or moderate incomes (see Figure 1.1). About two-
thirds have family incomes less than twice the Federal poverty level (FPL).
10,11
Only one
in ten have incomes higher than four times the Federal poverty level.

12
Eight in ten of the uninsured come from working families. But these workers are either
not offered coverage by their employer and cannot access it through a family member, or
they do not qualify for employer-offered coverage. For example, they might not be eligible
because they work part-time.

1
Figure 1.1. Uninsured by Federal Poverty Level
100-199% FPL
29%
200-299% FPL
17%
300-399% FPL
8%
400%+FPL
10%
<100% FPL
37%

Source: KCMU/Urban Institute analysis of March 2008 CPS.



In addition to the uninsured,
another 25 million Americans are
“underinsured,” without enough
coverage to keep their medical
bills manageable. According to a
recent study by The
Commonwealth Fund,
REAL PEOPLE, REAL REASONS FOR REFORM:
13
In 2006, Lisa Kelly was diagnosed with acute leukemia.
She had insurance!an AARP Medical Advantage plan,
underwritten by UnitedHealth Group Inc. with a monthly
premium of $185. Unfortunately, the policy had a $37,000
annual limit. And due to the flimsy coverage provided by
her policy, the hospital, M.D. Anderson Cancer Center,
79 million Americans are unable
to pay their medical bills
requested an up-front cash payment of $105,000 before it
would start providing chemotherapy treatment. 14
— and
of those, more than 47 million
were insured when the expenses
were incurred.
Ms. Kelly enrolled in a high-risk insurance plan
administered by Blue Cross Blue Shield of Texas in
February 2007, with a monthly premium of $633. Since her 15
Despite their
insurance coverage, medical debt
keeps these Americans from
feeding their families, paying their
rent, or heating their homes.
Medical debt contributes to half of
all filed bankruptcies, and affects
approximately two million people
a year.
cancer was a pre-existing condition, she had to wait one
year for the new plan to cover her treatment. Although
Blue Cross started paying her new hospital bills earlier this
year, Ms. Kelly is still personally responsible for more than
$145,000 in bills incurred before February 2008, and she
is paying $2,000 each month for those bills. In June, she
learned that after being in remission for more than a year,
her leukemia has returned.
16


2
COST! GROWTH IN HEALTH CARE SPENDING IS UNSUSTAINABLE FOR FAMILIES,
BUSINESSES, AND THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT

American families are struggling to keep up with out-of-pocket costs for health care.
American businesses are straining to absorb rising health care costs while staying
competitive at home and around the world. Federal and state budgets — as well as
taxpayers — are bearing an ever-increasing burden as entitlement programs such as
Medicare and Medicaid consume a larger share of public expenditures.

Failure to address problems in the health care system could undermine current efforts to
restore the economy. Ultimately, Congress cannot help American families’ finances or
address America’s economic woes in a lasting, meaningful way without health care reform.

Even before the current economic crisis, working families and individuals found their
health care in jeopardy as the cost of employer-sponsored coverage rose beyond the means
of businesses — particularly small businesses — and workers alike. As Figure 1.2 shows,
health insurance premiums have increased faster than wages and inflation for most years
between 1988 and 2007. Premiums have increased 117 percent for families and
individuals and 119 percent for employers between 1999 and 2008.

Figure 1.2. Illustrations of Health Insurance Premium Increases
$1,543
$3,354
$4,247
$9,325
1999 2008
Employer Contribution
Worker Contribution
12%
18%
14%
9%
1%
5%
8%
11%
6%
8%
9%
11%
14%
13%
1
9
8
8
1
9
8
9
1
9
9
0
1
9
9
3
1
9
9
6
1
9
9
9
2
0
0
0
2
0
0
1
2
0
0
2
2
0
0
3
2
0
0
4
2
0
0
5
2
0
0
6
2
0
0
7
Health Insurance Premiums
Overall Inflation
Workers' Earnings
Increases in Health Insurance Premiums
Compared to Other Indicators, 1988-2007
Average Health Insurance Premiums and
Worker Contributions for Family Coverage,
1999–2008
$5,791
$12,680
119%
increase
117%
increase

Source: Kaiser/HRET Survey of Employer-Sponsored Health Benefits, 1999-2008; KPMG Survey of Employer-
Sponsored Health Benefits, 1993, 1996; The Health Insurance Association of America (HIAA), 1988, 1989, 1990;
Bureau of Labor Statistics, Consumer Price Index, U.S. City Average of Annual Inflation, 1988-2007; Bureau of Labor
Statistics, Seasonally Adjusted Data from the Current Employment Statistics Survey, 1988-2007.

Why are premiums rising so fast? A recent synthesis of studies found that greater use of
medical technology is a driving force — contributing between 38 and 65 percent to health
care cost increases.
17
Other factors, including obesity, demographics, and productivity,
also contribute to growth in the cost of health care.
3

Additionally, hospitals and clinics provide an estimated $56 billion in uncompensated care
every year to people without health insurance,
18
and those who have health coverage pay
the bill through higher health care costs and increased premiums. A study of this “hidden
tax” estimated that ten percent of California health care premiums are attributable to cost
shifting due to the uninsured.
19

Even if workers can afford their portion of a premium, employers may not be able to afford
the rest. Because employers are the principal source of health insurance in the U.S.,
providing health benefits for more than 158 million people,
20
erosion in employer-
sponsored coverage is a serious problem.

Small business owners have
increasingly been forced to decide
among several painful options to offset
increasing health care costs — raising
health insurance premiums, limiting
raises or reducing bonus pay,
eliminating family health benefits, or
providing less-than-comprehensive
health coverage.
REAL PEOPLE, REAL REASONS FOR REFORM:
Phoenix Products, Inc., an Ohio firm, has operated for
31 years, growing from a youthful start-up company
into an established business with 47 employees. As
recently as 2003, Phoenix Products could afford to
provide a comprehensive health plan at a reasonable
cost. But as its employees grew older and health costs
increased, the company had to dramatically alter the
health plan benefit structure to keep providing any
coverage at all. The company moved away from
comprehensive benefits to a limited catastrophic

coverage plan. Even then, premiums increased ten
The story of Phoenix Products (left),
relayed to the Senate Finance Committee
at a June 2008 hearing,
percent each year from 2003 to 2007.
Renewing coverage in 2008 cost the company 35 21
is far too
common in the U.S. In 2000, 68 percent
of small to mid-size businesses (3-199
workers) offered health benefits, but
today that figure is 62 percent.
percent more than in 2007; the maximum increase
allowed under Ohio law. Quotes from other plans were
2½ times higher than the current rate. The company is
on the verge of losing its ability to offer insurance.
22

As rising health care costs threaten the stability and competitiveness of American
businesses, they threaten to destabilize the fiscal health of the country itself. Peter Orszag,
Director of the Congressional Budget Office, has appropriately noted that rising health care
costs represent the “single most important factor influencing the Federal Government’s
long-term fiscal balance.”
23
The U.S. spends more than 16 percent of our gross domestic
product (GDP) on health care — a much greater share than other industrialized nations
with high-quality systems and coverage for everyone. By 2017, health care expenditures
are expected to consume nearly 20 percent of the GDP (see Figure 1.3), or $4.3 trillion
annually.
24
Spending for Medicare and Medicaid, due to many of the same factors found
in the private sector, is projected to increase by 114 percent in ten years.
25
Over the same
period, the GDP will grow by just 64 percent.

4
Figure 1.3. Health Care Spending Poses Long Term
Challenges for U.S. Economy and Federal Budget
16.3%
20.5%
37.0%
43.0%
2007 2007 2050 2050
Health Care Spending
as % of GDP
Medicare & Medicaid
as % of Total Federal Budget

Sources: Keehan, “Health Spending Projections Through 2017”; CBO,
The Long Term Budget Outlook (Dec. 2007)

States face fiscal challenges ALSO. On average, states already spend 22 percent of their
budgets on Medicaid.
26
One effect of rising unemployment rates will be increased
eligibility for and enrollment in Medicaid. Many state governments are struggling to meet
balanced budget requirements.
27
In response, at least 29 states have already taken action to
reduce their budget deficits for fiscal year 2009.
28
States face limited choices in trying to
meet budget shortfalls; they can raise taxes or cut spending on Medicaid and other vital
services.

Finally, in the 21
st
century, when the economies of the world are ever more interconnected,
the strength of our health care system is increasingly important. Our international
competitiveness depends on the health of our workforce. Although polls show that many
Americans believe the U.S. health care system is better than other industrialized nations,
29

the numbers do not demonstrate this to be true.

As mentioned, the U.S. spends a greater percent of GDP and almost twice as much per
person on health care compared to other major industrialized countries (see Figure 1.4).
30

In a study of global health care systems, journalist and author T.R. Reid found startling
cost differences with the U.S. In Japan’s largely private system, the cost for magnetic
resonance imaging (MRI) is less than $100, compared to $1,200 in the U.S. In
Switzerland, home to profitable insurance companies and influential pharmaceutical
companies, administrative costs represent 5.5 percent of total costs, compared to about 22
percent for coverage purchased in the private insurance market in the U.S.
31
While there
must be a uniquely American answer to the question of containing health care costs, other
countries demonstrate the possibility of success.
5
Figure 1.4. Total Health Expenditures Per Capita,
U.S. and Selected Countries, 2006
$2,824
$6,714
$2,760
$4,311
$3,202
$4,250
$3,391
$4,303
$2,474
$2,614
$3,082
$3,371
$3,449
$2,668
$3,349
$3,678
$3,488
$3,606
$2,999
OECD Average
United States
U.K.
Switzerland
Sweden
Norway
Netherlands
Luxembourg
Japan
Italy
Ireland
Germany
France
Finland
Denmark
Canada
Belgium
Austria
Australia
Amounts in U.S.D. Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, OECD Health
Data 2008, updated August 26, 2008. http://www.oecd.org/health/healthdata.


QUALITY! POOR RETURN ON OUR HUGE INVESTMENT

Despite high levels of spending on health care, the U.S. ranks last out of 19 industrialized
countries in unnecessary deaths.
32
America ranks 29
th
out of 37 countries for infant
mortality — tied with Slovakia and Poland, and below Cuba and Hungary.
33
The United
States has almost double the infant mortality rate of France or Germany.
34
A recent study
by the Institute of Medicine concluded that the current health care system is not making
progress toward improving quality or containing costs for patients or providers.
35


Research documenting poor quality of care received by patients in the U.S. is shocking. A
2003 RAND Corporation study found that adults received recommended care for many
illnesses only 55 percent of the time. Needed care for diabetes was delivered only 45
percent of the time and for pneumonia only 39 percent of the time. Patients with breast
cancer fared better, but still did not receive recommended care one-quarter of the time.

6
The same researchers at RAND found that children received recommended care only 47
percent of the time.
36
Recommended preventive services were provided just 41 percent of
the time, and children with chronic illnesses received about 53 percent of needed services.

Even more disturbing is the finding that all patients are at risk for poor quality care —
gender, age, race, income, and insurance status do not provide any advantage. Although
many patients do receive excellent care, many more receive uncoordinated, fragmented
care, are unable to access care when needed, or obtain care through hospital emergency
departments after their condition has worsened due to lack of timely intervention. Beyond
the known medical risks that low-quality care poses for individual Americans, the lack of
quality across our health care system contributes to the problem of rising costs.

In short, Americans are not getting their money’s worth when patients receive services of
little or no value
37,38
— such as hospitalizations that could have been prevented with
appropriate outpatient treatment, duplicate tests, or ineffective tests and treatments. Yet
the current system does little to steer providers toward the right choices. Even though
more care does not necessarily mean better care, Medicare and most other insurers
continue to pay for more visits, tests, imaging services, and procedures, regardless of
whether the treatment is effective or necessary, and pay even more when treatment results
in subsequent injury or illness.
39
Providers are not consistently encouraged to coordinate
patients’ care or to supply preventive and primary care services, even though such actions
can improve quality of care and reduce costs. Rewarding providers that furnish better
quality care, coordinate care, and use resources more judiciously could reduce costs and,
most importantly, better meet the health care needs of millions more American patients.
40

WHAT AMERICANS WANT FROM THEIR HEALTH CARE SYSTEM

Americans are acutely aware of problems in the country’s health care system, and ready
for change. Polling repeatedly demonstrates that Americans want and deserve better
access to care, better quality care, and better value from their health care system. More
than 70 percent of Americans rate our health care system as “fair” or “poor.”
41
When
asked whether our health system needs a complete overhaul, major repairs, or minor
tinkering, 90 percent of Americans respond that the system should be “completely rebuilt”
or that “fundamental changes” are needed.
42

At the same time, those who currently have health coverage do not want to lose those
benefits. Many people are satisfied with their personal providers or their current coverage
and do not want to jeopardize those connections to the system.

The majority of Americans also believes that coverage should be provided for the
uninsured, calling the issue of the uninsured a very serious problem.
43
Americans also
want relief from rapidly rising premiums and medical debt. Sixty-five percent of those
polled admit that it is “somewhat” or “very difficult” for them to afford health care and
health insurance.
44
Three out of four say that, over the past five years, the amount of
money that they have paid out of pocket for their own health care has increased.
45


7
Despite widespread agreement on the need for reform, the task remains difficult because
Americans do not necessarily agree on how to achieve it (see Figure 1.5). Although a
majority of respondents would support a mandate on employers to provide coverage, a
“Medicare-for-all” single-payer option, or a mandate that all individuals purchase
coverage, opposition to each of these options is also somewhat substantial. Moreover,
some of this support erodes when respondents are asked whether they would be willing to
have more government responsibility or higher taxes — though half of all surveyed in
2007 said they would support reform even under these circumstances.
46

Figure 1.5. Lack of Consensus on Reform Options
44%
51%
53%
62%
45%
39%
36%
31%
Tax Breaks to
Make Insurance
More Affordable
Individual
Mandate
Medicare-for-All
Employer
Mandate
Support Oppose

Source: Los Angeles Times/Bloomberg poll, Oct 19-22, 2007

Policymakers need to sift through the options and combine the best of American’s desires
for a new health care system to ensure health coverage for every American, increase the
quality of care for all, and reduce costs to make our system sustainable for the future.

BAUCUS PRINCIPLES: THE VISION FOR OUR HEALTH CARE SYSTEM

While there may be differences of opinion on the solutions, most Americans agree on the
principles that health reform should embrace. These principles form the foundation of this
Call to Action.

There is widespread agreement that every American should have health coverage. This
does not mean that a government program should provide the coverage. Such a system
may not be viable in a country that values individuality, choice, and a preference for
market-based solutions. A mix of public and private solutions must be found to keep our
system from leaving millions of Americans behind.

There is also agreement that our health care system must do a better job of containing
costs. Any serious health reform proposal must include policies that will slow the rate of
growth in health spending over time. The sustainability of the nation’s public programs,
America’s businesses — and the economy — depend on it. Along with efforts to rein in
8
health spending, the quality of care must improve, and payment systems should better align
incentives to foster a focus on providing better care rather than more care. Our system
must also encourage wellness and the prevention of disease through early detection,
modification of risk factors, and encouragement of healthy lifestyle choices. When illness
cannot be prevented, the focus should be on care coordination.

Another critical principle in health reform is the recognition that health care is a shared
responsibility. Employers, individuals, and government all have a role to play — and a
contribution to make — to the system. Employers should contribute toward health
insurance choices and financing. Individuals have the responsibility to get coverage, to
take better care of their own health, and to play a larger role in health care treatment
decisions. Providers should improve their performance to ensure consistent, high-quality
health care. Society, through state and Federal governments, should help those who lack
the means to buy insurance on their own and ensure that the insurance market is fair and
transparent.

With these principles in mind, it is possible to envision a high-performing health care
system in the future. Such a system would guarantee Americans the choice of a health
plan that they can afford. Employers, individuals, and government would all bear
responsibility and contribute toward fulfilling that goal. Wellness and prevention would be
encouraged. The costs of health care would be more manageable so that employers could
afford to offer coverage to their employees and still compete in a global marketplace. Our
public health programs would be on a more fiscally sustainable path than they are today.
Providing coverage to all Americans would make health care truly portable and allow
Americans to change jobs when they wanted, rather than remaining locked in by their need
for health coverage. This Call to Action represents a vision for creating that high-
performing health care system.

The system envisioned here guarantees access to affordable coverage for every American.
To ensure that affordable options are available to all, assistance must be provided to small
businesses, families, and individuals who currently struggle to find and afford health
coverage. This approach will allow every American to be enrolled in some form of health
care plan, either private or public. Those who like their current coverage arrangements
could keep what they have. Others, including the uninsured, would have options, and all
Americans would gain the ability to leave a job or start a new business without worrying
about prospects for future coverage. Providing coverage to all Americans would lower
costs by including the healthiest individuals in the risk pool to offset the costs of the
sickest individuals — and maintaining wellness rather than treating illness.

The system envisioned here would ensure that every individual could access affordable
coverage by creating a nationwide insurance pool, precluding discrimination by insurers
based on health status, and providing subsidies to low-income families. It also aims to
lower costs by improving the quality of the care that all Americans receive, promoting
better value for our dollar, and reforming the delivery system.

9
The passage and implementation of comprehensive health care reform will not happen
overnight. The health system is so complex that any solution will demand time and
attention to make sure that we get it right. But Americans without health insurance — as
well as those in need of better coverage or in danger of losing their coverage — need the
process to start now.


1
Ben S. Bernanke, “Challenges for Health-Care Reform” (Testimony before the Senate Committee on
Finance Health Care Summit, U.S. Senate, June 16, 2008).
http://finance.senate.gov/healthsummit2008/Statements/Chairman%20Bernanke’s%20Remarks.pdf.
2
Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, “Kaiser Health Care Tracking Poll: Election 2008,” The Kaiser Family
Foundation, http://www.kff.org/kaiserpolls/upload/7832.pdf.
3
“Coverage for all”, in this context, means that every citizen in the country has health care coverage. It does
not necessarily mean that this coverage is financed by government spending. While many developed
countries finance health care primarily through government funds, others finance coverage through a mix of
public and private spending.
4
U.S. Census Bureau, “Income, Poverty, and Health Insurance Coverage in the United States: 2007,” U.S.
Census Bureau, http://www.census.gov/prod/2008pubs/p60-235.pdf.
5
John Z. Ayanian et al., “Unmet Health Needs of Uninsured Adults in the United States,” Journal of the
American Medical Association, 284, no.16 (2000): 2061-9.
6
Richard G. Roetzheim et al, “Effects of Health Insurance and Race on Colorectal Cancer Treatments and
Outcomes,” American Journal of Public Health 90, no.11 (2000): 1746-54.
7
Jack Hadley, “Insurance Coverage, Medical Care Use, and Short-term Health Changes Following an
Unintentional Injury or the Onset of a Chronic Condition,” Journal of the American Medical Association,
297, no.10 (2007): 1073-84.
8
John G. Canto et al., “Payer Status and the Utilization of Hospital Resources in Acute Myocardial
Infarction,” Archives of Internal Medicine, 160, no.6 (2000): 817-23.
9
Stan Dorn, “Uninsured and Dying Because Of It: Updating the Institute of Medicine Analysis on the Impact
of Uninsurance on Mortality,” The Urban Institute, (2008), http://www.urban.org/publications/411588.html.
10
Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, “Five Basic Facts on the Uninsured,” The Kaiser Family Foundation,
(2008), http://www.kaiserfamilyfoundation.org/uninsured/upload/7806.pdf.
11
In 2008, 100 percent of the Federal poverty level for a family of three is $17,600 and for a family of four it
is $21,000. Two hundred percent of the Federal poverty level for a family of three is $35,200 and $42,400
for a family of four.
12
Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, “Five Basic Facts on the Uninsured,” The Kaiser Family Foundation,
(2008), http://www.kaiserfamilyfoundation.org/uninsured/upload/7806.pdf.
13
Lisa Kelly, “47 Million & Counting: Why the Health Care Marketplace is Broken,” (Testimony before the
Senate Committee on Finance, U.S. Senate, June 10, 2008).
14
Karen Davis, “Health of the Private Health Insurance Market,” (Testimony before the House Committee
on Ways and Means, Subcommittee on Health, U.S. House of Representatives, September 23, 2008).
15
Karen Davis, “Shifting Health Care Financial Risk to Families Is Not a Sound Strategy: The Changes
Needed to Ensure Americans’ Health Security,” The Commonwealth Fund, (2008).
16
David Himmelstein et al., “Illness and Injury as Contributors to Bankruptcy,” Health Affairs no. 24 (2005):
5-70.
10

17
Sarah Goodell and Paul B. Ginsburg, “High and Rising Health Care Costs: Demystifying U.S. Health Care
Spending,” The Robert Wood Johnson Foundation, (2008),
http://www.rwjf.org/files/research/101508.policysynthesis.costdrivers.brief.pdf.
18
Jack Hadley, John Holahan, Teresa A. Coughlin, and Dawn Miller, “Covering the Uninsured In 2008:
Current Costs, Sources Of Payment, and Incremental Costs,” Health Affairs, 27, no. 5, (2008): 399-415.
19
Peter Harbage and Len Nichols, “A Premium Price: The Hidden Cost All Californians Pay in Our
Fragmented Health Care System,” The New America Foundation, (2006),
http://www.newamerica.net/files/HealthIBNo3.pdf.
20
Kaiser Family Foundation and Health Research and Educational Trust, “Employer Health Benefits Survey,
2008,” The Kaiser Family Foundation, http://ehbs.kff.org/pdf/7790.pdf.
21
Raymond Arth, “47 Million & Counting: Why the Health Care Marketplace is Broken” (Testimony before
the Senate Committee on Finance, U.S. Senate, June 10, 2008).
22
Kaiser Family Foundation and Health Research and Educational Trust, “Employer Health Benefits Survey,
2008,” The Kaiser Family Foundation, http://ehbs.kff.org/pdf/7790.pdf.
23
Peter Orszag, “The Overuse, Underuse, and Misuse of Health Care,” (Testimony before the Senate
Committee on Finance, U.S. Senate, July 17, 2008).
24
Sean Keehan, et.al., “Health Spending Projections Through 2017: The Baby-Boom Generation Is Coming
to Medicare,” Health Affairs 27, no.2 (2008): 145-155.
25
Peter Orszag, “The Budget and Economic Outlook: Fiscal Years 2008 to 2018,” (Testimony before the
Senate Budget Committee, U.S. Senate, January 24, 2008).
26
National Association of State Budget Officers, “The Fiscal Survey of States” National Association of State
Budget Officers, (2008),
http://www.nasbo.org/Publications/PDFs/Fiscal%20Survey%20of%20the%20States%20June%202008.pdf.
27
National Conference of State Legislators, “State Balanced Budget Requirements,” NCSL, (2003).
http://www.ncsl.org/programs/fiscal/balreqs.htm. All States, except Vermont, are constitutionally bound to
balance their budgets.
28
Iris J. Lav, Jason Levitis, and Edwin Park, “House Plan Effectively Targets Fiscal Relief to States,” The
Center on Budget and Policy Priorities, (2008), http://www.cbpp.org/9-26-08sfp.pdf: 2.
29
Harvard University School of Public Health/Harris Interactive. “Americans’ Views on the U.S. Health
Care System Compared to Other Countries,” Harvard University/Harris Interactive, (2008).
30
The Commonwealth Fund, “Why Not the Best? Results from the National Scorecard on the U.S. Health
System Performance” The Commonwealth Fund, (2008),
http://www.commonwealthfund.org/usr_doc/StateScorecard.pdf?section=4039.
31
PBS, Frontline, “Sick Around the World,” www.pbs.org/wbgh/pages/frontline/sickaroundtheworld.
32
Ellen Nolte and C. Martin McKee, “Measuring the Health of Nations: Updating an Earlier Analysis,”
Health Affairs, 27, no. 1, (2008): 58-71.
33
Marian F. MacDorman and T.J. Mathews, “Recent Trends in Infant Mortality in the United States,”
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, (2008).
34
Organization for Economic Co-Operation and Economic Development. “OECD Health Data 2008,”
OECD, (2008).
35
Committee on Quality of Health Care in America, “Crossing the Quality Chasm: A new Health System for
the 21
st
Century,” Institute of Medicine, (2001).
36
Rita Mangione-Smith, et al., “The Quality of Ambulatory Care Delivered to Children in the United States,”
New England Journal of Medicine, no. 357 (October 11, 2007): 1515-23.
11

37
Elliot S. Fisher et al., “The Implications of Regional Variations in Medicare Spending, Part 1: The Content,
Quality, and Accessibility of Care,” Annals of Internal Medicine 138, no. 4 (2003): 283.
38
Ibid., 293.
39
Committee on Quality of Health Care in America, “Crossing the Quality Chasm: A new Health System for
the 21
st
Century,” Institute of Medicine, (2001): 1-335.
40
Donald Berwick et al., “The Triple Aim: Care, Health and Cost,” Health Affairs 27, no. 3 (2008): 768.
41
Robert J. Blendon, “Lessons for the Next Debate: Understanding the Public on the Health Care
Costs/Uninsured Issue,” Harvard School of Public Health, and Kennedy School of Government.
42
CBS/NYT Poll (Conducted February 23-27, 2007),
http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2007/03/01/opinion/polls/main2528357.shtml.
43
NPR/Kaiser Family Foundation/Harvard School of Public Health, “The Public on Requiring Individuals to
Have Health Insurance,” NPR/Kaiser Family Foundation/Harvard School of Public Health, (2008),
http://www.npr.org/programs/morning/features/2008/feb/insurance/summary.pdf
44
Kaiser Family Foundation, The Washington Post/Harvard University, “Low-Wage Workers Survey” The
Kaiser Family Foundation, (2008), http://www.kff.org/kaiserpolls/upload/7804.pdf.
45
Ibid.
46
CBS/NYT Poll (Conducted February 23-27, 2007),
http://www.cbsnews.com/stories/2007/03/01/opinion/polls/main2528357.shtml.
12
CHAPTER II BAUCUS PLAN: INCREASING ACCESS TO
AFFORDABLE HEALTH COVERAGE

Achieving health coverage for every American has proven an elusive goal for decades,
dating back to the first attempt at national health reform in the early 1900s by the
Progressive Party.
1
That effort failed, as did the Wagner-Murray-Dingell bill and attempts
by President Truman in the 1940s, the plan proposed by President Nixon in the 1970s, and
the Health Security Act proposed by President Clinton in 1993. Each was unsuccessful for
its own unique reasons.

Over the years, the U.S. health system has become very complex, with deeply entrenched
interests. Significant changes will take time to approve and implement. But the series of
changes and reforms envisioned in this Call to Action can eventually remake the current
system to ensure every American has access to high-quality health care through affordable,
portable, and meaningful health insurance.

The Baucus plan incorporates six important elements as it moves towards covering all
Americans:

" Individual Responsibility. Covering all Americans means the enrollment of every
individual in some form of health care plan, private or public. But the principle of
individual responsibility can be applied only when affordable options are available
to all.

" Strengthening the Employer-Based System. We must ensure the continued
viability of the employer-based system — the principal source of health coverage
for most Americans — to allow workers to keep the insurance that they currently
have and value. Eliminating employer-based coverage, as some have proposed,
would upend health care for more than half the American people — 158 million in
all.
2
This plan envisions a role for employers to contribute to employees’ access to
health care.

" Guaranteed Access to Affordable Coverage for Individuals and Small
Business. Additional assistance must be available to families, individuals, and
small businesses who currently struggle to find and afford health insurance. A
mechanism must be established to allow health care consumers to find and obtain
health coverage that best meet their needs.

This mechanism — the Health Insurance Exchange — will connect individuals and
employers to insurance offered at local, state, regional, or national levels. Insurers
offering coverage through the Exchange would need to meet certain requirements
established by a new Independent Health Coverage Council.

Reforms enacted through the Exchange could improve access to health coverage
for all. In order to make insurance affordable, the existing insurance market must
be reformed. The lack of appropriate standards and regulation in certain markets
13
fails far too many Americans who need health care. Requirements of the Exchange
would be extended to improve fair price and quality competition in the insurance
market as a whole so that coverage would be more affordable and available to more
Americans.

Creation of the Exchange would take time, but more immediate steps could provide
relief to Americans most in need of health coverage and begin to improve the
health of the country overall.

" Strengthening Public Programs. Existing public programs represent an effective
and efficient way to increase access to coverage and decrease the number of
uninsured. Offering individuals approaching age 65 the chance to buy into
Medicare early and eliminating the requirement that disabled individuals wait two
years to enroll in Medicare would ensure coverage to populations that the private
market is under-serving. Improving Medicaid and the State Children’s Health
Insurance Program (CHIP) could provide coverage quickly to additional low-
income Americans while serving current beneficiaries better. Increased attention
and funding for the Indian Health Service (IHS) could improve care for Native
American and Alaska Native populations. We can strengthen public health care
programs promptly, though the impact on state and Federal budgets must also be
considered.

" Focusing on Prevention and Wellness. Increased access to preventive care and
wellness is another step that could be accomplished in the short term. Increasing
the availability and effectiveness of primary care coverage could create a national
focus on maintaining wellness, rather than treating illness — which would improve
quality and reduce costs across the health care system.

" Addressing Health Disparities. In our current health care system, racial and
ethnic minorities disproportionately lack ready access to high-quality medical care.
This gives rise to differences in both health status and health care among various
groups in our diverse population. Our system also prohibits certain legal
immigrants from getting health care for five years. Though medical advances
benefit much of the population, health disparities continue to worsen for others.
These disparities must be addressed and ultimately eliminated. Americans want and
deserve a system that provides equal access to health coverage and health care for
all — regardless of age, race, ethnicity, or income — and that is what this Call to
Action would give them.

These six elements combine to give every American a role and a responsibility in
reforming our health care system to ensure coverage for every individual. The remainder
of this chapter provides additional detail on these elements.

14
A. INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITY

Once affordable, high-quality, and meaningful health insurance options are available to all
Americans, it will be each individual’s responsibility to have coverage. This step is
necessary to make the entire health care system function properly.

Today, the costs of care for 46 million Americans without health insurance are largely
borne by those with insurance; providers charge higher prices to patients with private
coverage to make up for uncompensated care, and these costs are passed along to
consumers in the form of increased premiums.
3
The cost of that uncompensated care is
also unnecessarily inflated because patients without insurance often wait to receive care
until they have to go to the emergency room. Requiring all Americans to have health
coverage will help end the shifting of costs of the uninsured to the insured.

Requiring all Americans to have health coverage would also ensure that the insurance
market functions effectively. Insurance works because policyholders pay into their plans
when healthy, and have their medical bills paid when they are sick. If a significant portion
of Americans does not purchase coverage until sick, then premiums for all enrollees will
increase to cover insurer outlays, and the problem of unaffordable coverage will persist.
Finally, covering all Americans is essential to effective prevention and wellness efforts and
managing chronic illnesses. Efforts to guard against and better manage illness are an
effective tool to contain costs, but without every American in the system, those efforts will
fall short of their full potential.

Implementation of a responsibility for all individuals to have coverage would be fair as
long as every consumer has a reasonable avenue to find and purchase affordable health
care coverage. The Exchange envisioned in this plan, described more fully below, would
be the primary path for those shut out of or underserved by today’s health care system.
The Exchange would provide standardized information and a single, standard, simple form
for enrollment in a plan of the consumer’s choice. Available to all, the Exchange would
also allow individuals to enroll in health care plans in various convenient locations,
including physicians’ offices, local hospitals or schools, Departments of Motor Vehicles,
and local Social Security Offices.

The responsibility for all Americans to obtain coverage would be enforced possibly
through the U.S. tax system or some other point of contact between individuals and the
government. Every individual would receive a certificate of coverage from their insurer to
demonstrate that they are meeting their responsibility.

Enforcement of a responsibility to have health care through the tax system has advantages.
The biggest advantage is that most Americans already have contact with the IRS through
the annual filing of a tax return. Monitoring health insurance coverage through the tax
code would take advantage of this existing relationship. One issue to be addressed,
however, is how to deal with individuals who do not file a tax return due to their low tax
liability. If a premium subsidy for health care was administered through the tax code, the
15
non-filer issue would be significantly decreased because a number of current non-filers
would voluntarily file in order to get the assistance.

The Commonwealth of Massachusetts has had success with this approach. In the first year
of Massachusetts’ individual insurance requirement, 98.6 percent of taxpayers required to
file insurance information with their tax returns complied.
4
In fact, the health care reform
effort in Massachusetts generally has been extremely popular even with the requirement
for individual coverage. At the end of 2007, the majority of working-age adults in
Massachusetts — 71 percent —supported the state’s health reform efforts.
5

B. STRENGTHENING THE EMPLOYER-BASED SYSTEM

American employers, large and small, are instrumental in providing meaningful insurance
coverage to million of workers and their families. Employer involvement in the purchase
of health insurance provides many distinct advantages. The average employer contributes
84 percent of premiums for individual coverage and 73 percent of premiums for family
coverage.
6
Health insurance also costs less when purchased through an employer rather
than in the individual market, because employers provide a natural mechanism for pooling
risk by covering healthy and less healthy workers.
7
And because employers pool coverage
for an entire group, economies of scale can reduce administrative costs. Employers may
also have greater negotiating power with insurance companies and more sophistication in
evaluating benefits.

Besides lower premiums, participants in employer-based coverage enjoy other advantages.
Current law prevents them from being disqualified for pre-existing conditions or charged
higher premiums based on their medical histories. Standards already in Federal law
govern certain aspects of their insurance, as well as provide opportunities to remain
covered after losing group coverage. Additionally, the ability to pay premiums through
payroll deduction provides an easy and convenient way to purchase coverage.

The Baucus plan proposes to extend and build on the tradition and success of employer-
sponsored insurance. In a recent Gallup poll, 67 percent of Americans said that they were
either completely or somewhat satisfied with the health insurance benefits that their
employer offered.
8


To strengthen the connection of insurance to the workplace, all except the smallest
employers would offer a Section 125 plan under the Baucus plan. Section 125 plans allow
employees to pay their health insurance premiums through their employer’s payroll
deduction and with pre-tax dollars. Premiums paid with pre-tax dollars are not subject to
Federal and state taxes. By offering Section 125 plans, employers would make it easier
and cheaper for their workers to purchase insurance.

Large employers — especially firms paying high wages — have the greatest capability to
provide coverage to their employees. The vast majority of American employers in this
category would probably continue to provide coverage as a competitive benefit to recruit
employees. If these employers choose not to provide coverage, under the Baucus plan they
16
would have to contribute to a fund that would help to cover those who remained uninsured.
The contribution would likely be based on a percentage of payroll that took into account
the size and annual revenues of each firm. Mid-sized and small employers would also
have the option of providing adequate coverage or paying into the general coverage fund,
but the required contribution would be less for them than that for larger firms.

Businesses with the fewest workers and the lowest wages would be offered a new tax
credit to purchase health insurance for their employees (described below), and would be
exempt from contributions to the general coverage fund if they were still unable to offer
insurance to employees.

Workers prefer the support of employers and the convenience that employer-sponsored
health coverage provides. Health care reform must enable employers large and small to
continue providing coverage to workers, and to share the responsibility of maintaining a
healthy, productive, globally competitive workforce.

C. GUARANTEED ACCESS TO AFFORDABLE COVERAGE FOR INDIVIDUALS AND
SMALL BUSINESSES

Individuals and small businesses seeking health insurance on their own frequently
encounter serious challenges in obtaining coverage. For small businesses, the primary
obstacle is the cost of offering coverage to employees. For individuals, cost is also the
most significant factor, but individuals with pre-existing conditions may be denied
coverage at any price.

The Baucus plan envisions that the Health Insurance Exchange would offer a new
opportunity for individuals and small businesses to easily compare private coverage
options and a public plan and to purchase the policy that would work best for them.
Eligible individuals and small businesses would receive subsidies to make sure that
coverage would be affordable. Insurance companies would be prohibited from denying
coverage due to pre-existing conditions and from discriminating against individuals solely
due to their health status.

Health Insurance Exchange. The Baucus plan would establish the Health Insurance
Exchange through which individuals and small businesses in the market for insurance
could obtain affordable health care coverage. The Exchange would be an independent
entity, the primary purpose of which would be to organize affordable health insurance
options, create understandable, comparable information about those options, and develop a
standard application for enrollment in a chosen plan.

Participating employers must enroll all employees through the Exchange — not only the
sickest and most costly to insure.

Insurance plans participating in the Exchange could operate nationally, regionally, state-
wide, or locally. So that plans could be easily compared, qualifying insurers would have to
offer products that could be classified as high-, medium- or low-benefit options. Benefit
17
packages could differ within reason, but all structures would have to be actuarially
equivalent within benefit categories in order to prevent insurers from using benefit design
to discourage enrollment by people with health conditions. Differences in premiums
between packages would be due to the difference in benefits and not the differences in
expected risk. Participating insurers would have to charge the same price for the same
products inside and outside the Exchange.

Plans participating in the Exchange would be subject to oversight by states with regard to
consumer protections (e.g., grievance procedures, external review, oversight of agent
practices and training, market conduct). In addition, participating private plans would be
subject to state regulation related to solvency, reserve requirements, and premium taxes.

The Exchange would have authority to implement mechanisms to ensure that plans
enrolling sicker-than-expected people would not suffer a financial disadvantage compared
to those enrolling healthier people. Offsetting some of the potential risk to insurance plans
is intended to limit plans’ incentives to enroll only the healthiest individuals.

All plans participating in the Exchange would be subject to the same rating rules included
in the insurance market reforms described later in this chapter.

The Exchange would also include a new public plan option, similar to Medicare. This
option would abide by the same rules as private insurance plans participating in the
Exchange (e.g., offer the same levels of benefits and set the premiums the same way).
Rates paid to health care providers by this option would be determined by balancing the
goals of increasing competition and ensuring access for patients to high-quality health care.
A number of options could be considered to determine who runs the plan, who is eligible
for it, and how to ensure that the public-private insurance competition lowers costs and
improves quality. The Independent Health Coverage Council, described below, would
inform these decisions.

Federal funds would be needed to start up the Exchange, but it would be self-sustaining
within a few years. One option for making it so is a small assessment on premiums to fund
activities of the Exchange, as done today by the authorizing board of the Commonwealth
Connector in Massachusetts. Insurers would include the assessment as part of their
premiums and could remit it on a monthly or quarterly basis. Keeping insurance premiums
in the Exchange affordable must be the guiding principle in setting any assessment.

Independent Health Coverage Council. Reforming the health care system to cover all
Americans through a mix of private and public means involves complex decisions that
must be responsive to rapid changes in the health system. Such a system would require
oversight, but Congress cannot make all necessary decisions to guide it. For that reason,
the Baucus plan authorizes a board of directors — called the Independent Health Coverage
Council — to inform decisions that would help to guarantee that affordable health
insurance options were available. The President would appoint members of the Council
with the advice and consent of the Senate for set, staggered terms. The President would
choose Council members who were geographically diverse and have expertise in
18
insurance, health benefit design, actuarial science, economics, medicine, business, and
consumer protections.

The new Independent Health Coverage Council would define key terms in a reformed
health system. For example, it would define what “coverage” and “affordability” mean. In
doing so, it would, among other activities, consult with the Institute of Medicine and
review existing state laws. The Council would ensure that coverage would be affordable,
clinically appropriate, provide access to necessary health services, and protect enrollees
against high health care expenses. Specifically, the Council would ensure appropriate,
income-related annual limits on out-of-pocket costs so that families were not at risk of
bankruptcy by their medical expenses. The Council would also play a major role in
ensuring that the public plan option meets its goals of delivering high-quality and cost-
effective care.

The Independent Health Coverage Council would also set standards for chronic care
management and quality reporting. Insurers in the Exchange would collect and report on
the performance of providers in their networks. The Council would make care
management and quality reporting requirements consistent with those used by Medicare to
the extent practicable. Consistent measures of quality would make performance rating
more robust and better able to help Americans make decisions about their own care.

Input by the Independent Health Coverage Council would keep the activities of the
Exchange on track and insulated from the political process. The Council and the Exchange
would both be subject to regular reviews and oversight by the Comptroller General,
however, so that Congress—and the public—can closely monitor their activities.

Insurance Market Reforms. Currently, insurance companies can discriminate against
older and sicker patients by charging significantly higher premiums or denying coverage
altogether. Individuals with pre-existing conditions such as cancer, heart disease, and
asthma are at particular risk of being denied coverage by insurance companies or being
offered a policy that is unaffordable. In fact, a recent Commonwealth Fund study found
that insurance companies turned down one out of every five people who applied for
individual coverage due to pre-existing conditions.
9


While states have the authority to restrict this type of discrimination, very few have used
that authority. Under the Baucus plan, insurance companies could not deny coverage to
any individual nor discriminate against individuals with pre-existing conditions. Rules for
rating insurance policies — which have to do with how an insurer can determine a
policyholder’s premium based on various criteria such as age, tobacco use, previous
illness, or factors that encourage healthy lifestyles — will be specified in statute after
consultation with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, consumer
advocates, plans and others. The ability of insurance companies to rate on age would also
be limited. In order to avoid severe adverse selection — a scenario under which the sickest
patients gravitate toward one part of the insurance market — the rating rules for the
Exchange would apply in the Exchange as well as in private non-group and small group
markets.
19

Small Business Tax Credit. As health care coverage becomes more expensive, many
small businesses simply cannot bear the additional cost of providing health coverage for
their employees. And for this reason, the number of small businesses offering their
employees health care coverage is declining. To help small businesses, the Baucus plan
would provide a targeted tax credit that small firms could use towards the cost of
purchasing health care coverage.

There are a number of ways that such a tax credit could be structured. One option is to
make the tax credit available to any small business, for both individual and family
coverage. Initially, the credit would be available to qualifying small businesses that
operate in states with patient-friendly insurance rating rules. After the initial
implementation, the tax credit would be available to small businesses that purchase
coverage for all of their employees in the Health Insurance Exchange and make a
meaningful contribution towards the cost of the premium for their employees’ health
care.
10


In order to target the tax credit most efficiently, the credit would be based on a firm’s size
and earnings per employee. The smallest firms with the lowest average earnings will be
eligible to receive a credit equal to half of the average total premium cost for employer-
sponsored insurance in the firm’s state. This credit will be phased down as firm size and
average earnings increase. The employee and earnings phase-outs work together, until the
credit is fully phased-out.

Premium Subsidies. In order to make health coverage affordable for all Americans,
refundable tax credits would be available to individuals and families with incomes at or
below four times the Federal poverty level. These tax subsidies would be available to
individuals and families who purchased coverage through the Health Insurance Exchange.

The Independent Health Coverage Council would define what an “affordable” premium is,
taking into account the reasonable percent of income to be spent on health care coverage.
The premium subsidy would make up the difference between the amount suggested by the
Council and the premium amount charged by the plan. The amount of the subsidy could
be based on a benchmark that would be equal to a locally adjusted, average premium in the
Exchange. This construct would encourage individuals to be prudent purchasers of health
care policies.

D. STRENGTHENING PUBLIC PROGRAMS

Medicaid and the State Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) represent
cornerstones of America’s health care system. These programs provide access to health
care for approximately 67 million low-income Americans. Both programs have an
important role to play in health care reform, so the Baucus plan envisions specific
improvements to Medicaid and CHIP that ensure these programs function effectively and
efficiently in a reformed health care system. The Baucus plan also would improve
Medicare by providing an option to buy into the program for individuals who are near but
20
not yet 65, and who lack other insurance. The plan also would allow disabled individuals
access to Medicare without a waiting period. Finally, the plan would increase funding for
the Indian Health Service.

Medicare Buy In. The Baucus plan would make health care coverage immediately
available to Americans aged 55 to 64 through a Medicare buy-in. People in this age group
face greater risk of illness than their younger counterparts. And while they may require
increased access to medical care, they continue to have fewer and fewer affordable
insurance options as retiree health care coverage erodes and pre-existing conditions make
private insurance prohibitively expensive or impossible to obtain altogether.
11

In 2007, over four million people aged 55 to 64 were uninsured, or about 12 percent of the
total population in that age group.
12
This figure represents an increase of one million since
2000. While this age group tends to be one of the least likely to be uninsured, those who
do not have employer-sponsored benefits or retiree coverage through a former employer,
have fewer options for coverage than other age groups.

The individual insurance market can provide a source of coverage for this population, but
health insurance offerings in that market are often unaffordable — or even unavailable to
those with pre-existing health conditions. The average annual premium for those aged 60
to 64 was more than $5,000 for single coverage and $9,200 for family coverage in the
individual market in 2006-2007.
13
By contrast, coverage for a person aged 18 to 24 was
$1,360 for single coverage in the individual market and $2,850 for family coverage.

Declining health status and lack of affordable health insurance affect not only the health
and wellbeing of Americans aged 55 to 64, but also their pocketbooks. Nearly 12 percent
of those aged 55 to 64 report annual medical expenditures of more than $10,000.
5

Uninsured individuals in this age group find it increasingly difficult to cover their medical
bills as declining health can affect their ability to work and earn income. Uninsured
Americans aged 55 to 64 are twice as likely as their insured counterparts to report having
to delay seeking medical care, including needed surgeries.
14


To fill this gap in coverage, the Baucus plan would allow individuals aged 55 to 64 to buy
Medicare coverage. The option would be available to any individual in this age group who
otherwise did not have access to health coverage through a public plan or a group health
plan. The benefits would be the same as those available to current Medicare beneficiaries.

This new Medicare buy-in option is temporary. It would be available until the Health
Insurance Exchange was established. Once that new infrastructure is in place, Americans
55 to 64 years old who had not obtained coverage through the Medicare buy-in would be
able to buy insurance in the new marketplace. Those already enrolled in the Medicare buy-
in would have the option to remain in Medicare.

Medicare would charge enrollees electing the buy-in option an annual premium. The
premium amount would be calculated so that the total costs for the buy-in population
21
would be budget neutral. Thus, this option would not create new costs for the Medicare
program or for taxpayers.

Providing immediate assistance to the Americans aged 55 to 64 would benefit not only
individuals in this age group, but the Medicare program overall. An option for those 55 to
64 to buy into Medicare could enable individuals to remain healthy and continue working,
prevent disabling conditions, and provide protection from catastrophic medical costs.
15
It
would also help to ensure that individuals would not experience a break in coverage during
this age period, which could lead to improved health status upon Medicare eligibility at age
65. The Medicare program might also benefit through reduced costs for this population
relative to what might have been spent if these individuals were uninsured in the decade
prior to becoming Medicare eligible.
16

Phase Out of Disability Waiting Period. In 1972, the Congress expanded Medicare
eligibility to include people with disabilities.
17
At that time, Congress created a “Medicare
waiting period,” which requires people with disabilities to receive Social Security
Disability Insurance (SSDI) for 24 months prior to becoming eligible for Medicare
coverage. As a result of the 24-month Medicare waiting period, an estimated 400,000
Americans with disabilities are uninsured and many more are underinsured.
18
Forcing
Americans with disabilities to wait two years for Medicare coverage results in these people
having inadequate health care, falling into poverty or, ultimately, in death.

The Baucus plan would begin to phase-out the current two-year waiting period for
Medicare coverage for people with disabilities. It is anticipated that people with
disabilities would also eventually be able to purchase coverage in a reformed health
insurance market.

Medicaid. Established in 1965, Medicaid is a program intended to serve low-income
Americans and those with serious health conditions or disabilities. The Federal
government and the states share responsibility for funding and administration of Medicaid.
Medicaid currently covers approximately 61 million Americans
19
and is the source of
health insurance for 14 percent of non-elderly Americans (age 64 and below).
20
A
modernized Medicaid program is an essential component of health reform.

Federal law establishes certain categories of beneficiaries to which states must offer
Medicaid benefits as a condition for Federal financial participation. The mandatory
beneficiary populations are:

! Children under age six who are in families below 133 percent of the poverty level;
! Children over age six in families below 100 percent of the poverty level;
! Pregnant women with incomes below 133 percent of the poverty level;
! Elderly and poor individuals who receive cash assistance from the Supplemental
Security Income (SSI) program;
! Families who meet financial requirements of the former Aid to Families with
Dependent Children (AFDC) cash assistance program.
21


22
States have discretion to cover populations beyond those that Federal law mandates. In
fact, all states provide Medicaid benefits to optional populations.
22
Medicaid enrollment in
2007 is displayed in Table 2.1 below.

Table 2.1. Medicaid Enrollment in 2007
Number enrolled Percent of
Population (in millions) total Medicaid
enrollment
Children 29.2 48.0
Adults 16.2 26.6
Blind/Disabled 9.5 15.6
Elderly 6.0 9.9
Total 60.9 100
23
Source: Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS).

Federal law does not require states to cover adults under Medicaid, unless they are
disabled, elderly, or pregnant — regardless of income. Many states cover adults as an
optional population, though coverage is very limited. Twenty-seven states have eligibility
levels for non-working adults with incomes below the poverty level and 26 states have
eligibility levels less than the poverty level for working adults. All states except Alaska
and Connecticut have eligibility levels for disabled optional populations of less than the
poverty level.
24
Thus in most states, Medicaid coverage is limited to very low-income
Americans.

Medicaid is a vital source of coverage for low-income Americans, but existing state
Medicaid programs have not reached everyone living below the poverty level. The Baucus
plan aims to solve that problem by extending Medicaid eligibility to every American living
in poverty. Reducing the number of uninsured by increasing Medicaid enrollment has
been embraced by a diverse coalition, including the Commonwealth Fund
25
and the
insurance industry.
26
Making this change would provide at least 7.1 million low-income
people with access to health coverage.
27


Providing Medicaid to everyone below the poverty level is both consistent with the
original intent of Medicaid, and the easiest and quickest way to provide insurance to those
living in poverty. Building on the existing Medicaid program is also efficient. Moreover,
those at the bottom of the income scale are least likely to be able to purchase coverage on
their own, least likely to have employer-sponsored coverage, and if such coverage is
offered, least likely to be able to afford it.

Establishing a national eligibility minimum of 100 percent of the Federal poverty level
would help to streamline Medicaid. States currently have dozens of eligibility categories,
many with different poverty levels.
28
Determining eligibility under the Baucus plan would
be much easier than in the categorical eligibility system currently in place. This would
result in more equitable treatment for all Americans living in poverty.

23
Additional efforts to streamline Medicaid eligibility and enrollment are also part of the
plan. Uniform and simplified verification and renewal rules should be established to help
minimize the “churning” that typically occurs within Medicaid. States should get help
from the Federal government to engage in outreach to potentially eligible individuals and
to modernize their eligibility and enrollment data systems because the current systems are
so antiquated that they are unable to meet today’s data demands. Simplifying eligibility
would expedite and lower the costs associated with states’ eligibility determination
processes.

Existing mandatory eligibility populations would be unaffected by this plan. The same is
true for optional populations that states have elected to cover — because states would be
required to maintain current eligibility levels (even those above 100 percent of the poverty
level). Current Federal matching rates and other policies consistent with this policy would
remain intact for any population with income eligibility that exceeds 100 percent of the
poverty level. No one currently eligible would lose access to Medicaid.

The financial responsibility shared by the Federal and state governments is carried out
through a matching system, called the Federal Medical Assistance Percentage, or FMAP,
in which the Federal government and the state government each pay a certain percentage of
total Medicaid expenses. Each state’s FMAP rate is based on the state’s per capita income
level, thereby giving states with lower-than-average income levels a higher FMAP rate and
thus a higher Federal percentage match. According to Federal law, FMAP rates range from
50 percent to 83 percent and there is no cap on the total Federal financial participation.
Currently, 13 states receive the minimum 50 percent match, but the highest FMAP rate is
73 percent.
29


The goal of covering all Americans is an opportunity for the Federal government to partner
with states to reduce the number of low-income uninsured Americans. The Baucus plan
would invest new Federal resources to help states, and is committed to finding ways for the
Federal government and the states to share responsibility for the costs associated with
increased Medicaid enrollment.

The Baucus plan includes an additional improvement to the Medicaid program. Medicaid
must be strong and stable so that eligible individuals can rely on it, especially in times of
economic distress. In order to strengthen and stabilize Medicaid, states require help
managing the costs associated with unanticipated increases in Medicaid enrollment. When
the national economy experiences a downturn, state revenues decrease and Medicaid rolls
increase, as people lose jobs and health insurance. Every one-percent increase in the
national unemployment rate, for example, results in an additional one million people
enrolling in Medicaid.
30
One million new Medicaid beneficiaries increase state Medicaid
spending by $1.4 billion.
31

32
As all states (except Vermont) are constitutionally bound to balance their budgets, the
strain caused by decreased revenues and greater Medicaid participation forces states to
reduce spending — often cutting back safety net programs like Medicaid at a time when
they are needed most.
33

24

To ensure that Medicaid is a reliable component of a reformed American health care
system, this plan would increase FMAP rates when a predetermined combination of
circumstances measuring the timing, duration, and depth of an economic downturn occurs.
Creating this mechanism to maintain Medicaid’s stability during nationwide economic
slumps or significant downturns for individual states builds on recent success in addressing
tough economic situations. In 2003, as part of the Jobs and Growth Tax Relief
Reconciliation Act, Congress temporarily increased FMAP rates by 2.95 percent, so long
as states agreed not to cut benefit options during the FMAP increase.
34
A study by
Families USA found that for “every million dollars a state invests in Medicaid [it] will
generate, on average, $3.35 million in new state business activity . . . $1.23 million in new
wages, . . . and an average of 33.76 new jobs per state.”
35

The details of an economic indicator-based trigger and the level of assistance must be
responsible without being too rigid or too lax. In a 2006 report, the Government
Accountability Office (GAO) recommended consideration of two factors — the number of
states experiencing an increase in unemployment and the magnitude of that increase — in
setting a trigger.
36
Determining the specific trigger requires careful construction in order
to ensure that state economic distress is measured reliably and accurately. Similarly, the
amount and duration of the FMAP increase must be calibrated to provide states with
enough support for the right amount of time.

State Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP). When the Children’s Health
Insurance Program (CHIP) was created as part of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997, it was
the largest expansion of health insurance coverage for American children in more than 30
years.
37
CHIP was intended to provide health insurance to children whose families cannot
afford to purchase health insurance in the private market, but earn too much to qualify for
Medicaid.

Like Medicaid, CHIP is financed jointly by the state and Federal governments. The
Federal government pays a higher percentage of the total program costs for CHIP than for
Medicaid, averaging about 70 percent nationally.
38
Because CHIP is financed through a
block grant to states, the total Federal financial participation in CHIP is capped regardless
of rising costs or increased numbers of eligible children.

In its first ten years, CHIP helped to reduce the number of uninsured children by about
one-third overall, from 23 percent to 14 percent.
39
CHIP has reduced by one-quarter the
number of uninsured children with effective family incomes between 100-200 percent of
the poverty level.
40 41
In 2006, more than 6.5 million children were covered through CHIP.
Despite this progress, more than one in ten children remains uninsured.
42
25

Figure 2.1. Impact of CHIP on Uninsured Children

Source: Improving Children’s Health, Center on Budget and Policy
Priorities, 2007

CHIP gives states flexibility in establishing eligibility criteria, benefit structure, and cost-
sharing. States have used this flexibility to craft programs responsive to their unique
needs.
43


The original intent behind CHIP was to provide access to health insurance for all low-
income families who make too much to qualify for Medicaid, but not all CHIP programs
have met that goal. The Baucus plan would require states to use CHIP to cover all children
at or below 250 percent of the poverty level and who are not Medicaid eligible, putting
help within reach for more needy Americans. States that currently cover children above
250 percent of the poverty level would continue to do so. Existing matching and other
policies not inconsistent with a responsibility to have health coverage would remain in
place for states with income eligibility that exceeds 250 percent of the poverty level.

With an expansion of CHIP, the Federal government and states would join together to
reduce the number of uninsured children in America. Currently, capped Federal allotments
to states combined with expanded eligibility lead some states to exhaust available Federal
funding before the end of the fiscal year. In 2007, 14 states faced Federal funding
shortfalls, and as many as 37 states were expected to face similar financial challenges for
fiscal year 2008.
44
Under these financial constraints, some states are forced to cut back
their CHIP programs by freezing enrollment, enforcing longer waiting periods, or lowering
the income eligibility thresholds.
45


The Baucus plan would help states with the costs associated with increased CHIP
enrollment. The Federal government has several options to consider in helping the
states.
46


In addition, as our health care delivery system is modernized to improve quality and access
to care, similar efforts should be encouraged in Medicaid and CHIP to assure that our
26
nation’s most vulnerable populations receive the same high-quality care that is available to
those with Medicare or private insurance.

Health Care for Native Americans and Alaska Natives. The Indian Health Service (IHS)
currently provides health care services to an estimated 1.5 million Native Americans and
Alaska Natives who belong to more than 562 federally recognized tribes in 35 states.
47

IHS provides free health care to eligible Native Americans and Alaska Natives, with the
exception of certain urban programs or in circumstances where a tribe chooses to charge its
members for health care.
48

In a series of treaties and agreements forged with the tribes as sovereign nations, the U.S.
government promised to provide health care to Native Americans. Currently, the IHS is
responsible for making sure that promise is kept. IHS, however, is not the sole source of
health care for Native Americans. Tribal members are eligible for, among other programs,
Medicare, Medicaid, and CHIP. Native Americans also may have private insurance.

Native American and Alaska Native populations have unique health care concerns. Native
Americans are three times more likely to die from diabetes. And Native Americans suffer
from tuberculosis at a rate that is six times higher than the non-Indian population.
49
Many
members of these populations also live in physically remote areas, making the delivery of
care difficult and hindering the ability to recruit and retain health care professionals.
Additionally, cultural concerns must be respected in providing health care for Native
Americans and Alaska Natives.

The IHS health care delivery system is organized around 12 regional offices and 163 local
service units, and provides various medical services, including inpatient and outpatient
services, ambulatory, emergency, dental, and preventive health care.
50
In 2007, IHS
provided approximately 58,000 inpatient admissions and over ten million outpatient
visits.
51
IHS also contracts for medical services from local providers through what is
known as contract health services.

Funding for IHS consistently falls short of the amount needed to provide care for the
populations it serves. In fiscal year 2008, total funding for IHS was $4.3 billion, about 48
percent of estimated need. Current spending levels pale in comparison to those of other
Federal health care programs such as the Bureau of Prisons, Department of Veterans
Affairs and the Federal Employees Health Benefit Program (FEHBP).
52


The IHS itself has stated that its funding does not allow it to provide all the needed care for
eligible Indians. As a result, some services are “rationed,” with the most critical care given
first. IHS regulations require that, when resources or funds are insufficient, the agency
must set priorities for both direct and contract health care based on “relative medical
need.”
53
The reality of this underfunding is that money for contract health services does
not last the entire year, forcing IHS to limit services to circumstances involving a “loss of
life or limb” circumstance. This predicament is so common in Indian Country that many
tribal members fear that if they need care after June, they will be forced to go without.

27
IHS desperately needs additional funding. It is impossible to keep America’s promise to
provide care to Native Americans and Alaska Natives with the current level of IHS
funding. The Baucus plan would increase funding for IHS, as well as encourage
enrollment in other programs like Medicare, Medicaid, and CHIP for those who are
eligible to defray the costs borne by IHS directly.

E. FOCUSING ON PREVENTION AND WELLNESS

Chronic diseases — such as heart disease, stroke, cancer, and diabetes — are the most
prevalent and preventable of all health problems and also the most costly. Nearly half (45
percent) of Americans suffer from one or more chronic conditions,
54
and chronic disease
accounts for 70 percent of all deaths (more than 1.7 million people).
55
In addition,
increased rates of obesity and chronic disease are the primary cause of disability and
diminished quality of life.

The economic impact of chronic disease in the U.S. is staggering. A Milken Institute study
found that treatment of the seven most common chronic diseases, coupled with
productivity losses, costs the U.S. economy more than $1 trillion annually.
56
About 78
percent of the nation’s total health care spending is due to chronic illness.
57
Further, the
number of Americans who have become obese has doubled since 1987, accounting for
nearly 30 percent of the rise in health care spending between 1987 and 2005.
58
Despite the
human and economic cost of chronic disease, the U.S. health system does little to address
the underlying health problems that lead to these conditions.

For the sake of Americans’ health, and to truly change the economics of our health care
system, the U.S. must dramatically shift its health care focus toward preventing chronic
disease. An estimated 80 percent of heart disease, stroke, and type-2 diabetes, and 40
percent of cancers, could be prevented if Americans stopped smoking, adopted healthy
diets, and became more physically active.
59
Despite evidence that preventive services such
as smoking cessation work,
60
our health system continues to emphasize expensive
treatments. This approach is further complicated by a fractured delivery system in which
individuals with chronic conditions often see more than one provider and take multiple
medications.

Prevention must become a cornerstone of the health care system rather than an
afterthought. This shift requires a fundamental change in the way individuals perceive and
access the system as well as the way care is delivered. The system must support clinical
preventive services and community-based wellness approaches at the Federal, state, and
local levels. With a national culture of wellness, chronic disease and obesity will be better
managed and, more importantly, reduced.

Guaranteed Access to Clinical Preventive Services and Referral to Community
Resources. Those who are uninsured — and therefore less likely to receive preventive
care and even treatment for major conditions — must be given a means to begin
safeguarding and improving their health. This plan proposes “RightChoices,” a temporary
program to provide the uninsured with immediate access to a set of proven preventive
28
services such as a health risk assessment, physical exam, immunizations, and age and
gender appropriate cancer screenings recommended by the U.S. Preventive Services Task
Force. Based on a patient’s risk, a care plan would be developed to maintain good health,
and reduce the medical risks and costs of poor health. The RightChoices card would also
provide referral to community resources such as smoking cessation and nutrition programs
that have demonstrated success in changing and supporting healthy lifestyle choices.

Any individual eligible for RightChoices who is not eligible for or enrolled in a private
plan or public program such as Medicaid or Medicare, but whose RightChoices screening
detects and diagnoses one or more of the most common, costly chronic conditions would
qualify to receive treatment for those conditions. Treatment would be provided on a
temporary basis until viable coverage options are available under the Health Insurance
Exchange. Individuals with incomes below 200 percent of the Federal poverty level could
receive treatment at no cost.

To cover the cost of this care, states would receive a three-year capped allotment based on
factors such as the percentage of uninsured and the prevalence of these chronic illnesses.
These grants could also support the development of models to better manage, monitor, and
treat these chronically ill individuals such as certified community care teams.
61
It could
also be used for outreach to eligible, uninsured Americans.

Coverage for Prevention in Federal Health Programs and Private Plan Options.
Evidence suggests that 96 cents of every Medicare dollar and 83 cents of every Medicaid
dollar are used to treat chronic diseases.
62
Federal health programs must prioritize
prevention to ensure that taxpayer dollars are used more efficiently and effectively. The
Baucus plan would make prevention and wellness a priority in Medicare, Medicaid, and
CHIP.

The Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008 (MIPPA) took a step
in this direction. MIPPA gave the Secretary of Health and Human Services the authority
to identify new preventive services recommended by the U.S. Preventive Services Task
Force for coverage under Medicare. The Baucus plan would do more, by reducing or
eliminating co-payments for recommended preventive services under Medicare. New
payment methodologies, combined with expanded use of health information technology,
would increase appropriate use of these recommended preventive services and better
manage the care of chronically ill beneficiaries.

Medicaid and CHIP beneficiaries would receive recommended preventive services without
co-payments. Medicaid enrollees subject to cost sharing of even a one dollar co-pay per
service used fewer physician services and received fewer preventive services including
immunizations (a 45 percent decrease) and pap smears (a 21.5 percent decrease) compared
to those not subject to a co-payment.
63

In addition, Congress should explore evidence-based approaches for obesity prevention
and treatment through demonstration projects in Medicare, Medicaid, and CHIP.
29
Demonstrations should test approaches that have shown clinical value in functioning
settings.

The Health Insurance Exchange created under the Baucus plan would require participating
plans to include certain preventive services in its benefit package. Such coverage would be
based on recommendations by appropriate entities such as the U.S Preventive Services
Task Force, the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices, National Institutes of
Health, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and Institute of Medicine.

A National Focus on Wellness. The plan would provide grants to states or communities
to implement innovative, evidence-based prevention and wellness programs at the local
level. The programs would employ best practices identified by the Department of Health
and Human Services, the Institute of Medicine (IOM), and the Task Force on Community
Preventive Services.

Grants would encourage local governments, employers, schools, health care systems, other
community organizations, and individuals to work together and support healthy
lifestyles.
64
Communities would be empowered and encouraged to identify and overcome
barriers to healthy choices for all residents, regardless of health status, race or
socioeconomic status. Interventions that could improve and maintain the health of pre-
Medicare eligible individuals aged 55 to 64 would be explored. This investment makes
sense. Healthier older Americans require less expensive care; and evidence suggests that
this investment could result in less spending on future Medicare beneficiaries.
65


The plan would also support efforts by small businesses to create healthier work
environments with tax credits or other subsidies for proven wellness programs.
66
The
support provided by targeted tax credits or other subsidies and community challenge grants
would help lead individuals to make positive choices for their own health.

Finally, Congressional proposals have called for a more coordinated national strategy to
prevent chronic disease and reduce obesity.
67
The health of Americans is affected by
access to insurance, nutritious food and safe places to exercise among other factors.
Congress should authorize a study to identify the various federal programs that can help
prevent the development of chronic disease and suggest options to more effectively
coordinate efforts going forward.

F. ADDRESSING HEALTH DISPARITIES

Racial and ethnic health disparities are characterized by persistent gaps in both health
status and health care for minority populations. Disparities in the health status involve
increased rates of mortality, level of chronic disease burden, and perception of one’s
health. For example, a larger share of African Americans has diabetes, high blood pressure,
and heart disease than whites.
68
One of the most glaring differences in health status is
reflected in infant mortality. African American infants die at a rate of 13.6 per 1000 live
births — a rate that is higher than any other racial or ethnic group and twice that of
30
69
whites. The African-American infant mortality rate is even higher than that of Slovenia,
Poland, Kuwait, and Russia.
70


Disparity in health care is characterized by differences in the quality of medical care that is
provided and its availability to diverse populations. The landmark 2003 Institute of
Medicine (IOM) study, Unequal Treatment, demonstrated significant quality gaps in the
health care provided to African Americans and Latinos.
71
African Americans are 13
percent less likely to receive coronary angioplasty as whites.
72
African Americans are
more likely to undergo leg amputation related to diabetes and to have complications
following surgery.
73
In addition, Asians are less likely to receive timely antibiotic therapy
while hospitalized.
74


Lack of access is also a major factor affecting health care provided to racial and ethnic
minority groups. Barriers to health care can result from lack of health insurance coverage,
geographic location, language and cultural differences, and high cost. While only one-third
of the U.S. population is made up of racial and ethnic minorities, they represent over half
of the uninsured — over 30 percent of these two racial and ethnic groups are without
health care coverage.
75
Medicare and Medicaid cover most of those insured among
communities of color.

Language compatibility is also essential to ensuring quality health care for ethnically and
racially diverse groups. The ability for patients to communicate their needs to a provider is
critical. A lack of communication can mean an increased likelihood of medical errors and
patients not adhering to a treatment plan. Latinos and Asians report having poor
communication with their provider at a higher rate than other groups.
76

The Baucus plan would make health care affordable and universally available to all
Americans, a major step toward eliminating racial and ethnic health disparities. Subsidies
for low-income individuals and families, in particular, would be critical to make health
care obtainable by everyone. Currently, legal immigrant children and pregnant women are
subject to a five-year waiting period before they can become eligible for Medicaid or
CHIP. Not only does this exacerbate health disparities, but it increases the number of
uninsured. The waiting period should be eliminated and eligible legal immigrants should
have access to Medicaid and CHIP.
77

Addressing access to health insurance coverage is not the only step in addressing
disparities. Social determinants of health must also be addressed in the effort to eliminate
health disparities. Lack of adequate housing, living wages, appropriate education, and
clean environments adversely affect health status and well-being. All federal agencies that
have jurisdiction over these types of social programs should collaborate together to
improve the health and well-being of our communities.

The effort to document the extent of health disparities in the U.S. will require standard
methods of collecting data. Data collection must also be more reflective of the target
community from which data is gathered. Information must be reflected at the
subpopulation level. The Baucus plan would require participating plans in the Exchange to
31
collect and report data based on race, ethnicity, and gender. The plan also proposes to
include appropriate levels of funding to Federal agencies responsible for this type of data
collection, such as the National Health Interview Survey (NHIS) and the National Health
Care Survey (NHCS).


1
Anne-Emanuelle Birn, et al., “Struggles for National Health Reform in the United States,” American
Journal of Public Health, 93, no.1 (2003): 86-91.
2
Kaiser Family Foundation and Health Research and Educational Trust, “Employer Health Benefits Survey,
2008,” The Kaiser Family Foundation, http://ehbs.kff.org/pdf/7790.pdf.
3
Jack Hadley, John Holahan, Teresa A. Coughlin and Dawn Miller, “Covering the Uninsured In 2008:
Current Costs, Sources Of Payment, And Incremental Costs,” Health Affairs, 27, no. 5, (2008). Some
literature suggests that public payments also cover much of the costs associated with uncompensated care.
4
Department of Revenue News Release, “Most Taxpayers in Massachusetts Have Health Insurance,” The
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, (2008.)
5
Sharon K. Long, “On the Road to Universal Coverage: Impacts of Reform in Massachusetts at One Year,”
Health Affairs, 27, no. 4, (2008).
6
Kaiser Family Foundation and Health Research and Educational Trust, “Employer Health Benefits Survey,
2008,” The Kaiser Family Foundation, http://ehbs.kff.org/pdf/7790.pdf: 71.
7
Paul B. Ginsburg, “Employment-Based Health Benefits Under Universal Coverage,” Health Affairs, 27, no.
3 (2008): 675-685.
8
Survey was conducted by Gallup Organization, August 13-16, 2007 and based on telephone interviews with
a national adult sample of 1,019.
9
The Commonwealth Fund, “Nearly Nine of Ten Who Seek Individual Market Health Insurance Never Buy
a Plan”, The Commonwealth Fund, (2006).
10
For example, S. 2795, the Small Business Health Options Program, introduced by Senators Durbin and
Snowe, requires that employers cover at least 60 percent of their employees’ premium in order to qualify for
the tax credit.
11
Employee Benefit Research Institute, “Health Insurance Coverage of the Near Elderly, 1994"2005,” EBRI
Notes, 28. no.1 (2007), http://www.ebri.org/pdf/notespdf/EBRI_Notes_01-20071.pdf.
12
U.S. Census Bureau, “Income, Poverty, and Health Insurance Coverage in the United States,” U.S. Census
Bureau, (2007), www.census.gov/hhes/www/hlthins/historic/hihistt2.xls.
13
America’s Health Insurance Plans, “Individual Health Insurance 2006-2007: A Comprehensive Survey of
Premiums, Availability, and Benefits,” AHIP, (2007),
www.ahipresearch.org/pdfs/Individual_Market_Survey_December_2007.pdf.
14
John Holahan, (2004). “Health Insurance Coverage for the Near Elderly,” The Kaiser Family Foundation,
(2004), http://www.kff.org/uninsured/upload/Health-Insurance-Coverage-of-the-Near-Elderly-Report.pdf.
15
Ibid.
16
Jack Hadley and Timothy Waidmann, “Health Insurance and Health at Age 65: Implications for Medical
Care Spending on New Medicare Beneficiaries [Abstract],” Health Services Research: The Global Journal
for Improving Health Care Delivery and Policy, 41, no.2 (2006): 429-451.
17
The Social Security Amendments of 1972, P.L. 92-603
18
Stacy Berg Dale and James M. Verdier, “Elimination of Medicare’s Waiting Period for Seriously Disabled
Adults: Impact on Coverage and Costs,” The Commonwealth Fund, (2003),
http://www.commonwealthfund.org/usr_doc/660_Dale_elimination.pdf?section=4039
32

19
Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services, “Data Compendium,” CMS, (2008),
http://www.cms.hhs.gov/DataCompendium.
20
Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, “Medicaid’s Optional Population: Coverage and Benefits,” The Kaiser
Family Foundation, (2005): 2.
21
Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation. “Medicaid: An Overview of Spending on ‘Mandatory’ vs. ‘Optional’
Populations and Services,” The Kaiser Family Foundation, (2005): 1.
22
Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation. “Medicaid’s Optional Population: Coverage and Benefits,” The Kaiser
Family Foundation, (2005): 2.
23
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS). “Data Compendium,” CMS, (2008),
http://www.cms.hhs.gov/DataCompendium.
24
Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, “Medicaid’s Optional Population: Coverage and Benefits,” The Kaiser
Family Foundation, (2005),
http://www.kff.org/medicaid/loader.cfm?url=/commonspot/security/getfile.cfm&PageID=51052: 2.
25
Joel S. Weissman, Alan M. Zaslavsky, Robert E. Wolf, John Z. Ayanian, “State Medicaid Coverage and
Access to Care,” Journal of Health Care for the Poor and Underserved, 19, no. 1, (2008): 307-19.
26
Robert Pear, “Health Insurance Industry Urges Expansion of Coverage,” The New York Times, November
4, 2006.
27
John Holahan and Alan Weil, “Toward Real Medicaid Reform,” Health Affairs 26, no. 2 (2007): 260-261
28
Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, “The Medicaid Resource List,” The Kaiser Family Foundation,
(2003): 5-6.
29
Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, “State Health Facts Online,” The Kaiser Family Foundation, (2008)
www.statehealthfacts.org.
30
Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, “Impact of Unemployment Growth on Medicaid and SCHIP and the
Number Uninsured,” The Kaiser Family Foundation, (2008) http://facts.kff.org/chart.aspx?ch=360.
31
Ibid.
32
National Conference of State Legislators, “State Balanced Budget Requirements,” NCSL, (2003)
http://www.ncsl.org/programs/fiscal/balreqs.htm.
33
Government Accountability Office, “Medicaid: Strategies to Help States Address Increased Expenditures
During Economic Downturns,” GAO, (2006), www.gao.gov/cgi-bin/getrept?GAO-07-97.
34
Public Law 108-27.
35
Families USA, “Medicaid: Good Medicine for State Economies,” Families USA, (2004): 3-4.
36
Government Accountability Office, “Medicaid: Strategies to Help States Address Increased Expenditures
During Economic Downturns,” GAO, (2006), www.gao.gov/cgi-bin/getrept?GAO-07-97.
37
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, “State Children’s Health Insurance Program Summary,”
CMS, http://www.cms.hhs.gov/MedicaidGenInfo/05_SCHIP%20Information.asp.
38
Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, “State Children’s Health Insurance Program (SCHIP): Reauthorization
History,” The Kaiser Commission on Medicaid and the Uninsured, (2008)
http://www.kff.org/medicaid/7743.cfm.
39
Center on Budget Policy and Priorities, “Issue in Focus: Expanding Children’s Health Coverage,” CBPP,
(2008) http://www.cbpp.org/pubs/health.htm.
40
Peter Orszag, “Covering Uninsured Children: The Impact of the August 17 CHIP Directive,” (Testimony
before the Senate Committee on Finance, U.S. Senate, April 9, 2008).
33

41
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, “SCHIP Enrolled In Year,” CMS, (2007),
http://www.cms.hhs.gov/NationalSCHIPPolicy/downloads/SCHIPEverEnrolledYearGraph.pdf.
42
Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, “Health Insurance Coverage of Children,” The Kaiser Family
Foundation, (2008),
http://facts.kff.org/uupload/relatedtable/Health%20Insurance%20Coverage%20of%20Children,%202006.xls.
43
Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, “Medicaid/SCHIP: Low Income Families,” The Kaiser Family
Foundation, (2008), http://www.kff.org/medicaid/lowincome.cfm. Some States have used this flexibility to
cover adults, the vast majority of whom are not CHIP eligible unless they have incomes below 100 percent of
the Federal poverty level and minimal assets.
44
Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, “Foundation Resources on the State Children’s Health Insurance
Program and Reauthorization,” The Kaiser Family Foundation, (2007),
http://www.kff.org/medicaid/schipresources.cfm.
45
Edwin Park and Matthew Broaddus, “Fourteen states face SCHIP shortfalls this year totaling over $700
million,” Center on Budget and Policy Priorities, (2007).
46
See, for example, H.R.976, Children's Health Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007; H.R.3963,
Children's Health Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007; H.R.3162, Children's Health and
Medicare Protection Act of 2007; and S.1893, Children's Health Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of
2007.
47
Indian Health Service, “Indian Health Service Introduction,” IHS, (2008)
http://www.ihs.gov/PublicInfo/PublicAffairs/Welcome_Info/IHSintro.asp.
48
Congressional Research Service, “Indian Health Service: Health Care Delivery, Status, Funding, and
Legislative Issues,” CRS, (2008): 1.
49
Ibid., 10.
50
Ibid., 2-3.
51
Indian Health Services, “IHS Fact Sheets,” IHS, (2008), http://info.ihs.gov/Profile08.asp.
52
Congressional Research Service, “Indian Health Service: Health Care Delivery, Status, Funding, and
Legislative Issues,” CRS, (2008): 14-16.
53
42 CFR §§136.11(c), 136.23(e).
54
Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, “Chronic Disease Overview,” CDC,
http://www.cdc.gov/nccdphp/overview.htm.
55
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, “Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion,” CDC,
(2004), http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/rr5311a1.htm.
56
Ross DeVol and Armen Bedroussian, “An Unhealthy America, The Economic Burden of Chronic
Disease,” The Milken Institute, (2007).
57
Robert Mollica and Jennifer Gillespie, “Care Coordination for People with Chronic Conditions,”
Partnership for Solutions, (2003): 3.
58
Kenneth E. Thorpe et al., “The Impact of Obesity on Rising Medical Spending,” Health Affairs, (2004),
(published online 20 October, 2004; 10.1377/hlthaff.w4.480).
59
Robert Beaglehole, World Health Organization’s Director of Chronic Diseases and Health Promotion,
(Keynote Address before the Philip Hauge Abelson Advancing Science Seminar, December 8, 2005).
60
Task Force on Community Preventive Services, “Community Guide,” (2008),
http://www.thecommunityguide.org/about/.
61
Kenneth E. Thorpe, “Reforming Medicare: A New Focus on Primary Prevention and Chronic Care
Management: working paper,” Emory University, (2008). These community care teams would include social
34

and mental health workers, care coordinators and other community resources that would work with primary
care provider practices to prevent and manage chronic disease.
62
Kenneth E. Thorpe, (Testimony before the House Appropriations Subcommittee on Labor, Health and
Human Services, Education and Related Agencies, U.S. House of Representatives, February 14, 2008).
63
Julie Hudman and Molly O’Malley, “Health Insurance Premiums and Cost Sharing: Findings from the
Research on Low-Income Populations,” The Kaiser Commissions on Medicaid and the Uninsured, (2003),
http://www.kff.org/medicaid/upload/Health-Insurance-Premiums-and-Cost-Sharing-Findings-from-the-
Research-on-Low-Income-Populations-Policy-Brief.pdf..
64
Partnership to Fight Chronic Disease, “Roadmap to Successful Program Development,” (2008),
http://promisingpractices.fightchronicdisease.org/uploads/roadmap.pdf.
65
Jack Hadley, and Timothy Waidmann, “Health Insurance and Health at Age 65: Implications for Medical
Care Spending on New Medicare Beneficiaries [Abstract],” Health Services Research: The Global Journal
for Improving Health Care Delivery and Policy, 41, no. 2, (2006): 429-451.
66
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has identified elements of successful evidence-based
workplace wellness programs. Senator Tom Harkin has proposed providing a tax credit for qualified
wellness programs in the Healthy Workforce Act of 2007 (S.1753).
67
S.3674, The 21
st
Century Wellness Trust Act, introduced by Senator Hilary Rodham Clinton; S.3584, The
Obesity Prevention, Treatment and Research Act of 2008, introduced by Senator Jeff Bingaman.
68
Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, “Key Facts: Race, Ethnicity, and Medical Care,” The Kaiser Family
Foundation, (2007) http://www.kaiserfamilyfoundation.org/minorityhealth/upload/6069-02.pdf.
69
Ibid.
70
CIA, “The World Fact Book,” CIA, (2008) https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-
factbook/rankorder/2091rank.html.
71
Brian D. Smedley, Adrienne Y. Stith, and Alan R. Nelson, Unequal Treatment: Confronting Racial and
Ethnic Disparities in Health Care, (Institute of Medicine, 2003): 29-30.
72
Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, “Health Disparities Report,” AHRQ, (2008)
http://www.ahrq.gov/qual/nhdr07/nhdr07.pdf.
73
Ibid.
74
Ibid.
75
Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation, “Key Facts: Race, Ethnicity, and Medical Care,” The Kaiser Family
Foundation, (2007) http://www.kaiserfamilyfoundation.org/minorityhealth/upload/6069-02.pdf.
76
Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, “Health Disparities Report,” AHRQ, (2008)
http://www.ahrq.gov/qual/nhdr07/nhdr07.pdf.
77
S.764, Proposed provision in the Legal Immigrant Children’s Health Improvement Act (ICHIA) 2007,
introduced by Senator Hillary Clinton.
35
CHAPTER III BAUCUS PLAN: IMPROVING VALUE BY
REFORMING THE HEALTH CARE DELIVERY
SYSTEM

Ensuring access to meaningful health coverage is a fundamental goal of health care reform,
but there are also other vital priorities we must pursue. Among them is the critical need to
improve the value of care provided in our health care system. We must take steps to
ensure patients receive higher quality care, and do so in a way that reduces costs over the
long-run. In short, the U.S. must get better value for the substantial dollars spent on health
care.

Our nation’s health care providers — physicians, nurses, hospitals, and others — work
hard to provide life-saving and life-improving care to millions of Americans. The level of
care provided is often excellent, but it has become increasingly evident that the way care is
delivered and paid for in our health system does not always encourage the right care at the
right time for each and every patient.

The Baucus plan includes initiatives to reorient America’s health care delivery system
toward services and activities that improve patient care and “bend the curve” of growth in
national health care spending. At the same time, the plan invests in the health care
infrastructure that is necessary for delivery reform to succeed. Many of the proposals in the
plan are based in the Medicare program because of its unique ability to lead the way for
system-wide changes. The expectation, however, is that public and private insurers will
follow and continue to innovate as well. The Baucus plan considers delivery system
reform with four key goals in mind:

! Strengthening the role of primary care and chronic care management.
Primary care is the keystone of a high-performing health care system. Access to
primary care that successfully manages and coordinates patient care, particularly
for the chronically ill, is a proven determinant of high-quality, cost-effective care.
Yet America’s current system undervalues primary care relative to specialty care.
This has caused fewer medical students to choose careers in primary care, and has
created access problems that will only worsen as more Americans get health care
coverage. Increasing the supply of primary care practitioners and redefining their
role in the health system — by using Federal reimbursement systems and other
means to improve the value placed on their work — is a necessary step toward
meaningful reform.

! Refocusing payment incentives toward quality. Today’s payment systems
reward providers for delivering more care rather than better care. Under the current
system, the more visits, tests, images and services providers deliver, the more they
are paid — regardless of the quality or the health outcomes of the patient. The
health system should refocus payment incentives toward improving the quality of
care patients receive. Movement toward quality-based payment must start with
fixing the unstable and unsustainable Medicare physician payment formula. The
36
current Sustainable Growth Rate (SGR) formula is fatally flawed and must be
replaced.

! Promoting provider collaboration and accountability. Delivery system reform
should also encourage providers in different settings — physician offices, inpatient
hospitals, post-acute care settings, and others — to collaborate and provide patient-
centered care in a way that improves quality and saves money. Under current
payment systems, hospitals, physicians, and other health care providers are not
encouraged to work together to improve patient care throughout the course of a
patient’s illness. In fact, they may be penalized financially — through lower
revenues — if they successfully help patients avoid the need for additional health
services. Congress should modify current payment systems to encourage — rather
than discourage — collaboration and accountability among health care providers
across treatment settings and sites of care.

! Improving the health care infrastructure. Efforts to improve the health care
delivery system cannot succeed without taking other steps to modernize our
system. These steps include investing in new research and tools, as well as the
health care workforce. A national approach to comparative effectiveness research
can help provide systematic, unbiased information about what treatments,
technologies, and procedures work best. Health information technology (IT) can
put comparative effectiveness research and other clinical decision-support tools at
providers’ fingertips in real time, as well as improve the delivery of care across
settings and help providers to better coordinate patient care. Health IT can also
facilitate initiatives to improve quality performance and data collection and
aggregation. But gains from new research and health IT will be shallow unless we
reinvest in the training of a 21
st
century health care workforce.

Like many other reforms, changes to the health care delivery system will take time.
Moreover, these efforts will require continuing evaluation as the health system — and the
health care needs of Americans — evolve.

A. STRENGTHENING THE ROLE OF PRIMARY CARE AND CHRONIC CARE
MANAGEMENT

A strong emphasis on primary care is a common element of high-performing health
systems.
1
International systems, and even parts of our own country, that deliver cost-
efficient, high-quality care tend to have robust access to and use of primary care
services.
2,3
Among other things, primary care practitioners should provide preventive
care, help patients make informed medical decisions, and serve a critical care management
and coordination role — especially for those with multiple chronic conditions who are the
least healthy and most costly to our system. Yet today’s payment systems place higher
value on specialty care than primary care.

4
Strengthening the role of primary care will require a multi-pronged approach. To this
end, the Baucus plan includes several initiatives to improve our primary care system:
37
ensuring accurate prices for primary care services in Medicare, providing an add-on bonus
payment for primary care services, and encouraging further testing and implementation of
the medical home model. The plan would also ensure the viability of community health
centers and rural health clinics that provide vital safety net functions and serve as a true
medical home for thousands of patients across the country.

Ensuring Accurate Payments for Primary Care Services. Payments for primary care
physician visits are undervalued, particularly compared to procedures and services
furnished by specialists. In fact, the overvaluation of procedures in the Medicare physician
fee schedule has both created financial incentives to provide unnecessary services and
served as a disincentive for physicians to become primary care physicians. Primary care
physicians are not trained in — and do not have the opportunity to bill for — procedures
that generate extensive revenues for non-primary care physicians.
5

In 1989, Congress enacted Medicare physician payment reform, which required a fee
schedule based on relative values for approximately 7,000 services covered by the
program. Private insurers often adopt the relative values set by Medicare, although they
may use different payment rates for determining actual fees paid. The 1989 law also
required periodic review — at least every five years — to ensure that the payment system
reflects changes in the relative resources involved in furnishing physician services.
Adjustments to relative values reflect changes in medical practice, coding changes,
experience with new procedures, and other variables. Rapid growth in the volume of a
service provided often represents evidence that the relative value for that service should be
reviewed.
6


The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) has relied heavily on
recommendations from the American Medical Association (AMA) Relative Value Update
Committee (RUC) to determine needed changes to the value of services in the physician
fee schedule. The RUC process has resulted in changes that have increased relative values
in many areas but decreased values in very few. This result has worked against primary
care services because primary care physicians bill for a relatively smaller and more static
set of codes than non-primary care physicians. A recent increase in the relative values for
primary care services by the RUC was a step in the right direction. The Baucus plan
would seek a continued focus on the high value of primary care-related services, with
corresponding reductions in relative values for overvalued services. Fee schedule rates
must accurately reflect priorities that the health care system must adopt to bend the health
care cost curve and improve quality over time.

Additional Payments for Primary Care Providers. The undervaluation of primary care
services might also be addressed by the Baucus plan with increases in Medicare payments
for services furnished by practitioners focused on delivering primary care.
7
Payments
must be well-targeted, starting with careful identification of the list of services that qualify
as primary care services — primarily evaluation and management visits. A second step
involves identification of Medicare providers, including physician and non-physician
practitioners, who truly focus on delivering primary care. Using claims history — rather
than self-identification — is a more accurate approach to identifying appropriate providers.
38
In addition, bonus payments should also take into account the complexity of the provider’s
patient panel to ensure that underserved populations are not left behind. Finally, the task
of setting a threshold for these services is best left to CMS, which can collaborate with
stakeholders and other experts to strike the right balance.

To avoid cost inflation, this proposal should be made budget-neutral. Budget-neutral
changes to Medicare payments mean that any increase to primary care providers requires a
corresponding cut to specialist services. This approach has the potential to create
significant controversy among physicians, however. Any reforms along these lines must
be crafted in collaboration with the entire physician community and other practitioners to
ensure appropriate valuation of, and access to, primary care services. Other means of
redefining the value that the health system places on primary care, such as revisions to the
SGR formula, are discussed below.

Patient-Centered Medical Home. Expanding Medicare’s role in testing the medical home
model — in which practitioners are paid explicitly for comprehensive care management
services — is another way that the Baucus plan would promote quality and efficiency. A
growing body of evidence suggests that medical homes may improve patient health and
reduce costs.
8,9
In 2006, Congress required CMS to establish a demonstration program to
test the medical home model in fee-for-service Medicare.
10
More recently, Congress
provided additional funding for this demonstration and granted CMS authority to expand
the program if quality and cost targets are met.
11

Medical home expansions in Medicare should focus only on providers who are committed
to ensuring that patients truly receive the primary care and care management services that
the medical home is designed to deliver. Providers seeking to participate in a Medicare
medical home expansion program should meet a set of stringent service and capacity
criteria in order to qualify, such as those proposed by MedPAC,
12
and be willing to have
additional payments based in part on the quality of care they deliver. The National
Committee for Quality Assurance (NCQA) has also developed an assessment tool that tiers
medical homes based on the implementation of particular capacities and patient services.
13


In addition, careful consideration should be paid to the role of non-physician providers,
such as nurse practitioners and home health aides, in the medical home model. Medical
home expansions should also target the patient populations most in need of comprehensive
care management and coordination, particularly those with multiple chronic conditions.
As with other components of the medical home, though, these tools and criteria will evolve
as results from ongoing demonstrations and input from patients, providers, other
stakeholders, and experts are received and incorporated into the medical home model.

This plan would expand the medical home model by requiring collaboration between
Medicare and ongoing demonstration sites that include private payers and Medicaid.
Aligning incentives created by disparate payment models — for example, private payers
and public programs — is crucial to achieving significant delivery system reform.

39
Building a qualified medical home may not be feasible for all providers, however. The
required medical home criteria (particularly the necessary investments in infrastructure and
staffing) can be challenging for the 36 percent of physicians who work in solo or very
small-group practices, many of which are located in rural areas. One option is to invest in
community health teams that include nurses, nutritionists, and social and mental health
workers. These teams could link primary care practices with additional resources that
would allow small or rural offices to participate in the medical home. The state of North
Carolina has achieved preliminary success with the community health team model in its
state Medicaid program.
14
Going forward, Medicare could join with other payers
(Medicaid, private plans) in funding states to develop this capacity throughout the state, or
in conjunction with other states in their region. Financial assistance for smaller primary
care practices to adopt health information technology would also provide a strong incentive
to collaborate with community health teams. Another option is to explore alternative
payment models that do not require specific practice improvements but instead offer
shared-savings bonuses for meeting aggressive cost and quality benchmarks.

In addition to the medical home, Medicare should test other primary care models that
promote comprehensive care management and coordination, particularly for the
chronically ill. Recent proposals to focus on caring for the sickest patients in their home,
or those that rely on a geriatric assessment to qualify patients for comprehensive care
coordination programs, show promise and should be examined in more detail.
15

Vendor-based disease management programs, which typically involve phone-based care
planning and follow-up by nurses, have found some success in the private market but have
not fared as well in recent Medicare demonstrations.
16,17
While these approaches should
not be jettisoned without consideration of new evidence from state and private payer
programs, it remains an open question whether Medicare should make direct payments to
vendors outside of a comprehensive care management model, such as the medical home.

The medical home and other care management concepts are works in progress, and the
involvement of patient groups is critical to ensuring that these models remain patient-
centered. A true medical home should serve as a central resource for a patient’s ongoing
care. Care management expansions under the Baucus plan will require ongoing evaluation
to ensure they are truly patient-centered. And to encourage patient participation, co-
payments for services provided in medical homes, for instance, could be reduced or
eliminated. These models will only improve health care quality and efficiency if patients
find that they provide needed health services in a consumer-friendly way.

Community Health Centers and Rural Health Clinics. Efforts to reestablish primary care
as the backbone of the health care system should build on existing systems that work. For
example, community health centers, which serve low-income and medically underserved
populations, perform well on quality indicators, provide efficient care, and have in many
cases implemented critical components of the medical home model.
18


To shore up this important component of our nation’s safety net, the Baucus plan would
modernize the outdated Medicare system for paying Federally Qualified Health Centers
40
(FQHCs). The Baucus plan would establish a prospective payment system for qualifying
FQHCs, mirroring the successful model that the Medicaid program uses for paying these
centers and expand the role of health centers in providing preventive services. To qualify
for PPS payments, FQHCs will be required to report on quality metrics and make
investments in the infrastructure necessary to qualify as a medical home.

Mechanisms for compensating rural health clinics (RHCs) also are deficient and should be
improved. In Montana and across the country, these facilities are instrumental in meeting
the needs of patients when other access points to care are unavailable or inadvisable — for
example, reliance on an emergency department. For these reasons, health reform should
include policies that bolster community health centers, RHCs, and FQHCs as part of the
larger effort to improve patient access to critical primary care services.

B. REFOCUSING PAYMENT INCENTIVES TOWARD QUALITY

Efforts to restructure provider payment systems to improve quality also represent a critical
component of delivery system reform. Many private and public organizations have echoed
the need to re-direct the health care system to reward higher quality and more efficient
care. In its landmark 1999 report, To Err is Human: Building a Safer Health Care System,
the Institute of Medicine (IOM) urged a heightened focus on quality initiatives.
19

Subsequent reports called for increasing payments for providers offering high-quality
care
20
and the establishment of a national system for performance measurement and
reporting.
21
MedPAC has also made multiple recommendations to Congress regarding the
need for payment incentives based on quality for hospitals, physicians, home health
providers, Medicare Advantage plans, and outpatient dialysis providers.
22,23

Based on these recommendations, Congress and CMS have enacted and implemented
policies to increase the focus on quality in the Medicare payment systems, particularly in
the areas of inpatient hospital care and physician services. The Baucus plan will build on
these efforts by establishing a pay-for-performance program for hospitals in Medicare and
further strengthening physician programs that are focused on quality improvement. The
plan will also encourage efforts to test pay-for-performance models related to home health
and nursing home care, as well as bring pay-for-performance to the Medicare Advantage
program.

Hospital Quality Reporting and Next-Generation Quality-Based Payment Reforms.
In 2003, Congress set the Medicare program on a path toward quality improvement by
establishing a hospital pay-for-reporting program.
24
As part of this effort, Congress asked
hospitals to track and report to CMS their performance on a set of ten defined quality
measures, such as how frequently a heart attack patient received aspirin upon admission.
To encourage participation, Congress provided higher payments to hospitals that reported
this information, and penalized those that did not. Ninety-eight percent of hospitals chose
to participate.
25


41
In 2005, Congress permanently extended the reporting program, directed CMS to
incorporate additional performance measures into the initiative,
26
and increased penalties
for non-participating hospitals.
27

By most accounts, the Medicare hospital pay-for-reporting program has been an important
first step in improving the quality of care provided to Medicare beneficiaries in the
inpatient hospital setting. It provides better insight into the quality and performance of
America’s hospitals for policymakers and patients alike.

Alongside the Medicare pay-for-reporting program, CMS has been testing a more
aggressive move to a “pay-for-quality” model. In October 2003, CMS contracted with
Premier, Inc., a nationwide alliance of not-for-profit hospitals and health systems, to
conduct a demonstration linking payment to the achievement of quality goals. This project,
the Hospital Quality Incentive Demonstration (HQID), has involved more than 260
hospitals across the nation
28
. Under the demonstration, hospitals were asked to report
process and outcome measures in five clinical areas related to heart attack, heart failure
and pneumonia. Hospitals in the top 20 percent in each clinical area received a financial
incentive payment.

Results from the HQID project demonstrate dramatic quality improvements in every
measured clinical area, with an 11.8 percent average quality improvement among
participating facilities over two years. These statistics translate into actual results for
patients: 1,284 fewer heart attack deaths for patients who received more clinically
appropriate care
29
. Based on these results, the HQID demonstration was extended for
another three years (through 2009) and will be expanded to test other innovative pay-for-
performance models.

The next step in quality-based payment reform is the adoption of a value-based purchasing
(VBP) program in the hospital inpatient setting. In its November 2007 Report to Congress,
CMS provided a roadmap for moving Medicare from pay-for-reporting to pay-for-
performance.
30
In establishing a pay-for-performance program, providers would not only
be rewarded for reporting quality activities, but their payment would also be increased or
decreased depending on how well they perform on these quality measures.

Building on these recommendations and the other efforts outlined above, the Baucus plan
includes provisions to improve quality care in the inpatient hospital setting through
establishing a hospital pay-for-performance program, which is sometimes also referred to
as value-based purchasing, in Medicare. The Baucus plan uses the following principles to
guide this effort:

! Transitions to value-based purchasing should be gradual. Linking payments to
performance represents a major shift in how Medicare pays for services. The plan
would phase in value-based purchasing so that the amount of payment at risk would
gradually increase to no more than two percent of base hospital operating
payments.

42
! A value-based purchasing program should build on the current reporting
program. A hospital value-based purchasing program should start with a set of
quality measures that hospitals have already been reporting on through the pay-for-
reporting program. Over time, the quality reporting program should continue to be
a testing ground for evaluating new measures before they are subjected to pay-for-
performance rules.

! Quality measures should be endorsed by relevant stakeholders. All measures
must be evidence-based, statistically valid, and field-tested to ensure that they
represent the best practices in improving quality. Measures should be selected
through rulemaking and endorsed or considered by consensus-building
organizations whenever possible.

! Rewards should be provided to hospitals that achieve quality goals as well as
to those that make significant improvements. The value-based purchasing
program should reward facilities that meet quality benchmarks and those who have
made substantial quality gains in performance relative to prior years.

! Every effort must be made to align hospital and physician quality goals. As
new quality measures for hospital and physician performance continue to be
developed, every effort must be made to encourage providers to work together
toward common quality improvement goals.

! Safety net, low-volume, and rural hospitals should be given special
consideration. The hospital value-based purchasing program must be structured in
a way that would allow smaller, rural facilities to participate and include
protections for safety net hospitals that may face unique challenges in meeting the
requirements of a value-based purchasing program.

! Quality performance and the process to reward hospitals must be transparent.
Hospital performance in the value-based purchasing program should be publicly
reported and available to consumers. The CMS methodology for determining
hospital performance scores and calculating payments for facilities must also be
transparent and public.

! The value-based purchasing program should be subject to ongoing monitoring
and evaluation. The Secretary, GAO, MedPAC, and others should help Congress
monitor the value-based purchasing program and provide specific input on any
unintended consequences of the program.

These principles would serve as guideposts for efforts to establish a hospital value-based
purchasing program in Medicare and are a key component of this plan.

Physician Quality Reporting Initiative. As Congress seeks to reward hospitals that
provide high-quality care, steps must also be taken to improve quality and resource
efficiency in the Medicare physician payment systems. To further improve patient care,
43
the Baucus plan would build on the Physician Quality Reporting Initiative (PQRI) and the
provider feedback program as a next step in improving patient care.

Despite substantial concerns regarding PQRI, the program is on its way to achieving the
goals set by Congress when the program was enacted in 2006: engaging clinicians and
other health care stakeholders in developing meaningful quality metrics to evaluate care;
putting Federal resources on the table to promote and partially fund quality improvement
activities; and expediting the development of data collection processes that will lead to
meaningful and actionable information flowing to providers, patients, and payers.

The first round of PQRI was executed in the second half of 2007. More than 100,000
clinicians attempted to participate in the program, and performance results and incentive
payments were delivered to participants this summer. At the same time, considerable
confusion lingers regarding the reporting mechanism, and reports indicate delays in the
delivery of incentive payments and difficulty in accessing feedback reports.

Congress and CMS have recently acted to address these technical challenges and expand
provider outreach and education programs so that the foundation of this program remains
strong, and physicians are not discouraged from participating. Reforms enacted in MIPPA
permit physicians to report on condition-specific groups of measures, such as those
addressing diabetes and heart failure, permitting more comprehensive analysis of a
physician’s ability to care for patients with these chronic illnesses.

In addition, MIPPA requires the establishment of a pathway for physician groups to report
quality information on an aggregated basis, reducing administrative burdens and fostering
clinician-to-clinician sharing of expertise that will be much more effective in improving
quality than purely governmental interventions.

Finally, Congress required CMS to expedite approval of clinical registries to which
physicians report performance data. These registries, such as the National Cardiovascular
Data Registry spearheaded by the American College of Cardiology, are often operated by
clinician groups or medical boards and are capable of collecting richer data sets than can
be accessed through claims forms. And physician recognition programs like those
sponsored by NCQA are also important conduits for quality reporting. Under MIPPA,
registries and recognition programs — once they are approved by CMS — will now be
able to submit data to CMS on behalf of participants.

Medical boards in particular are striving to meet the professional needs of physicians while
also fostering gains in quality of care. Boards such as the American Board of Internal
Medicine (ABIM) are including some quality reporting in their maintenance of
certification process. In order to retain ABIM certification every ten years, physicians
must not only pass a traditional exam testing their knowledge, judgment, and analytical
skills, but they also must participate in at least one quality reporting program. Going
forward, PQRI should work in conjunction with medical boards to encourage more
frequent and more aggressive recertification processes, including those that go beyond
quality reporting to focus on how physicians actually perform.
44

Before Medicare can transition from pay-for-reporting to pay-for-quality, physicians must
be able to successfully participate in PQRI and receive appropriate incentives to do so.
The reforms in MIPPA demonstrate a commitment by Congress to keep PQRI a flexible
program that responds to provider feedback and capitalizes on developments outside of
Medicare (e.g., clinical registries).

Ultimately, Medicare must put physicians on a similar course as the plan described above
for hospitals and transition PQRI to a true value-based purchasing program. As a next
step, the Baucus plan focuses on improving the clinical importance and validity of the
measures that physicians report to PQRI. The program may also require that physicians
report the results of patient experience surveys in order to receive a full bonus. Finally,
once the recent program improvements are fully implemented, the Baucus plan calls for the
current positive financial incentives for physician participation in PQRI to eventually be
matched with payment penalties for those who do not report. A report from CMS, required
in MIPPA, will give Congress additional guidance on how best to reinvent the Medicare
physician payment system from one that rewards quantity to one that focuses financial
incentive on high-quality, evidence-based care, and healthy outcomes for patients.

Provider Feedback Program and Episode Groupers. Congress also recently required
CMS to begin providing feedback to practitioners regarding their resource use. CMS is
authorized to explore different methods, including evaluating resource use on a per capita
basis or using episode grouper technology. The per capita method — which essentially
examines physician resource use per beneficiary — can be particularly helpful in
identifying outliers whose practice patterns fall outside an acceptable “bell curve” of
variation.
31
However, this method is less effective in giving providers actionable
information by which to change their practice patterns and improve their care for specific
patients and particular diagnoses.
32


An alternative methodology that may hold greater promise, particularly for specialists who
tend to perform discreet procedures for a specific illness, is the use of episode grouper
software. This technology evaluates the resources used to treat a patient during a specific
episode of illness, which may encompass multiple interventions over a period of time and
care furnished by multiple providers.
33
While most versions of this technology rely strictly
on insurance claims, eventually they could be adapted to include clinical data generated
from electronic health records and other sources.

Ultimately, episode groupers could give providers and payers more specific, actionable
information that could lead to meaningful reductions in inappropriate care patterns.
Medicare should develop its own open-source technology platform that includes
information on both episodes of care and per-capita resource use. This will help ensure
that episodes of care are both necessary and efficient. Finally, Medicare’s physician
feedback program should include information regarding quality of care — the health
outcomes of patients should not be compromised by efforts to reduce costs in treating
specific illnesses.

45
Quality Improvement for Other Providers and Private Plans. As Congress moves
forward on efforts to improve the quality of care provided by hospitals and physicians,
efforts to strengthen quality in other care settings must not be left behind.

CMS is currently developing a pay-for-performance demonstration project aimed at home
health and nursing home care. For home health care, CMS proposes to test a pay-for-
performance model in seven states using quality measures based on the Outcome and
Assessment Information Set (OASIS) that agencies have been using to report quality
activities since 2000. For nursing homes, CMS is also working to develop a demonstration
project that would offer financial incentives to facilities that meet certain conditions for
providing high-quality care. This project would be tested in five states. Both of these
projects must move forward to help CMS and Congress gain much needed information on
how to appropriately increase the focus on quality in the home health and nursing home
settings.

Congress should also explore a pay-for-performance requirement for private plans that
participate in Medicare. Health plans in the Medicare Advantage program have been
reporting a standard set of valid performance measures to CMS for over a decade. CMS
should move health plans beyond reporting so that payments reflect plan performance.
Additionally, CMS should provide for the development of valid performance measures for
prescription drug plans and begin to bring pay-for-performance to these plans, too.

As these efforts to collect, report, and appropriately pay for quality and efficiency move
forward, provider concerns regarding the number of methodologies, metrics, and
misaligned payment incentives must also be addressed. Clinicians are often subject to
several pay-for-performance programs that use different quality measures for similar
patients and require different data collection approaches. While significant efforts are
underway at the National Quality Forum (NQF) and other quality alliances and industry
groups to achieve uniformity, more work needs to be done to standardize measures and
administrative approaches and to minimize the burden on providers.

Congress provided substantial funding to NQF in MIPPA to facilitate the endorsement of
standardized measure sets and bring stakeholders together to agree on priorities for
performance measurement.
34
But Congress can go further by fostering, through the
Independent Health Coverage Council, alignment among the insurance plans participating
in the Health Insurance Exchange.

Reforming the Sustainable Growth Rate Formula. Moving toward a more value-driven
physician payment system in Medicare must start with reform of the current system used to
update physician payments. Enacted as part of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997, the
Sustainable Growth Rate (SGR) was designed to control spending for physician services
provided under Medicare Part B.
35
The statutory formula sets a target amount for
spending for certain services including physician services, lab tests, imaging, and
physician-administered drugs that are furnished in connection with physician services. If
overall spending exceeds the target set by the SGR, payments under the fee schedule are
46
automatically adjusted downward. If overall spending is less than the target, then
payments are adjusted upward.

Since 2002, the formula has called for automatic reductions in the payment update, but
Congress has enacted legislation to override the formula each year. These legislative
overrides, as CBO has observed, suggest that the current SGR formula is not a viable
mechanism to control spending for physician services.
36
However, Congress has struggled
to find a viable alternative to the SGR.

The most immediate obstacle to reforming the SGR is budgetary. The flawed formula
which is the basis of the SGR, combined with multiple years of Congressional
intervention, has left a nearly $300 billion discrepancy over ten years between what
physicians are projected to be paid under the formula and what a modest inflationary
update over those years would provide.
37


These projected reductions in physician reimbursement are unrealistic and, if implemented,
may have disastrous consequences for the Medicare program. They could likely cause
physicians to exit the program and Medicare beneficiaries to lose access to needed care.
The now-yearly cycle of Congressional intervention to block these SGR cuts consumes
attention and resources that should be directed to other challenges posed by Medicare and
other Federal programs. And, because the timing of Congressional action is often
unpredictable, it also puts enormous pressure on physician practices across the country as
they try to set budgets and meet payroll each month.

As Congress takes steps to resolve the budgetary shortfall posed by the SGR, CMS should
use its discretion to define the items and services that are included in the SGR formula’s
calculations. CMS should use its administrative authority to remove physician-
administered drugs, for which payment is based on the average sales price methodology,
from the formula in a shared effort to reverse the annual cycle of fixing the SGR.

In addition to the massive budgetary shortfall, there are also substantive obstacles to SGR
reform. The fundamental flaw of the SGR is that the behavior of an individual physician,
even a large group practice, cannot affect a formula driven by the practice habits of more
than 800,000 providers who are paid under the physician fee schedule.

When MedPAC presented its analysis of the substantive options for reforming the SGR in
March 2007, it identified two paths: (1) jettison the expenditure target approach and focus
on proposals that encourage higher quality care at lower cost; or (2) pursue value-based
payment reforms while replacing the SGR with a new expenditure target system for all
Medicare providers based, for example, on geographical location or type-of-service.
38

The first path would explicitly reorient physician payment toward high-value care. It
would also avoid further investment of Federal resources in a target-based formula that
may not influence individual physician behavior as Congress intends. Applying
expenditure targets to other aspects of Medicare — as MedPAC’s second path suggests —
could create additional administrative burdens without ensuring payment stability.
47

Eliminating the expenditure target altogether would likely exacerbate the SGR’s budgetary
shortfall and some in Congress have asserted a strong interest in revising the SGR
formula.
39
As we attempt to move beyond the ongoing SGR predicament, it may be
necessary to replace it with an alternative expenditure target approach.

One such approach would be the development of a revised SGR formula that creates
multiple expenditure targets based on sub-sets or categories of services. This has the
advantage of reallocating resources from high-growth, potentially overpaid aspects of
health care to underutilized, potentially more valuable services such as primary care and
prevention. Careful attention must be paid to appropriately clustering services so that new
prices generated by the SGR do not produce excessive increases or reductions in any
particular service. Consideration should also be given to whether GDP growth should
remain the short-term basis of SGR expenditure targets as medical inflation is expected to
outpace GDP growth at least until the reforms proposed in this paper take full effect.

Finally, in constructing a fee schedule based on multiple targets, careful consideration
must be given to ensure that the price outputs of the formula apply to the practitioners
responsible for the rate of growth of particular services. For example, in the case of a
separate target based on utilization and growth in imaging services, physicians who refer
patients for imaging services usually do not receive payment for the performance or
interpretation of those services.

Nonetheless, SGR reform should closely examine the growing costs to the Medicare
program of advanced imaging utilization and fees. A recent report by GAO found that the
significant recent growth in imaging costs is attributable in large part to physicians
increasingly providing imaging services in their offices as a means for revenue-
generation.
40
MedPAC analysis points to imaging utilization as a factor in the significant
regional variation of cost and quality discussed elsewhere in this paper; according to their
report, regional use of imaging services can vary by as much as three times.
41
Physician
payment reform should pay particular attention to the cost and quality implications of the
growing practice of physicians self-referring for diagnostic imaging services. Medicare
should also consider establishing a process for the identification and surveillance of high-
growth services. If the evidence suggests that prices are distorting physician behavior,
then modest reductions in prices that can elicit desirable behavioral changes without
impacting beneficiary access could be pursued administratively.

C. PROMOTING COLLABORATION AND ACCOUNTABILITY

While we take steps to improve the quality of care provided to patients, we must also
provide new incentives that encourage health care providers to work together to offer
patients the best possible care. Today, hospitals, physicians and other health care
providers are each paid separately, which creates little incentive for them to work together
to effectively manage patient care. Lack of collaboration can have a particularly
detrimental impact on patients with chronic or multiple illnesses who can most benefit
48
from well-coordinated care. Medicare should use payment incentives to drive more
collaboration among physicians, hospitals, and other health providers.

The disadvantages of care fragmentation are particularly evident for patients who
experience a hospitalization. Discharge from a hospital is a particularly critical and
vulnerable time for patients. In many cases, hospital patients are abruptly transitioned to
home or post-acute care, and discharges that occur over a weekend mean patients are
suddenly expected to assume a self-management role for their recovery with little support
or preparation.
42
In addition, the physicians who treat a patient during their hospital stay
are often not the same physicians who see the patient once they leave the hospital.
Payment systems, including the Medicare program, do not encourage these providers to
communicate or work together to ensure patients receive the proper medication and other
follow-up that is necessary post-hospitalization.

While lack of care coordination around a hospitalization episode can have a detrimental
impact on patients’ health and well-being, it also has a significant financial impact,
particularly on the Medicare program. According to some estimates, 18 percent of
Medicare hospital admissions result in readmissions within 30 days post discharge. These
readmissions accounted for $15 billion in spending in 2005, and according to MedPAC,
$12 billion of this spending is potentially avoidable.
43
Not only can a reduction in
readmissions result in Medicare savings, but it could also reduce geographic variations in
health spending. The 30-day readmission rate for Medicare beneficiaries ranges from 14
percent in some states to 22 percent in others.
44
New Medicare payment policies should
encourage hospitals and other providers to work together to provide the best possible care
to hospital patients both during and immediately following their hospital stay.

As we work to improve patient care around hospitalizations, we must take steps to
encourage further collaboration among multi-specialty physicians who treat patients in the
community. In the Medicare program, physicians who are paid on a fee-for-service basis
have little financial incentive to work together to improve the quality and efficiency of care
provided to patients. Any savings they achieve through better care coordination accrue not
to their practice but to Medicare. A Medicare demonstration project, called the Physician
Group Practice demonstration, is succeeding at slowing cost growth and improving quality
by allowing physician groups to share in savings from reduced health spending and should
be expanded.

Delivery system reforms should also encourage innovative organizational models that
allow for patient care across the treatment spectrum. Health care delivery systems that
treat patients throughout the continuum of care — from primary care to hospitalization to
post-acute rehabilitation — should be paid in a way that rewards them for improved
quality and efficiency. One model that should be tested in this area, and is described in
more detail below, is the concept of accountable care organizations (ACOs), which
encourage health care providers across the treatment setting to work together to improve
patient care.

49
Reducing Hospital Readmissions. Discouraging unnecessary readmissions by
restructuring Medicare payments is good policy. It is better for patients and better for
taxpayers. The Baucus plan would take a three-step approach to reduce hospital
readmissions and improve care coordination for patients who have experienced a
hospitalization.

First, the plan requires CMS to provide confidential feedback to hospitals and physicians
regarding resource use for select hospitalization episodes. This data would need to be
detailed enough to help providers understand spending and resource consumption,
particularly for higher-cost beneficiaries. Once providers better understand how they
perform relative to their peers, they could begin to address problem areas. The plan would
then require hospital-specific information on readmissions be made available to the public.

Second, the plan would create new financial incentives in Medicare to encourage providers
to take greater responsibility for the coordination of care for hospital inpatients. Under
current law, Medicare pays the same for hospital stays regardless of whether it is a
patient’s first inpatient stay or a readmission for the same condition. The plan would adopt
MedPAC recommendations as a starting point for creating new financial incentives to
reduce hospital readmissions in the Medicare program. These changes would mean
reduced payment rates for hospitals with readmission rates above a certain benchmark.
This benchmark will need to be defined, but ideas that have been put forward include
setting the benchmark as the average readmission rate across similar hospitals or using a
higher standard that ties the benchmark to the top performing facilities. In the initial years,
this plan would focus on reducing re-hospitalizations for a limited number of conditions
that are known to have a high rate of readmissions, such as congestive heart failure,
chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), and coronary artery bypass graft. But
over time, the program would be expanded. In circumstances where a readmission is
unavoidable, hospitals would not be penalized.

Bundled Payments. The third step will involve testing other models to improve patient
care related to hospitalizations. One concept that offers promise for greater efficiency and
care coordination is the idea of allowing Medicare to pay bundled or global payments for
all services provided to a patient during hospitalization and for some amount of time post
discharge.

Using its administrative authority, CMS has taken steps toward bundled payments by
establishing the Medicare Acute Care Episode (ACE) demonstration. Currently under
development at CMS, this demonstration project would allow hospitals and physicians to
receive a global payment for services provided to patients who receive certain cardiac and
orthopedic procedures. In the first year, this bundled payment would cover all hospital and
physician services provided during a patient’s hospital stay. At this point, it does not
appear that the demonstration will include services provided post-hospitalization. The
project is expected to be implemented early next year and would involve up to 15
demonstration sites. Medicare beneficiaries who receive care as part of the demonstration
would receive a partial refund on their Part B premium for agreeing to participate in the
project.
50

A similar project, the Medicare Participating Heart Bypass Center demonstration, was
tested in the early 1990s. Under this demonstration, Medicare paid a bundled rate for
hospital and physician services around hospitalizations for cardiac bypass graft surgery. In
this demonstration, the bundled payment included services provided during the hospital
stay as well as services provided immediately following the hospitalization. Results
showed increased efficiency and reduced Medicare spending. In particular, CMS found
that most participants were able to achieve reduced lab, pharmacy, and intensive care unit
spending. Spending on post discharge care also decreased, while quality remained high.

45,46


More recently, bundled payment initiatives have been tested in the private sector,
specifically at the Geisinger Health System. Glenn Steele, Geisinger’s President and CEO,
discussed the ProvenCare
SM 47
program at a Finance Committee hearing in September. The
program offers a bundled payment for the package of services provided to patients
receiving cardiac bypass graft surgery. This bundled payment covers the first physician
visit that determined surgery was necessary, all hospital costs for the surgery, and all costs
for related care post surgery, including cardiac rehabilitation. As long as all care was
provided at Geisinger, the patient pays only one charge for this set of services.

The results of the ProvenCare
SM
initiative have been impressive. Within three months of
instituting the program, roughly 86 percent of patients were receiving all recommended
best practices related to cardiac surgery care.
48
Based on this success, Geisinger recently
expanded this model to other high-volume procedures, such as hip replacement, cataract
surgery, obesity surgery, care for babies, and heart catheterization.

Building on these efforts, the Baucus plan would develop and test other models for
bundled payments. As part of this effort, the plan would allow the current CMS bundling
demonstration to expand to other sites and to focus on other clinical conditions if certain
criteria are met. In addition, this plan would encourage CMS to include services that are
provided post-hospitalization as part of the bundling payment model.

Moving toward bundled payments is a complex process that would require time and
resources. The Baucus plan would seek to limit unintended consequences, such as
inappropriate reductions in care to increase profit. In addition, bundling models must also
include appropriate risk adjustment to ensure health care providers are not penalized for or
discouraged from treating sicker patients. Finally, this plan would work to ensure that
efforts to expand payment bundling for hospital and physician services is done in way that
is workable for non-integrated and smaller health care providers.

Physician Group Practice Demonstration and Accountable Care Organizations.
A reformed delivery system should also do a better of job of rewarding providers,
particularly physicians, who work together to offer high-quality, cost-effective care to
patients. The Medicare program is currently testing a project in this area, called the
Physician Group Practice (PGP) demonstration. Now in its fourth year, the PGP
demonstration includes ten large physician groups that receive enhanced payments for
51
improving the quality and efficiency of the care delivered to Medicare beneficiaries.
Groups that meet quality targets and achieve cost reductions beyond a two percent
threshold are permitted to share in the savings that they generate to Medicare. In the
second year, all participants demonstrated improvements in quality and achieved below-
average growth in costs; four were awarded with incentive payments for reducing costs
significantly.
49

Preliminary results from the demonstration and reports from participants suggest that the
program has achieved its goals of better coordination of care for the chronically ill, careful
attention to hospital discharge processes, expanded role for non-physician providers, and
investments in IT.
50
While some design challenges of this demonstration remain —
including the identification of a control group for cost comparison purposes, selection of
meaningful quality measures, and timely generation of feedback to participants — the
results to date merit expansion. The Baucus plan calls for CMS to establish a framework
for reforming and expanding the PGP demonstration after its fifth year, which would end
in March 2010. The plan for expansion should give providers a pathway toward
accountability and shared savings, but should not restrict beneficiary choice. This effort is
consistent with other delivery system reforms proposed in this paper, including expansion
of the medical home, greater adoption of health IT, and transparency regarding provider
quality and costs.

While the current PGP demonstration focuses on large physician group practices,
considerable work has been done to explore the possibility of accelerating broader delivery
system integration by expanding the PGP model to encourage provider collaboration and
accountability on a larger scale.
51


Ideal candidates for expansion are organizations that span the continuum of care in a
community. Integrated health systems, such as Billings Clinic in Montana, InterMountain
in Utah, and Geisinger in Pennsylvania, offer patients access to a range of providers and
settings, including hospitals, post-acute, facilities, and the local physician community.
Due in large part to their innovative organizational model, these systems are providing
high-quality integrated care that is more cost-effective than their competition.

The term accountable care organizations (ACOs) has been used to describe these and other
provider groups that are optimal candidates for payment based on improvements in quality
and savings achieved through improved care processes.
52
Based on the results from the
current PGP demonstration, the Baucus plan would create a new Medicare pilot program to
test the cost and quality opportunities of value-based payments to ACOs.

Organizations eligible to participate in this new project should include integrated delivery
systems, hospitals that employ their own physician staff, academic medical centers and
their affiliated faculty practices, multispecialty group practices, physician hospital
networks or independent practice associations, and primary care physician groups able to
identify the other providers from whom their beneficiaries receive their care. The new
ACO pilot should be implemented in part in communities and regions where meaningful
integration does not yet exist — such as in rural areas and small group practices.
52

As part of this project, ACOs would be subject to group level reporting on a list of quality
measures endorsed by the National Quality Forum (NQF). CMS would establish a
timeline to phase in reporting on these measures, so that within five years, participating
ACOs would be reporting on at least the following classes of measures: (a) risk-adjusted
health outcomes and improvement on specified ambulatory chronic conditions as well as
common inpatient chronic conditions, and (b) patient experience measures for both
ambulatory and inpatient care. CMS would establish benchmarks for achievement and
improvement that ACOs would have to meet in order to qualify for incentive payments.
ACOs that successfully report on measures in a manner consistent with the Physician
Quality Reporting Initiative (PQRI) would qualify for the incentive payment under that
program as well, as is the case for existing PGP demonstration participants.

To determine whether ACOs are successfully controlling costs, CMS would establish a
formula that would allow current and future years’ per beneficiary spending at the ACO to
be estimated as accurately as possible using Medicare Part A and Part B claims for the
beneficiaries it treats. Using multiple prior years of data would allow more accurate and
stable estimates of current year spending.

An issue to be resolved with input from stakeholders and other experts would be how to
establish cost trend targets for participating ACOs.
53
Several approaches to developing the
targets should be considered, balancing the following interests: encouraging providers in
both high- and low-cost regions to participate and receive shared savings payments;
reducing unwarranted geographic variations in per-beneficiary spending; and promoting
regional and ACO-level equity in the amount of increases in per-beneficiary spending
permitted under the shared savings program. Perhaps a middle ground would be to begin
with a formula using regional trends that would slowly phase in a national element to more
aggressively reduce cost growth over time.

Incentive payments would be awarded to ACOs that reduce spending significantly below
the target rate set by the formula. A threshold savings amount should be set — such as the
two percent mark used in the PGP demonstration — to avoid incentive payments being
made to ACOs based on natural variations in their year-to-year spending. Savings should
be based on real system improvements and not accidents.

The plan also calls on CMS to develop a formula for distributing shared savings payments
that would give providers a strong incentive to participate in the program, while ensuring
that a substantial share of the savings would accrue to the Medicare Trust Fund as the
magnitude of savings increases. The PGP demonstration allows participating provider
groups to recoup 80 percent of the cost reductions that they achieve beyond the two
percent threshold, with a cap on incentive payments of five percent of total Medicare
spending. An alternative approach would distribute 100 percent of first three percent of
additional savings beyond the threshold to the ACO, with the share of savings diminishing
above the five percent mark and continuing to decline up to a maximum threshold set by
CMS.

53
The development of a shared savings program building on the success of the PGP
demonstration should proceed as rapidly as possible. To achieve this goal, CMS should
implement ACO pilots on as broad a scale as is feasible, which could permit testing
variations of the model. As is the case with other areas, CMS could also use existing
authority to align payment models in specific regions or states to support similar initiatives
led by private payers and state Medicaid programs.

Gainsharing. As part of delivery system reforms, the Baucus plan would also take steps to
break down existing barriers that keep health care providers from improving patient care
through increased collaboration. Successful implementation of new payment and delivery
models to promote coordination and value-based purchasing may require changes to the
regulatory structure governing provider collaboration. For example, the Stark and anti-
kickback laws — which appropriately protect against financial conflicts-of-interest
between hospitals and physicians — have come to broadly prevent hospitals from offering
financial incentives to physicians who appropriately use imaging services or prevent
readmissions through disease management protocols.

Allowing providers to share among themselves savings from improved efficiency and
quality — also known as gainsharing — is one potential strategy to encourage provider
collaboration.
54
CMS conducted demonstration projects in the 1990s that allowed
participating hospitals to experiment with gainsharing arrangements. While these projects
proved successful at reducing costs and improving patient outcomes, subsequent decisions
by the HHS Office of the Inspector General (OIG) have significantly dampened
gainsharing efforts by allowing only limited projects to move forward.
55

More recently, Congress directed CMS to conduct two demonstration projects that would
examine whether physician-hospital collaboration is an effective method for promoting
quality and constraining costs. CMS is conducting a pair of multi-year programs that will
allow up to 24 hospitals to share with their physician partners a portion of any savings to
the Medicare program that are generated from improved quality and efficiency of care
delivered to Medicare beneficiaries. In particular, one demonstration will focus on
tracking patients beyond their hospital stay, to determine whether provider collaboration
can save money and generate efficiencies across multiple clinical episodes and settings.
56


While promising, neither demonstration has officially launched to date. Once underway,
these projects should provide valuable information on which modern gainsharing strategies
work and which do not, as well as any unintended consequences associated with provider
collaboration.

Concerns about unfettered gainsharing that does not ensure patient safety are warranted.
Therefore, the Baucus plan would strive to work with CMS, the HHS OIG, and interested
stakeholders to develop gainsharing proposals that strike the appropriate balance between
thoughtful incentives for coordination of care and careful protections against financial
conflicts-of-interest that could harm quality of care.

54
D. HEALTH CARE INFRASTRUCTURE

A health system that performs to its potential — providing high value care for every dollar
invested — requires adequate infrastructure to support it. The reforms outlined in this plan
would require new investments in our health care infrastructure. Priorities for
infrastructure investment include: comparative effectiveness research, health information
technology (IT), and the health care workforce.

Comparative Effectiveness Research. The U.S. produces some of the most
technologically advanced medical care in the world. Yet patients and their physicians can
face a daunting task choosing among treatment options. This plan envisions a national
approach to conduct and promote comparative effectiveness research, which would
ultimately improve the ability of providers to deliver the right care at the right time for
each and every patient. Such an effort would likely lower costs too, as the Congressional
Budget Office has signaled that national health spending could be significantly reduced if
more unbiased data were available and used widely by providers and patients.
57

The rapid development of medical technology and medical treatments in the U.S. poses a
challenge for our health system: can it produce evidence regarding what treatments work
best in a timely fashion? Experts agree that the U.S. lacks sufficient capacity to produce
unbiased information to compare existing treatments to determine which ones are more
effective and for which patients.
58, , , , 59 60 61 62
Providers have more diagnostic tests and
treatment options to choose from than ever before, but too often they lack knowledge as to
whether one works better, or if several lead to similar outcomes.

On a limited scale, organizations like the Technology Evaluation Center funded by the
Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association and the Veteran Administration’s Center for
Health Care Evaluation conduct research that compares the effectiveness of different
medical treatments. The National Institutes of Health (NIH) as well as the Agency for
Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ) have also conducted seminal research
comparing one or more medical interventions.

Despite these efforts, current funding for effectiveness research in the U.S. is inadequate to
keep pace with medical innovation. Public and private research efforts are also highly
fragmented and poorly coordinated.

Several well-respected panels—including the Institute of Medicine (IOM), the Medicare
Payment Advisory Commission (MedPAC), and the Congressional Budget Office
(CBO)—have called on Congress to create a national entity charged with conducting this
type of research.

The Baucus plan answers these calls. As first suggested in the Comparative Effectiveness
Research Act of 2008,
63
introduced earlier this year, this plan would create a new institute
charged with identifying the most pressing gaps in clinical knowledge that prevent the
health system from delivering the best outcomes for patients.

55
The Health Care Comparative Effectiveness Research Institute envisioned in the
Comparative Effectiveness Research Act of 2008 would be a private, nonprofit corporation
with a Board of Governors appointed from the public and private sectors by the U.S.
Comptroller General. The Institute would be created as an independent entity to remove
the potential for political influence on the development of national research priorities.
Comparative effectiveness research would be more credible, and more useful, if it
remained free from political influence and reflected broad stakeholder input.

In addition to setting national priorities, a new institute should provide for the conduct of
the studies that would meet its priorities. The Institute should not just recommend areas of
inquiry; it should produce the vital information needed. It should be able to contract with
experienced Federal agencies, like NIH, and AHRQ, that have robust research networks in
place and that can be put to good use here. The Institute must also have flexibility to meet
its priorities by contracting directly with private researchers as appropriate.

The comparative effectiveness Institute would need to assess the full spectrum of clinical
interventions, including pharmaceuticals, medical devices, procedures, services, and other
therapies, which have the greatest gaps in evidence and variations in practice patterns. A
broad scope would provide better evidence for existing diagnostics, treatment, prevention,
and management of health conditions. Importantly, the research should meet the goal of
helping patients, providers, and payers of health care to make more informed clinical
decisions.

In addition, the Institute would also need to disseminate its research findings to the public.
It could work in concert with government agencies (such as the Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention and AHRQ), medical societies, and patient networks. Its reports
should serve both clinical and general audiences.

Activities of the Institute should be open to public input and transparent in order to
maintain integrity of the research. For example, the Institute should publish its charter,
rules, proceedings, and reports and make them available on a public Internet site. Its
meetings should be open to the public. It should also provide for public comment periods
at key stages—including the development of research priorities and study designs—in
addition to holding public forums on controversial or complex topics.

Most importantly, the Institute should be subject to rigorous oversight of its finances and
mission in order to maintain the public trust. The Comptroller General should perform
regular audits of its activities to ensure that the Institute meets its statutory mission in a
fair, open, and credible manner.

These new endeavors would need an adequate and stable source of funding. Public funds
would be the best option to get the Institute up and running. But the information produced
by such an Institute would benefit all Americans—those who receive health care through
public and private sources—so it makes sense for a small assessment on private health
insurers to be included. A mix of public and private resources is the best long-term
56
framework for funding, and more reflective of the composition of the Institute and its
broad reach.

America must make a greater investment to generate information about what works in
health care. In the absence of sound evidence, clinical guidelines and protocols can vary
widely. Knowing more about the effect of different health interventions would help to
reduce the variability in treating disease, help to better manage and prevent illnesses, and
help to lower health costs for everyone.

Health Information Technology. Most providers in the health care system collect and
transmit information on paper, over the phone, and via fax machines. More advanced
health information technology (IT) offers tools to streamline and support the process of
collecting and analyzing the data needed to provide the best and most efficient care
possible. Clinical IT comprises multiple applications that can support different functions
in health care, such as:

! Tracking patient care;
! Allowing physicians to order medications, lab work, and other tests electronically,
and then access test results;
! Reporting to chronic disease registries; and
! Providing evidence-based decision support to physicians.

Encouraging more rapid adoption and use of health IT systems will improve health care
quality and make our health care system more efficient.
64,65
Automating the collection of
clinical data will also be a vital component of better quality performance measurement and
reporting.
66
Technology can facilitate richer data sets for comparative effectiveness
research,
67
and help providers use comparative effectiveness findings in their own clinical
practices. The Baucus plan provides Federal-level leadership to spur the modernization
necessary to support a truly patient-centered delivery system.

Health IT adoption by providers has been low to date, especially for physicians in small-
group practices.
68
Providers, particularly physicians, cite as obstacles the cost of
purchasing and implementing systems, a fear of investing in systems that may soon be
obsolete, as well as a lack of a clear return on investment.
69,70
Some providers, especially
in smaller settings, lack the resources or expertise to navigate the large and complex
market of health IT products or to maintain such a system over time. Implementing health
IT also requires changes in office organization, processes, and culture that clinicians and
office staff may resist. Safeguards must be put in place to ensure that patient privacy is
protected. And existing payment incentives discourage health IT adoption. Reductions in
office visits, hospital admissions, and other services that could be achieved through the use
of health IT would accrue to the benefit of payers and patients but not to providers
themselves.

Despite these challenges, there is a growing consensus among patient advocates, providers,
and payers that a path forward that drives adoption and protects patient privacy must be
found.
57

Consistent with recommendations made by MedPAC and others, the Baucus plan proposes
three strategies to encourage the adoption and use of health IT: (1) financial incentives, (2)
assistance to providers in navigating the health IT market and implementing systems, and
(3) promotion of information sharing among providers.

Direct grants, loans, and financial incentives provided through Medicare pay-for-
performance initiatives could promote adoption of health IT. Congress recently
established bonus payments in Medicare for physicians using qualified e-prescribing
systems. These bonus payments phase down over five years and become a requirement
(enforced through payment reductions). A similar model could be employed to encourage
the use of electronic health records if other obstacles are addressed.

Helping providers navigate the health IT market and implement qualified systems could
also aid widespread adoption. The Baucus plan will accelerate efforts to certify software
products by setting a deadline for the establishment of harmonized interoperability
standards; if the private sector does not find timely consensus, then the Office of the
National Coordinator for Health IT would immediately promulgate standards. The plan
also calls for additional technical assistance to help providers assess products, understand
their needs, and manage implementation and ongoing maintenance.

Promoting the sharing of information among providers also would improve coordination of
care and efficiency, getting more out of health IT. Efforts at the community level to
increase this exchange have seen limited success in some areas, but stronger leadership at
the Federal level will be necessary to initiate nationwide adoption of advanced,
interoperable health IT systems.

Health Care Workforce. Today, health care workers represent roughly 12 percent of the
American labor force.
71
While these workers strive to provide high-quality care and make
important contributions, there are growing concerns that the U.S. does not have a sufficient
supply of health care professionals to meet the demands of a changing and aging
population.

Various studies suggest that the country is facing a health professional shortage.
According to the American Association of Medical Colleges (AAMC), there have been at
least 35 studies published since 2002 demonstrating current or future physician workforce
needs.
72
Among these is a report by the Health Resources and Services Administration
(HRSA), which predicts that demand for physician services will exceed supply by 2020.
73

Other studies by HRSA warn of a nursing shortage in the coming years.
74


As the population continues to age, a shortage of health care workers will become
increasingly problematic. Between 2005 and 2020, the number of Americans over age 65
is projected to increase by 50 percent.
75
During the same period, the number of physicians
is projected to grow only 16 percent.
76
An inadequate physician supply will not only
affect the elderly, but also the 20 percent of Americans who live in underserved
communities and already struggle to obtain access to medical care.
58

The Federal government plays a key role in training future health care professionals
through the Medicare Graduate Medical Education (GME) program. Included in the 1965
legislation that created Medicare, the GME program provides subsidies to help teaching
hospitals and other entities cover the direct costs associated with medical training in
accredited teaching programs. The program has served as a major funding source for
medical training for most teaching hospitals. In 2007, Medicare spent roughly $8.8 billion
on GME activities.

While the Medicare GME program has provided essential resources for training America’s
physicians, it needs to be reexamined. In recent years, the AAMC and other stakeholders
have raised concerns about rules in the current Medicare program that place a cap on the
number of medical residency slots that can be supported by the GME program. The
residency cap was established as part of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 in response to
what many considered an oversupply of physicians in the pipeline.
77
Since this rule took
effect, the landscape of physician supply relative to demand has shifted, and roughly 6,500
medical training positions have been created that do not receive support from Medicare.
78

Also of concern has been the question of whether the Medicare GME program should
place a greater emphasis on providing training in critical focus areas, such as primary care,
geriatrics, and preventive services. There is also discussion about allocating GME funds
toward nurse practitioners and physician assistants who also play a role in managing
patients’ primary care needs. In addition, others have recommended that training programs
place a greater emphasis on preparing providers to practice in an organized delivery system
or team-based environment.
79
Similarly, GME funding should be used to train residents
outside traditional hospital settings, such as in community-based primary care offices.
80

These policies represent a shift in the structure and focus of the GME program, but are
worth serious Congressional consideration.

In addition to direct payments for GME, Medicare also subsidizes the indirect costs of
patient care associated with graduate medical training. Indirect medical education (IME)
payments under Medicare are based on the ratio of residents to beds — the higher the ratio,
the higher the payment. These payments are not well targeted and are set at a level that is
twice as high as what can be justified empirically. According to MedPAC, more than $3
billion in extra payments are made to teaching hospitals with no accountability for how
these funds are used.
81
Congress should increase accountability around how these and
other GME funds are spent.

As we work to strengthen graduate medical education programs, we must also take steps to
increase the number of racial and ethnic minorities who enter our health workforce.
Minorities are underrepresented among our nation’s health care workers. Among
physicians, African-American and Latino physicians comprise only three and a half and
five percent, respectively, of the physician workforce compared to 11 and 13 percent,
respectively, of the general population. Native Americans/Alaska Natives comprise only
two percent of the physician workforce. The same degree of disparity is also evident in the
59
area of nursing care. Racial or ethnic minorities represent only 14 percent of the nursing
workforce while they represent 34 percent
82
of the general population.

Strategies to improve the racial and ethnic diversification of our health workforce include
increasing the number of pipeline education programs at the high school and college level
and providing funding for scholarship and loan programs that support racial diversification
among health workers and medical faculty. Many of these programs, such as Title VII and
Title VIII of the Public Health Service Act, merit re-examination as we work to improve
our health care infrastructure. Loan assistance and forgiveness programs for caregivers
who choose to practice in underserved areas should also be expanded to make sure that
patient needs are met, especially as we expand access to insurance for millions of
Americans.

Significant work must be done in these areas, and Congress must dedicate the time and
attention to graduate medical education that it deserves. Policy solutions in this area
should be considered as part of health care reform. Next steps could include:

! Evaluating whether changes are needed to the number of allowable GME training
slots;
! Exploring options to increasing the residency cap for certain specialty areas;
! Determining ways to modernize the GME benefit through policies to allow training
in other treatment settings and encouraging a focus on care coordination;
! Increasing accountability of indirect medical education (IME) funding; and
! Working with the Senate Health, Education, Labor and Pensions (HELP)
Committee to address workforce shortages and support increased racial and ethnic
diversity within the health care workforce by strengthening public health programs
in these areas.

These efforts are critical if we are to place our nation’s workforce on sound footing to
address the health care needs of current and future generations.


1
Barbara Starfield, Leiyu Shi, and James Macinko, “Contribution of Primary Care to Health Systems and
Health,” Milbank Quarterly 83, no. 3 (2005): 457-502.
2
Katherine Baicker and Amitabh Chandra. 2004, “Medicare Spending: The Physician Workforce, and
Beneficiaries’ Quality of Care,” Health Affairs, no. 10 (2004):184-196 (published online 7 April, 2004;
10.1377/hlthaff.w4.184).
3
Barbara Starfield, Leiyu Shi, and James Macinko, “Contribution of Primary Care to Health Systems and
Health,” Milbank Quarterly 83, no. 3 (2005): 457-502.
4
Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, “Report to Congress: Reforming the Delivery System,” (2008).
5
Ibid.
6
Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, “Report to Congress: Reviewing the Work Relative Values of
Physician Fee Schedule Services,” (2008): 135.
7
Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, “Report to Congress: Reforming the Delivery System,” (2008)
8
Richard J. Baron and Christine K. Cassell, “21
st
-Century Primary Care: New Physician Roles Need New
Payment Models,” Journal of the American Medical Association, 299, no. 13, (2008): 1595-1597.
60

9
Stephen Wilhide and Tim Henderson, “Community Care of North Carolina: A Provider-Led Strategy for
Delivering Cost-Effective Primary Care to Medicaid Beneficiaries,” American Academy of Family
Physicians, (2006).
http://www.aafp.org/online/etc/medialib/aafp_org/documents/policy/state/medicaid/ncfull.Par.0001.File.tmp/
ncfullreport.pdf
10
The Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006, Public Law 109-432.
11
The Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008, Public Law 110-275.
12
Criteria for provider participation in the medical home program should, at minimum, include the
following: Provision of primary care services (including coordinating appropriate preventive, maintenance,
and acute health services); active care management; use of health information technology for active clinical
decision support; implementation of a formal quality improvement program; implementation of a rapid
access, 24-hour patient communication system; ability to maintain up-to-date records of beneficiaries’
advance directives; and a maintenance of a written understanding with each beneficiary designating the
provider as a medical home.
13
National Committee for Quality Assurance, www.ncqa.org
14
Stephen Wilhide and Tim Henderson, “Community Care of North Carolina: A Provider-Led Strategy for
Delivering Cost-Effective Primary Care to Medicaid Beneficiaries,” American Academy of Family
Physicians, (2006).
http://www.aafp.org/online/etc/medialib/aafp_org/documents/policy/state/medicaid/ncfull.Par.0001.File.tmp/
ncfullreport.pdf
15
S.3613, the Independence at Home Act, introduced by Senator Ron Wyden, September 2008, and S.1340,
the Geriatric Assessment and Chronic Care Coordination Act, introduced by Senator Blanche Lincoln, May
2007.
16
RTI International, “Report to Congress: Evaluation of Phase I of Medicare Health Support (Formerly
Voluntary Chronic Care Improvement) Pilot Program Under Traditional Fee-for-Service Medicare,” (2007).
17
Mathematica, “Third Report to Congress on the Evaluation of the Medicare Coordinated Care
Demonstration,” (2008).
18
National Association of Community Health Centers, “Access For All America Quality of Care Statistics”,
NACHC, www.nachc.org/aaa-statistics.cfm
19
Institute of Medicine, “To Err is Human: Building a Safer Health Care System,” National Academy Press,
(1999).
20
Institute of Medicine, “Crossing the Quality Chasm: A New Health System for the 21
st
Century,” National
Academy Press, (2001).
21
Institute of Medicine, “Performance Measurement: Accelerating Improvement,” National Academy Press,
(2006).
22
Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, “Report to the Congress: New Approaches in Medicare,”
(2004).
23
Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, “Report to the Congress: Medicare Payment Policy,” (2005).
24
Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (P.L. 108-173), section 501(b).
25
Congressional Research Service, “Report to Congress: Pay-for-Performance in Health Care,” CRS, (2006):
18.
26
Deficit Reduction Act (P.L. 109-171), section 5001 (a).
27
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, “Medicare Fact Sheet, Fiscal Year 2009 Quality Measure
Reporting for 2010 Payment Update,” CRS, http://www.cms.hhs.gov/apps/media/fact_sheets.asp.
61

28
Premier, “Value-based Purchasing: HQID and Premier’s P4P Leadership,” Premier,
http://premierinc.com/quality-safety/tools-services/p4p/index.jsp.
29
Premier, “CMS/Premier Hospital Quality Incentive Demonstration: Year 2 results,” Premier, (2007),
http://www.premierinc.com/about/news/jan-07/hqid-year2.jsp
30
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, “Report to Congress: Plan to Implement a Medicare Hospital
Value-Based Purchasing Program,” CMS, (2007).
31
Government Accountability Office, “Focus on Physician Practice Patterns. Can Lead to Greater Program
Efficiency,” GAO, (2007).
32
Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, “Report to Congress: Assessing Alternatives to the Sustainable
Growth Rate System,” (2007).
33
Mark C. Hornbrook et al., “Health Care Episodes: Definition, Measurement, and Use,” Medical Care
Review, 42, no. 2, (1985): 163.
34
Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008 (P.L. 110-275), section 183.
35
Balanced Budget Act of 1997, Public Law 105-33.
36
Congressional Budget Office, “The Sustainable Growth Rate Formula for Setting Medicare’s Physician
Payment Rates,” CBO, (2006).
37
Congressional Budget Office, “Estimated Changes in Net Federal Outlays from Alternative Proposals for
Changing Physician Payment Rate,” CBO, (2008).
38
Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, “Report to Congress: Assessing Alternatives to the Sustainable
Growth Rate (SGR) Formula,” (2007).
39
H.R.3162, Children’s Health and Medicare Protection Act of 2007, introduced by Congressman John
Dingell, July 2007.
40
Government Accountability Office, “Medicare Part B Imaging Services: Rapid Spending Growth and Shift
to Physician Offices Indicate Need for CMS to Consider Additional Management Practices,” GAO, (2008).
41
Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, “Report to Congress: Assessing Alternatives to the Sustainable
Growth Rate System,” (2007).
42
Eric A. Coleman, and Robert A. Berenson, “Lost in Transition: Challenges and Opportunities for
Improving the Quality of Transitional Care,” Annals of Internal Medicine 141, no. 7 (2004): 533-536.
43
Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, “Report to Congress: Reforming the Delivery System,” (2008).
44
The Commonwealth Fund, “Why Not the Best? Results from the National Scorecard on the U.S. Health
System Performance” The Commonwealth Fund, (2008),
http://www.commonwealthfund.org/usr_doc/StateScorecard.pdf?section=4039.
45
Jerry Cromwell et al., “Medicare Participating Heart Bypass Demonstration: Final Report,” Waltham, MA:
Health Economics Research, Inc., (1998).
46
Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, “Report to Congress: Reforming the Delivery System,” (2008):
90.
47
Glenn Steele, “Aligning Incentives: The Case for Delivery System Reform,” (Testimony before Senate
Committee on Finance, U.S. Senate, September 16, 2008).
48
Ibid.
49
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, “Medicare Demonstrations,”
http://www.cms.hhs.gov/DemoProjectsEvalRpts/MD/itemdetail.asp?filterType=none&filterByDID=-
99&sortByDID=3&sortOrder=descending&itemID=CMS1198992&intNumPerPage=2000
62

50
Michael Trisolini et al., “The Medicare Physician Group Practice Demonstration: Lessons Learned on
Improving Quality and Efficiency in Health Care,” The Commonwealth Fund, (2008).
51
Elliot S. Fisher et al., "Creating Accountable Care Organizations: The Extended Hospital Medical Staff,"
Health Affairs, 26, no. 1 (2007).
52
Stephen M. Shortell and Lawrence P. Casalino, “Health Care Reform Requires Accountable Care
Systems,” Journal of the American Medical Association, 300, (2008): 95-97.
53
The PGP demonstration program uses a control group to evaluate whether participants are reducing
spending. While this approach has some strengths and some weaknesses, it is not feasible to implement on a
national scale and thus should not be employed in the next iteration of the PGP approach.
54
Gail R. Wilensky, Nicholas Wolter, and Michelle M. Fische, “Gain Sharing: A Good Concept Getting A
Bad Name?” Health Affairs 26, no. 1, (2007): 58-67.
55
Ibid.
56
The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, “Details for DRA 5007 Medicare Hospital Gainsharing
Demonstration,” CMS,
http://www.cms.hhs.gov/demoprojectsevalrpts/md/itemdetail.asp?filterType=none&filterByDID=0&sortByD
ID=3&sortOrder=descending&itemID=CMS1186805&intNumPerPage=10.
57
Congressional Budget Office, “Research on the Comparative Effectiveness of Medical Treatments,” CBO,
(2007), http://www.cbo.gov/ftpdocs/88xx/doc8891/12-18-ComparativeEffectiveness.pdf.
58
Gail Wilensky, “Developing A Center For Comparative Effectiveness Information,” Health Affairs, 25, no.
6 (2006): 572-585.
59
Kathy Buto and Peter Juhn, “Can A Center For Comparative Effectiveness Information Succeed?
Perspectives From A Health Care Company,” Health Affairs, no. 6 (2006): 586-588.
60
IOM Roundtable on Evidence-Based Medicine, “Learning What Works Best,” (2007).
61
Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, “Report to Congress: Reforming the Delivery System,” (2008).
62
Paul B. Ginsburg, “Rising Costs, Low Quality in Health Care: The Necessity for Reform,” (Testimony
before the Senate Committee on Finance, U.S. Senate, June 2, 2008).
63
S.3408, The Comparative Effectiveness Research Act of 2008, Introduced by Senator Baucus and Senator
Conrad.
64
Richard Hillestad, James Bigelow, Anthony Bower, Federico Girosi, Robin Meili, Richard Scoville, and
Roger Taylor, “Can Electronic Medical Record Systems Transform Healthcare? An Assessment of Potential
Health Benefits, Savings, and Costs,” Health Affairs, 24, no. 5, (2005): 1103-1117.
65
Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, “Report to Congress: New Approaches in Medicare,” (2004).
66
Richard Hillestad, “The Right Care at the Right Time: Leveraging Innovation to Provide Quality Care for
All Americans,” (Testimony before the Senate Committee on Finance, U.S. Senate, July 17, 2008).
67
Gail Wilensky, “The Right Care at the Right Time: Leveraging Innovation to Provide Quality Care for All
Americans,” (Testimony before the Senate Committee on Finance, U.S. Senate, July 17, 2008).
68
David Gans et al., “Medical Groups’ Adoption of Electronic Health Records and Information Systems,”
Health Affairs, 24, no. 5, (2005): 1323.
69
Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, “Report to Congress: New Approaches in Medicare,” (2004).
70
Richard Hillestad, “The Right Care at the Right Time: Leveraging Innovation to Provide Quality Care for
All Americans,” (Testimony before the Senate Committee on Finance, U.S. Senate, July 17, 2008).
71
Health Resources and Services Administration, “The United States Health Workforce Profile,” HRSA,
(2006), http://bhpr.hrsa.gov/healthworkforce/reports/#medicine.
63

72
Edward Salsberg, “Healthcare Workforce Issues for the Future,” (Testimony before the Committee on
Health, Education, Labor and Pensions, U.S. Senate, February 12, 2008).
73
Health Resources and Services Administration, “Physician Supply and Demand: Projections to 2020,”
HRSA, (2008),
http://bhpr.hrsa.gov/healthworkforce/reports/physiciansupplydemand/default.htm.
74
Health Resources and Services Administration, “Towards a Method for Identifying Facilities and
Communities with Shortages of Nurses,” HRSA, (2007), ftp://ftp.hrsa.gov/bhpr/nursing/nurptsummary.pdf.
75
Health Resources and Services Administration, “The United States Health Workforce Profile,” HRSA,
(2006), http://bhpr.hrsa.gov/healthworkforce/reports/#medicine.
76
Ibid.
77
The Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (P.L 105-33, Chapter II).
78
John K. Iglehart, “Health Policy Report: Medicare, Graduate Medical Education, and New Policy
Directions,” New England Journal of Medicine 359, no. 6 (2008): 645.
79
The Commonwealth Fund, “Organizing the U.S. Health Care Delivery System for High Performance,” The
Commonwealth Fund, (2008).
80
Edward Salsberg, “Healthcare Workforce Issues for the Future,” (Testimony before the Committee on
Health, Education, Labor and Pensions, U.S. Senate, February 12, 2008).
81
Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, “Report to Congress: Reforming the Delivery System,” (2008).
82
U.S. Census Bureau, “Nation’s Population One-Third Minority,” U.S. Census Bureau, (2006),
http://www.census.gov/Press-Release/www/releases/archives/population/006808.html.
64
CHAPTER IV BAUCUS PLAN: FINANCING A MORE EFFICIENT
HEALTH CARE SYSTEM

The U.S. spends $2.3 trillion a year — more than 16 percent of the U.S. economy — on
health care, and economists warn that rising health care costs represent a serious threat to
our long-term fiscal security.
1,2
We spend more than any other country on health care —
both per capita and as a percentage of gross domestic product — yet the Congressional
Budget Office (CBO) estimates that up to one-third of that spending does not improve
Americans’ health outcomes.
3
That means we spend over $700 billion more than we need
to get the outcomes that we receive today. Clearly, excess spending must be eliminated
and dollars put to better use — not only to correct the imbalances of the current health care
system, but to offset the high costs of much-needed comprehensive reform.

Americans deserve a health care system in which everyone has affordable coverage, no
matter their age, income, employment, or health status. This will require an investment.
Some experts predict that a health system covering all Americans would necessitate $100
billion to $150 billion in new Federal spending per year.
45
But savings from the reforms
proposed earlier in this Call to Action and the financing mechanisms in this section can
make the net cost of reform much smaller.

National spending on health care can be lowered, and quality improved, by realigning the
health care system toward prevention and primary care, rewarding providers that deliver
quality, evidence-based care, and investing in critical research and health information
technology that can lead to higher-value care. Beyond these measures, the Baucus plan
endorses even further, more direct steps in these five areas to curb excess health care
spending.

! Fraud, Waste, and Abuse. New initiatives should be implemented immediately to
better detect and eliminate financial fraud and abuse in our public programs.
Taxpayer dollars should cover needed benefits and not fraudulent medical claims.

! Increased Transparency. Public reporting of the costs and quality of care — as
well as the relationships between providers and drug or device makers that may
lead to biased decision-making — can encourage providers to pursue better
outcomes and help patients choose better, more efficient providers and treatments
when they are able to do so. Information about the full value of employer-
sponsored health care could help employees make better coverage decisions for
themselves and their families. Greater transparency in these areas can help
eliminate waste and drive better value throughout the health system.

! Medical Malpractice. Careful reforms of medical malpractice laws can lower
administrative costs and health spending throughout the system, while ensuring that
injured patients are compensated fairly for their losses.

! Private Insurance Plans in Medicare. If private insurers participate in Medicare,
they must bring value to the program and beneficiaries. Overpayments to private
65
insurers in the Medicare Advantage program must be eliminated so that spending is
put on a level playing field with traditional Medicare. Payments should also be
modified to promote the best of what plans have to offer beneficiaries, without
financial giveaways to insurers. Price discounts for prescription drugs of the dual-
eligibles in Medicare’s prescription drug plans should reflect discounts in
Medicaid.

! Long-Term Care Services and Supports. The current long-term care system is
expensive, fragmented, and does not encourage the delivery of high-quality care.
Further expanding home and community-based care, testing new models of care
delivery and coordination, and better supporting family caregivers are essential to
improving the quality and efficiency of the system. These ends cannot be
accomplished without a stronger investment in a more robust workforce.

! Tax Incentives for Health Coverage. Congress should also explore targeted
reforms of the tax code to make incentives work better within the current system.
Since the mid-1950s, tax incentives for employer-sponsored health benefits have
made employer coverage more affordable for millions of workers. Similar but
smaller tax incentives increase access to coverage for the self-employed and ease
the burden of health expenses for people with no employer coverage. Such tax
provisions have been and will continue to be the main tool used to foster employer-
based health insurance coverage in the U.S. But it is time to explore ways in which
tax incentives can be modified to distribute benefits more fairly and effectively. At
the same time, targeted reforms can promote smarter, more efficient spending of
health care dollars by consumers themselves.

In the short term, health care reform will likely cost taxpayers more than the government
can achieve in savings from all reforms and financing changes. Much of the savings from
reforms, such as comparative effectiveness research and malpractice reform, would not
accrue until policies have been in place for several years.

Congress and the public must be realistic about the timeframe in which the fiscal success
of reform is measured. If we fail to act, however, the current national expenditure on
health care will double from over $2 trillion to $4 trillion, tens of millions will continue to
be uninsured, poor quality will continue to contribute to nearly 100,000 deaths each year,
and the nation’s entitlement programs will consume a greater portion of the Federal
budget. In short, the costs of inaction, both in human and financial terms, would
eventually be far greater than any initial outlays. America must choose to invest now in a
health care system that will richly repay the nation with greater health and economic
stability in the long term.

A. FRAUD, WASTE, AND ABUSE
Fraud, waste, and abuse cheat the taxpayer, can harm beneficiaries, and threaten the
financial integrity of essential Federal health care programs. Many payment errors are the
result of honest mistakes unrelated to providers or suppliers trying to take advantage of
66
Medicare, Medicaid, and CHIP. However, some providers and suppliers purposefully
manipulate these programs for financial gain.
There are clear differences between fraud, waste, and abuse. Fraud and abuse connote
some level of culpability in that they involve billing practices or behaviors that include
misrepresentation of or overcharging for services delivered. Fraud is willful or intentional,
and abuse is a deviation from acceptable business and medical standards. Both lead to
unnecessary costs to the payer.
6


In 1994, the Health and Human Services Inspector General, June Gibbs Brown, said in
testimony before the Senate Appropriations Committee that, “Fraud is the obtaining of
something of value through intentional misrepresentation or concealment of material facts.
Abuse is any practice that is not consistent with the goals of providing patients with
services which (1) are medically necessary, (2) meet professionally recognized standards,
and (3) are fairly priced. Waste is the incurring of unnecessary costs as a result of deficient
practices, systems, or controls.”
7
The full magnitude of health care fraud, waste, and abuse cannot be determined with
precision, but evidence of the problem is everywhere. For instance, the U.S. spends more
than $2 trillion on health care every year. Of that amount, the National Health Care Anti-
Fraud Association estimates conservatively that at least three percent — or more than $60
billion each year — is lost to fraud. The Secretary of Health and Human Services (HHS),
acting through the Department’s Office of Inspector General (OIG), and the Attorney
General, run the Health Care Fraud and Abuse Control (HCFAC) program, which
coordinates Federal, state, and local law enforcement activities to prevent health care fraud
and abuse. In the ten years since its inception, HCFAC has returned over $10.4 billion to
the Medicare Trust Fund alone.
8

The amount of money wasted on billing errors and other mistakes is also staggering. Last
year, the Medicare program reported a fee-for-service payment error rate of 3.9 percent,
which means that Medicare paid over $10.8 billion incorrectly.
9
Many of the
improvements to the delivery system discussed in the preceding chapter would help reduce
wasteful spending. Better alignment of incentives and value-based purchasing in particular
would reduce waste because they will cut down on instances in which Medicare pays for
something beneficiaries do not need.
While the efforts to fight fraud, waste, and abuse have been commendable, we need to do
more. Outlays for Medicare and Medicaid almost doubled between 2000 and 2008, but the
outlays for fighting fraud and abuse in these programs have not kept pace. We can provide
more and better care for our beneficiaries if we do more to reduce fraud, waste, and abuse.
Medicare, Medicaid, and CHIP must have flexibility to quickly deliver high-quality, low-
cost services while minimizing providers’ administrative burdens. More can be done to
combat unnecessary spending. The Baucus plan, which includes ideas articulated by HHS
OIG,
10
would focus on preventing fraud, waste, and abuse before they happen, and
aggressively detecting them when prevention fails. A five-part strategy will effectively
67
fight fraud, waste, and abuse, while allowing the programs to effectively serve
beneficiaries.

First, the government must do a better job of screening those allowed to become providers
and suppliers in Medicare, Medicaid, and CHIP. Ensuring that only well-intentioned and
law-abiding people and companies have the privilege of providing health care items and
services to beneficiaries is an important initial step. For example, in January of 2005, an
individual arrived in Miami-Dade County from Cuba and soon thereafter enrolled as a
Medicare provider. From April until June, his new company billed over $4.1 million in
fraudulent claims and was paid $1.65 million. He has since disappeared. This person
should never have been allowed to become a supplier.

Second, government payment methodologies should discourage, rather than encourage,
providers or suppliers from engaging in fraud, waste, or abuse. For example, in 2006,
Medicare allowed an average $7,215 for rental of a piece of durable medical equipment
that costs about $600 to purchase new.
11
As a result of these excessive fees, beneficiaries
also incurred $1,443 in coinsurance charges for this equipment. The competitive bidding
program for durable medical equipment, prosthetics, and orthotics has been temporarily
delayed. Competitive bidding is a proven method for saving money and reducing fraud in
this area, however, and the program should move forward.
12


Third, working with providers and suppliers to promote compliance with program
requirements and quality and safety standards could actually increase it. Most health care
providers and suppliers intend to act in accordance with program requirements, but need
help doing so. The same is true for quality and safety standards applicable in Medicare,
Medicaid, and CHIP.

Fourth, the Federal government has an absolute duty to conduct vigilant oversight of
Medicare, Medicaid, and CHIP and continuously monitor for evidence of fraud, waste, and
abuse. Improvements and enhancements in the collection and review of data,
establishment of internal controls, investigation of providers and suppliers, mandated
reporting of violations, and penalties and sanctions would enable better detection and
punishment of inappropriate or unlawful behavior.

Finally, responses to detected fraud must be swift and strong. Punishments must be
sufficient to deter others from considering the same behavior. Program vulnerabilities that
are revealed by the fraudulent conduct must be remedied to prevent repeated abuse. For
example, Florida’s Miami-Dade County is home to many companies that claim to be
durable medical equipment suppliers, infusion clinics, and other Medicare providers and
suppliers. In May 2007, the Department of Justice and HHS OIG created a strike force
whose primary goal was to attack the fraud problem by decreasing the amount of time
between the government’s detection of a fraud scheme and the arrest and prosecution of
the offenders. That effort has lead to over 76 convictions and criminal fines and civil
recoveries in excess of $140 million.

68
Success demands that the resources devoted to fighting fraud, waste, and abuse be
sufficient to respond to this growing problem. The Baucus plan would invest much needed
resources to carry out this fight because it takes time, manpower, and money to effectively
monitor and detect fraudulent, wasteful, or abusive practices. Effective elimination of
fraud provides a significant return on investment. According to the Office of Management
and Budget, the HHS OIG demonstrated a return on investment of 16:1 for these efforts.
13


Watchdog and advisory agencies like the HHS OIG, Government Accountability Office,
state Medicaid Fraud Control Units, the Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, and law
enforcement agencies must be provided with the resources that they need to combat fraud,
waste, and abuse. We also need to work with the HHS and CMS program managers
responsible for protecting and effectively managing these programs.

B. INCREASED TRANSPARENCY

Making more information available to health care providers and consumers would remove
much of the mystery that currently shrouds our health care system. It is often too difficult
for Americans to understand what services they receive or why they receive them, what
they pay for relative to their insurer, or what their insurer is charged — not to mention
what a service actually costs. Providers suffer from some of this same confusion. This
lack of understanding leads to frustration.

Increasing transparency — providing more and better information — would improve the
level of understanding. With better information, consumers, providers and payers would
gain a better understanding of how the system works and would be able to see how health
care dollars are spent. Providing meaningful and useful information would alleviate much
of the frustration and suspicion.

The Baucus plan focuses on three areas that would benefit from greater transparency:
physician-industry relationships, physician self-referral, and cost and quality information.

Physician-Industry Relationships. Harvard’s Eric Campbell told the Finance Committee:
“A physician-industry relationship exits whenever a physician accepts anything from a
pharmaceutical or device company such as dinners at fancy restaurants, pens, drug
samples, lunches, trips and paid consultancies.”
14
Though these relationships may lead to
advancements in medical technology and a better understanding of medical procedures,
“this practice likely results in substantial increases in the costs of health care.”
15
These
higher costs occur because industry gifts, “may also result in physicians prescribing higher
priced, brand-name drugs instead of cheaper, equally effective alternatives.”
16
These types
of relationships are common throughout the physician community.

According to a Harvard Medical School study, “most physicians (94 percent) reported
some type of relationship with the pharmaceutical industry, and most of these relationships
involved receiving food in the workplace (83 percent) or receiving drug samples (78
percent). Thirty-five percent received reimbursement for costs associated with
professional meetings or continuing medical education, and more than one quarter (28
69
17
percent) received payments for consulting, giving lectures, or enrolling patients in trials.”
In 2005, pharmaceutical companies spent $7 billion on sales representative visits to
physicians and provided $18 billion worth of free samples.
18

To dissuade inappropriate relationships, both the American Medical Association (AMA)
and the Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America (PhRMA) adopted or
revised their codes of conduct involving industry relationships. The AMA “allows
physicians to accept gifts as long as the gifts primarily benefit patients and are not of
substantial value.”
19
The PhRMA code states such relationships “are intended to benefit
patients and to enhance the practice of medicine,” and should be used, “solely on each
patient’s medical needs.”
20
Though these updated guidelines are a step in the right
direction, “there is also evidence that interactions prohibited by voluntary codes continue
to occur.”
21

Four states (Minnesota, Vermont, Maine, and West Virginia) and the District of Columbia
have enacted laws that require drug manufacturers to report any cash and in-kind payments
made to physicians.
22
Many advocate more detailed reporting of gifts between industry
and physicians on a national level. National legislation has been introduced that would
require drug and device companies to disclose all gifts of $25 or more to physicians and
other medical providers.
23

A recent MedPAC report to Congress outlined several advantages of such a requirement.
It may discourage inappropriate arrangements between physician and industry, allow the
media to explore potential conflicts of interest, enable payers to examine physician
practices that may be influenced by particular relationships, and highlight those physicians
who have decided not to take part in inappropriate relationships.
24

Unfortunately, data collection alone may not prevent inappropriate relationships.
However, once national, system-wide data is available, the extent of industry influence and
the wasteful spending that it leads to can be better determined. With this information,
stronger enforcement can be put into place, so that regardless of provider relationships, we
can be sure physicians are recommending and performing medical care based on sound
medical science rather than heavy-handed industry influence.

For these reasons, the Baucus plan would require disclosure of gifts and other transfers of
value made by drug and device companies to physicians and other health care
professionals. Only with this information can potential bias be known. And the
requirement to disclose may deter inappropriate behavior. Disclosure is the only way to
know if there are inappropriate influences on the delivery of care and use of taxpayer
dollars.

Physician Self-Referral. Physicians, like most professionals, expect to get paid for the
work that they perform. Some physicians, however, have found a way to game the system
so that, in addition to getting paid, they reap additional financial benefits from the
provision of certain health care services. Physicians can accomplish this by having
ownership or other financial interests in equipment or facilities — such as an MRI machine
70
or a hospital — that provide health services. When those physicians refer their patients for
services from which the physician reaps the additional financial benefits — a practice
known as self-referral — there is reason to be concerned about the physician’s motives.

Physician self-referral is generally prohibited by Federal law when the patient is covered
by Medicare or Medicaid.
25
Self-referral creates conflicting incentives for physicians,
because the financial incentive to increase utilization of the financially-rewarding services
may conflict with otherwise sound medical and professional judgment. Ultimately, this
practice often results in an “increased use of services and higher payments from third party
payers.”
26


Congress has enacted several laws to confront this problem. In 1972, Congress enacted the
Anti-Kickback Statute, which “broadly prohibits the purposeful offer, payment, or receipt
of anything of value to induce the referral of patients from services reimbursable by a
federal health care program.”
27
Few prosecutions occurred, however, and referrals to
imaging facilities or medical laboratories were not deterred.
28

In 1989, Congress enacted the Ethics in Patient Referrals Act (known as Stark I), which
prohibits physicians from “referring Medicare or Medicaid patients for clinical laboratory
services to labs with which the physician has a financial relationship…unless the
relationship fits within a specified exception.”
29
In 1993, Congress enacted amendments
(known as Stark II) expanding the prohibited services to “physical and laboratory therapy,
radiology, radiation, home health care, hospital, outpatient prescription drugs, and many
types of medical equipment and supplies.”
30

The Baucus plan would scrutinize physician self-referral to ensure that physicians are not
engaged in financial arrangements that place financial interests ahead of the needs of
patients and the American taxpayer. Physicians deserve fair pay for providing services,
but they should not be able to game the system unfairly. Increased transparency to both
patients and payers in the form of disclosure of physicians’ financial interests is first step.

One example is physician ownership of hospitals. There is concern that physician
ownership of hospitals leads to cherry-picking the patients who are healthiest and most
able to pay, while leaving the patients who are sickest and least able to pay for community
hospitals to treat, often without much compensation, if any. This cherry-picking only
exacerbates the cost shifting to those Americans with insurance. This concern is
heightened by the fact that the patient often is unaware of a physician’s financial interest in
providing services at a hospital in which he or she has an ownership interest.

Physician-owned hospitals are often smaller and more specialized than community
hospitals. They tend to focus on lucrative lines of service. Community hospitals, on the
other hand, tend to provide all service lines, including emergency departments.
Community hospitals find it difficult to compete with their more cash-rich physician-
owned counterparts. Over time, the trend of increasing physician ownership of hospitals
jeopardizes the continued viability of community hospitals.

71
The issue of self-referral must be reviewed in light of how health care is and will be
delivered. No serious effort at reform can ignore the potential gaming that financial
conflicts may create.

Cost and Quality Transparency. Rising health care costs have fueled an interest in greater
public availability of price and quality information. Public reporting and transparency can
aid patients in making more informed decisions about their treatment options. Such
information could also spur providers to make improvements by benchmarking their
performance against their peers. And health care price and quality information can be used
by private health plans and public programs to reward quality and efficiency.

The demand for more transparent price and quality information has been driven primarily
31
by employers and health plans. But consumers believe they have much to gain from
greater transparency, too. A recent survey, for example, found that 84 percent of
32
Americans want hospitals, physicians, and pharmacies to publish their prices.
Additionally, 90 percent of health care consumers want to partner with their physician in
making health care decisions, and more than 60 percent claim to have searched for
33
information to help make health care decisions.

Public programs have also embraced greater transparency. An August 2006 Executive
Order directed Federal health programs ! including the Federal Employees Health Benefit
Program, Medicare, programs operated by the Indian Health Service, and TRICARE ! to
make quality and pricing information available to beneficiaries and enrollees by January 1,
34
2007.

Pursuant to this order, and building on existing programs, Medicare currently posts
hospital quality measures online at the Hospital Compare website. Hospital-specific
process measures include those related to heart failure and heart attack care, pneumonia
care, and surgical care improvement. Information is also available for risk-adjusted
mortality rates and patient satisfaction. The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services
(CMS) has also started making available comparative price information for common
outpatient procedures, such as wrist fracture pinning, colonoscopy, and hernia repair.

While public availability of Medicare price information is novel and has been hailed as a
first step, the information is based on an average, and it is not current or hospital-specific.
In addition, the price and quality information is not linked, which undermines the value of
any comparison by patients and beneficiaries.

At the state level, recent legislation has required public reporting of hospital retail charges.
Most experts agree, however, that this information is too detailed and not meaningful,
35
because it contains unit prices rather than episodes of care. Trying to estimate a hospital
stay based on charge data is “like shopping for a car by adding up the prices suppliers
36
charge for all the nuts and bolts that go into one.”

The value and usefulness of cost and quality information may be limited by practical
factors. Decisions about health care are often involuntary — made under emergency
72
conditions or emotional distress. Patients also may not have the opportunity to choose
among hospitals if a referring physician is not on staff at the preferred hospital. Even for
non-urgent elective procedures like LASIK vision-correction surgery, variation in quality,
misleading advertising, and inconsistent bundling of services that makes apples-to-apples
37
price comparisons difficult, all contribute to imperfect market conditions.

Medicare’s recent experience with making cost and quality information available online,
combined with real-life examples from the private sector, provide valuable lessons for
making information meaningful. Some of these lessons, also described in recent
38
congressional testimony by the Commonwealth Fund, include:

Information currently available is inadequate. Although progress has been !
made even in the past two years, cost and quality information is rarely available to
patients, and physicians lack comparative information on the quality of the care
they provide or the care provided by physicians to whom they refer their patients.

! Price and quality information should be provided together. Information on the
price of a specific health care service provides little value. Knowing the total cost
of caring for a condition is more meaningful, particularly if combined with
information on the quality or outcomes of the care.

Transparency alone is not likely to transform health care. Shopping for the !
best physician or hospital is impractical for very sick patients and patients with
chronic conditions, particularly when care is sought under emergency conditions.
Yet, these patients incur most health care costs. Moreover, purchasers, payers, and
providers — not patients — are in a better position to demand greater quality and
efficiency. And providing price information without a clear use could lead to
collusion instead of competition.

To promote greater transparency in ways that would be meaningful and reliable to
consumers and providers, the Baucus plan would leverage Medicare’s ability to play a
leading role. Medicare can and should release more information about the price and
quality of covered services. For example, the current price information available for
outpatient procedures should be paired with information on quality measures and expanded
to other sites of care.

Medicare should also make its data more widely available, with significant regulation of its
use, so that it can be combined with similar data from other payers (such as health plans
that serve employers and Medicaid) to build more robust profiles of clinicians’ care that
are based on a broad spectrum of their patients. The Department of Health and Human
Services has started down this path by initiating Charter Value Exchanges in select
communities. These initiatives allow stakeholders in a community to combine their data
with Medicare data with the goal of releasing a single set of cost and quality measures for
the entire community. To access the Medicare data, stakeholders must agree on a common
set of performance measures.

73
With appropriate privacy protections, Medicare data can be instrumental in promoting
greater cost and quality transparency within the health system. This data must be used in
ways that build consistency around cost and quality measures, however, as done through
the Charter Value Exchanges.
39
While the prospect of data sharing generates concern
among clinicians, Medicare data can be used to generate more meaningful, accurate and
consistent information across the health system so that, ultimately, reporting is acceptable
and less burdensome for the provider community.

This plan also would require health plans offered through the Health Insurance Exchange
to provide uniform cost and quality metrics. The Independent Health Coverage Council
would work with health plans and purchasers to develop consistent definitions and
principles. Plans would also be encouraged to incorporate this information into pay-for-
performance systems.

As a further step in greater transparency of health care costs, information about the full
cost of employer-provided health care should be transparent to employees. Currently,
employers must inform employees of the amount of wages paid by the employer, along
with the taxes withheld from such wages during the calendar year. The information,
provided on the Form W-2, must be given to each employee by January 31 of the
succeeding year. But no such requirement exists for the amount an employer pays for
health insurance coverage. Some employers voluntarily report the value of the health
benefits they provide, either in an annual statement to their employees or in box 14 of the
Form W-2. This plan would require employer health costs to be fully disclosed to all
employees. Better educating workers about the full cost of their health care coverage
could encourage them to seek or demand lower premiums, which in turn could help
contain growth in spending.

The push for increased transparency highlights the need for greater adoption of health
information technology (IT) and evidence-based medicine. This plan proposes to invest in
health IT and comparative clinical effectiveness research. Taken together, these tools can
help drive the U.S. health system toward greater efficiency and increased engagement in
health care decision making among consumers.

C. MEDICAL MALPRACTICE REFORM

Medical malpractice insurance premiums have risen steadily over recent decades, at times
increasing an average of 15 percent a year.
40
Some states have seen even more dramatic
increases. Pennsylvania, for example, experienced increases ranging from 26 to 73 percent
in 2003.
41
While the Government Accountability Office has found that access to medical
care is not “widely affected” by large premium increases,
42
and malpractice costs account
for less than two percent of health costs,
43
physicians and other health care providers
contend that the current legal environment leads to the practice of defensive medicine.
Ordering more tests, procedures, or visits primarily to avoid liability rather than to benefit
patients may contribute to unnecessary health care spending.

74
A serious effort at comprehensive health care reform, then, should address medical
malpractice.

Reducing malpractice premiums alone would not have a substantial effect on overall health
spending. CBO estimates that a 25 to 30 percent reduction in malpractice costs “would
lower health care costs by only about 0.4 to 0.5 percent, and the likely effect on health
insurance premiums would be comparably small.”
44
But helping patients and providers to
cooperate rather than participate in time-consuming and expensive legal battles may help
to shift America’s health care system away from the costly practice of defensive medicine
and toward the best quality care and adherence to standards of care.

The current litigation system does not do a good job of compensating victims of
malpractice or of reducing the occurrence of medical malpractice. In fact, “research
typically shows Americans rarely take their disputes to court. Of every one hundred
Americans injured in an accident, only ten make a liability claim, and only two file a
lawsuit.”
45
Yet, the large number of malpractice claims filed still overwhelms the legal
system, and only 30 percent of claims filed result in payments to victims of medical
malpractice.
46
Alternatives to civil litigation need to be utilized so that administrative
costs associated with litigation, which account for 60 percent of malpractice premiums,
47

can be reduced, while simultaneously allowing credible claims to be compensated fairly
and quickly.

Malpractice reform could address money and time spent on litigation, as well as improve
patient and provider satisfaction with the resolution of complaints or grievances.
Additionally, changes made as part of reforming the health care system would affect
medical malpractice. For example, damages awarded for care necessary as a result of
malpractice would be reduced because the cost of care would decrease across the board.
Also, improvements in preventive care and care coordination would reduce the likelihood
of risky procedures that are a source of malpractice claims.

The Fair and Reliable Medical Justice Act, introduced in the 109
th
Congress and again in
the current Congress, includes ideas for ensuring safe and effective medical care, while
working to limit malpractice insurance premiums.
48
This legislation would provide grants
to states to create alternatives to current tort litigation in an effort to increase access to
recovery for patients with low-dollar value claims and improve satisfaction with claims
resolution for patients and provides. States would have flexibility in developing
alternatives to civil litigation, with three specific models outlined in the bill: (1) the early
disclosure and compensation model, (2) the administrative determination of compensation
model, and (3) the health court model.

The early disclosure model offers health care providers tort liability immunity after an
offer, in good faith, to pay compensation to any patient injured or harmed as a result of
care. The compensation would have to include any economic loss to the patient, non-
economic damages (as determined by the state) and reasonable attorney fees. The
University of Michigan Health System (UMHS) implemented this system in 2002 with
astounding results. Three years after the program was established, UMHS had reduced its
75
annual litigation costs by $2 million and reduced the number of lawsuits, as well as the
time it took to resolve the suits, by more than half.
49
That is one of the goals of the early
disclosure model. Fostering communication about medical errors and awarding
appropriate compensation in a non-adversarial setting are the hallmarks of this approach.

By increasing communication about medical errors, and doing so in a non-adversarial
setting, the collection of medical error data will increase, leading to improved patient
safety. Data collection is essential to preventing errors by enabling providers to better
understand how errors occur. “Accurate information also provides a baseline measurement
for further assessment of the effectiveness of the changes made.”
50
Unfortunately, under
the current system, data collection remains limited because of the lack of incentives.
Alternatives to litigation, such as early disclosure, provide incentives to disclose medical
errors, while continuing to protect the provider and improve patient safety.

The second approach, the administrative determination of compensation model, calls for
the establishment of an administrative board to designate classes of avoidable injuries.
Based on these classes, the board would determine the level of compensation awarded to
the patient. An appeals process would also be established to review decisions made by the
board.

Under the third alternative, a specialized health court would be established. The court
would be presided over by judges with expertise in health care with the ability to hire
outside experts. The judges’ decisions regarding compensation would be binding but
subject to an appeals process.

The Fair and Reliable Medical Justice Act serves as a foundation for an important element
of this health reform plan. Like the legislation, the Baucus plan would call on states to
take the opportunity to develop alternatives for resolving conflicts and compensating
patients who are the victims of medical errors. In addition to receiving Federal assistance
to establish an alternative model, states would also receive assistance to collect data about
medical errors, which would help keep patients better informed and create an opportunity
for providers to learn from each other. In fact, the systems developed by the Department
of Defense and the Veterans Health Administration that successfully track such data could
serve as models. Patients and providers should have the chance to cooperate, rather than
participate in a time-consuming and expensive legal battle. This plan would help achieve
that important objective.

D. PRIVATE INSURANCE PLANS IN MEDICARE

Medicare beneficiaries can obtain benefits through the traditional fee-for-service program
or by enrolling in private insurance plans that are approved to offer Medicare benefits.
Private insurance plans are paid a monthly amount by the government for each beneficiary
whom they enroll. In return, insurers agree to provide coverage for the range of Medicare
benefits that their enrollees need. The program allowing private insurers to serve Medicare
beneficiaries is called Medicare Advantage (MA).

76
The Medicare Payment Advisory Commission (MedPAC) estimates that Medicare Advantage
(MA) insurers are currently paid 13 percent more than the amount Medicare would pay if the
same beneficiaries remained in the traditional fee-for-service program.
51
Current estimates
indicate that these excess payments will total $62 billion over the next five years, and $169
billion over the next ten years.

52
MedPAC has called for Medicare Advantage payments to be set equal to traditional Medicare.
The health insurance industry defends these payments by pointing to extra benefits that low-
income MA enrollees receive relative to traditional Medicare, like eyeglasses, dental coverage,
and lower copayments. But delivering these extra benefits through Medicare Advantage is not
as efficient as delivering them directly through traditional Medicare. Moreover, MedPAC
reports that MA plans are less efficient at delivering Medicare Part A and B benefits than the
traditional fee-for-service program.
53
Private insurers’ higher overhead and added
administrative costs — including profits — mean that fewer benefits are passed along to
beneficiaries. CBO and the U.S. Comptroller General estimate the administrative costs of
private plans serving Medicare beneficiaries are in the range of 11 to 13 percent, compared to
estimates of 2 to 5 percent for the traditional Medicare program.
54, , , 55 56 57


The majority of Medicare beneficiaries have multiple chronic conditions that could be treated
more effectively through interdisciplinary care teams, and the insurance industry contends that
private plans better coordinate care and improve quality oversight in the Medicare program.
There is no solid evidence that supports this assertion. Not all Medicare Advantage plans are
designed to integrate or coordinate care across the spectrum of providers, and not all use
electronic medical records to better manage care. Even so, all Medicare Advantage payments
are based on the same rates — whether or not the plan uses advanced methods of coordinating
and delivering care.

Congress must act to level the playing field between traditional Medicare and Medicare
Advantage payments and the Baucus plan would do so. Enacted in July 2008, MIPPA took
modest steps to reduce overpayments to private plans beginning in 2010. There are a number of
ways to complete this. One is to set MA payments on par with traditional Medicare in every
county in the country. However, Medicare costs can be low in some areas of the country and
extraordinarily high in others. Simply setting MA payments equal to traditional Medicare could
maintain overpayments in some areas and create severe underpayments in other areas relative to
insurers’ costs.

The Baucus plan would seek to better understand how insurers’ costs differ by region of the
country in designing new policies to eliminate the remaining excess spending in the Medicare
Advantage program. MIPPA has already directed MedPAC to compare Medicare and private
insurance costs and develop alternative ways of setting MA payments. MA payments should be
reformed to achieve neutrality with traditional Medicare at the national level. But the
benchmarks against which MA plans are paid should have more to do with plans’ own costs.
58

One option is to base MA payments on a blend of local and national Medicare costs, reducing
MA payments in high-use areas and increasing payments in low-use areas.

77
Alternatively, insurers’ payments could be based on a blend of their own costs per enrollee with
Medicare’s costs per beneficiary at the local or national level. Competitive bidding is another
option that could be considered or tested for MA plans. At a minimum, Congress should repeal
the “premium support” demonstration included in the MMA of 2003 because it unfairly ties Part
B premiums to how much insurers’ costs differ from traditional Medicare. Finally, Congress
must seek ways to eliminate excess spending that results from differences in the ways MA plans
and traditional Medicare code diagnoses in patients’ medical records.

In addition to determining and adopting mechanisms to reduce overpayments, Congress
should consider paying Medicare Advantage plans for delivering coordinated, cost-
effective care to beneficiaries with the highest risk of complications and spending. One
option is to pay MA plans more if they meet medical home criteria defined by NCQA and
specific performance measures. If MA plans do not meet these criteria, their payments
would be reduced over a defined period of time. As with proposals involving traditional
fee-for-service Medicare, paying MA plans for such care could increase the quality of care
provided to beneficiaries in MA plans and could possibly lower Medicare spending by
reducing complications from chronic illnesses.

Private insurance plans also deliver Medicare’s prescription drug benefit and are paid by
the government for each beneficiary they enroll. Insurers in the program contract with
pharmacies to dispense drugs, and they negotiate with drug manufacturers for discounted
prices. Current law allows insurers to use their own formularies to negotiate prices with
manufacturers and to manage the quality of the drug benefit. Recent studies suggest that
the price breaks negotiated by Medicare prescription drug plans are not as high as those
legislated through the Medicaid drug rebate program.
59
This means Medicare pays more
than Medicaid for the prescriptions of the dual-eligible population, which was switched
from Medicaid to the Medicare drug benefit in 2006.

Congress should consider extending the Medicaid price discounts to the drugs consumed
by the dual-eligible population in the Medicare program in order to maintain the previous
price breaks. Insurers would continue to negotiate prices on behalf of the other
beneficiaries who enroll in their plans. Congress should also be apprised of Medicare’s
price breaks in the aggregate, relative to Medicaid and other sectors, in order to gauge the
performance of the prescription drug program.

E. LONG-TERM CARE SERVICES AND SUPPORTS

Long-term care differs from other types of health care in that the goal is not to cure an
illness, but to provide patients with the highest level of functioning possible and improve
quality of life. The need for long-term care affects individuals of all ages: children born
with disabling conditions, working-age adults with inherited or acquired conditions !
many of whom are able to work ! and the elderly with chronic illnesses. Care for these
individuals is most often provided by informal caregivers ! family or friends ! who
provide care with little or no compensation. More than 50 million informal caregivers
currently tend to the needs of individuals and family members of all ages.
60


78
Today, about 9.4 million adults, five percent of the adult population, receive long-term
care services in the community or in institutions;
61
and about 1.1 million children living in
the community have long-term care needs.
62,63
An estimated 69 percent of people turning
65 years old will need some form of long-term care assistance before they die.
64


The current system for delivering long-term care is expensive, inefficient, and does not
encourage the delivery of high-quality care. In 2005, national spending on long-term care
was estimated to be nearly $207 billon.
65
States and the Federal government are the
largest payers of these services. Medicaid alone accounts for as much as 49 percent of
long-term care spending ! most of which was provided in an institutional setting.
66


Medicare covers a limited amount of post-acute care in skilled nursing facilities and in the
home for certain beneficiaries. And Medicare benefits are not coordinated with Medicaid
! even though the Federal government bears much of the cost for these programs.
Likewise, conflicting incentives may increase costs and diminish the quality of care.
67

Divergent characteristics, program goals, eligibility requirements, and covered services for
Medicare and Medicaid programs often lead to uncoordinated care and a fractured delivery
system for individuals needing long-term care and assistance.

The cost for nursing home care is extremely expensive, about $70,000 per year on average.
Without financial assistance from Medicaid or private insurance, most people simply
cannot afford extended nursing home care.
68
Home or community-based care is more
cost-effective,
69
and most patients would prefer care in these settings to institutional
care.
70,71


In recent years, Congress has taken some steps to reform the long-term care system. The
Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 provided new flexibility for states to offer home and
community-based long-term care services in Medicaid.
72
Despite this progress, the
program maintains a strong bias toward institutional care due to payment and access rules.
Congress has considered innovative, alternative approaches to institutional care,
73
but
reform has remained elusive due to a lack of consensus on both policy and financing.

Home and Community Based Services (HCBS) have become a popular way to support
individuals who want to remain in their own homes and communities. HCBS options are
generally provided through Medicaid waivers, but beneficiaries must have a significant
level of disability to qualify.
74
And even those who qualify often have difficulty accessing
care; by 2005 there was a waiting list of more than 207,000 Medicaid beneficiaries for
HCBS waiver services.
75


The Baucus plan would consider options to further expand access to HCBS in Medicaid.
These options include providing states with new tools and incentives to make them more
available to more beneficiaries and exploring options to better coordinate care for dual-
eligible individuals under Medicare and Medicaid.

The plan would also encourage states to explore new options that improve access to long-
term care services and supports to prevent the progression of disability and to help
79
individuals remain in their own homes. By intervening earlier with targeted assistance,
states can help prevent or delay costly institutionalizations and provide a more patient-
centered benefit. In addition, exploring inefficiencies and conflicting incentives within
Medicare and Medicaid could improve the quality of care and decrease costs.

Providing support for family caregivers should also be an important part of any reform
plan. The plan would provide assistance to individuals, families and caregivers in
navigating the complex and fractured long-term care services and supports system. With
this help, individuals in need of care and their families would be better able to make the
most appropriate care choice.

Family caregivers cannot be expected to fill all the gaps in our current system. Long-term
care reform should include options to recruit, train, and retain a robust workforce that can
ensure high-quality care. One concept that has been put forward to address these shortages
is providing educational and training opportunities to adults who are participating in the
Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) program, who represent a pool of more
than 900,000 individuals who could provide an important resource in meeting our nation’s
workforce needs.

Institutional or residential care is appropriate in some cases; however, it should be a choice
for individuals and families. This plan would pilot new models of institutional care, such
as the Green House model,
76
that has shown promise for both improving the quality of life
and care in these settings. In addition, this plan incorporates several options to reform the
delivery system to provide better care coordination and chronic disease management.
Others may include investment in aging and disability resource centers (ADRCs) and
programs that limit secondary disabilities by promoting nutrition, exercise and fall
prevention. Because almost 25 percent of deaths occur in long-term care settings, ways to
provide the best quality care at the end of life should be considered.
77


In the long run, fundamental reform of the long-term care system will be necessary.
Achieving ultimate success will require both public and private solutions. While we
consider options to improve the care in our public programs, we should also explore
policies that make quality long-term care insurance products more affordable and
accessible.

F. TAX INCENTIVES FOR HEALTH COVERAGE

Tax breaks for health insurance premiums and other health expenses are among the largest
tax expenditures in the Federal budget. In 2007, the total value in foregone revenue for
health tax benefits was more than $300 billion.
78
Congress should explore ways to
restructure the current tax incentives to encourage more efficient spending on health and to
target our tax dollars more effectively and fairly.

Current tax law favors individuals who receive health insurance through their employer.
The employer’s contribution to health care and premiums is excluded from an individual’s
income for both income and payroll tax purposes. In addition, an employee’s share of the
80
premium cost can be excluded if it is made through what is called a cafeteria benefit plan.
This means workers are not taxed on the value of their health premiums, even though the
premiums are part of the worker’s total compensation package. There is no limit on the
amount of premiums that can be excluded from wages. The tax exclusion fosters
employment-based health coverage, because it lowers the cost of buying insurance through
an employer.

In addition to the employee exclusion, other incentives to purchase health care and health
coverage are available through the tax code. An employee’s pre-tax contributions for
health insurance or medical expenses through a Flexible Spending Account (FSA) are
excluded from income and therefore not subject to tax. There are no limits on the amount
of wages an employee can contribute on a pre-tax basis to an FSA. For individuals who
qualify to contribute to a Health Savings Account (HSA) by enrolling in a high-deductible
health plan, up to $2,900 of those contributions for individuals and $5,800 for families are
deductible in tax year 2008.

Self-employed individuals can deduct the cost of health insurance premiums for
themselves, their spouse, and their dependents for income tax purposes, but they must pay
self-employment tax on these amounts. This is less favorable treatment than employer-
provided health insurance. And finally, those who purchase health insurance through the
individual market, and those who have out-of-pocket medical expenses, may deduct their
spending to the extent that it exceeds 7.5 percent of their adjusted gross income and they
itemize their deductions.

Most economists argue there are problems with the current set of tax incentives for heath
care.
79, , , 80 81 82
First, they argue that the incentives are inequitable because the amount of
tax benefit received differs based on how health coverage is received: those covered
through their employers are rewarded with the largest tax breaks, while those who must
obtain coverage on the individual market receive a much smaller tax break, or none at all.
Current incentives are also regressive because they are, for the most part, more valuable to
taxpayers who are subject to higher marginal rates. As such, they give larger subsidies to
higher-income workers, instead of to the lower-income Americans who need more help
buying insurance.

Second, many economists argue that the unlimited employee tax exclusion leads to
increased health spending. The unlimited tax benefit for the exclusion encourages workers
to purchase more expensive coverage to avoid co-payments and deductibles. This lower
cost sharing can lead to higher use of services that are considered non-urgent and
discretionary. Additionally, employees who have different health insurance options from
which to choose may spend health care dollars unnecessarily to simply buy the most
expensive plan they can afford, instead of looking at the amount of coverage that they
actually need.

Some have proposed eliminating the current tax exclusion for employer-based health
insurance premiums and converting the benefit to a tax deduction or tax credit.
83,84
This
approach goes too far because it could cause widespread disruption in employer-based
81
health benefits. Reform should not endanger coverage for the more than half of all
Americans who now have health insurance through an employer.

More targeted reforms of the exclusion might make the incentive more equitable and
reduce spending in the health care system. One option for reform is to cap the amount of
health care premiums that can be excluded from employee wages for income and payroll
tax purposes. This could be done by limiting or capping the tax exclusion based on the
value of health benefits or, as an alternative, based on a person’s income — or both.
Employees could be allowed to exclude, for example, up to a specific dollar amount in
health benefits from their wages each year. If they purchase health plans with greater
benefits, the difference between a more generous plan and the cap could be subject to
Federal and state income taxes. Alternatively, the exclusion could be available on a sliding
scale based on income: people with low wages could be allowed to exclude 100 percent of
the premiums offered through their employers, with the percent allowed phasing down or
out with income.
85

Tax incentives can be an effective way of subsidizing the cost of health insurance. New
tax incentives for small businesses and low-income individuals were discussed earlier in
this plan. Current tax policies for health coverage must promote efficient uses of care and
distribute subsidies fairly. We must also balance any tax reforms in this area with the
desire of Americans to maintain employer-based health coverage.


1
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, “National Health Expenditure Data,” CMS,
http://www.cms.hhs.gov/NationalHealthExpendData/02_NationalHealthAccountsHistorical.asp.
2
C. Eugene Steuerle and Randall R Bovbjerg, “Health And Budget Reform As Handmaidens,” Health
Affairs 27, no. 3, (2008): 633-644.
3
Peter R. Orszag, “Increasing the Value of Federal Spending on Health Care,” (Testimony before the
Committee on the Budget, U.S. House of Representatives, July 16, 2008). The CBO estimate is based on an
estimate of spending variation in Medicare and the costs that could be saved — without any negative effect
on health outcomes — if high- and medium-cost areas were reduced to the level in low-cost areas. In 2007,
that potential savings in Medicare is $129 billion.
4
The Commonwealth Fund, “New Analysis: Congressional Health Care Proposals Would Cover All
Uninsured, and Reduce Total U.S. Health Spending by Up to $61 Billion,” The Commonwealth Fund,
(2007).
5
John Sheils and Randall Haught, “Cost and Coverage Analysis of Ten Proposals to Expand Health
Insurance Coverage,” The Lewin Group, (2003),
http://www.lewin.com/content/publications/CoveringAmerica.pdf.
6
Government Accountability Office, “Health Insurance: Vulnerable Payers Lose Billions to Fraud and
Abuse,” GAO, (1992) http://archive.gao.gov/t2pbat6/146547.pdf.
7
June Gibbs Brown, (Testimony before the Senate Appropriations Committee, U.S. Senate, April 22, 1994).
8
The Department of Health and Human Services and Department of Justice, “Health Care Fraud Abuse
Control Program Annual Report for FY 2006”, HHS & DOJ, (2007),
http://oig.hhs.gov/publications/docs/hcfac/hcfacreport2006.pdf.
9
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, “2007 Improper Medicare FFS Payments,” CMS, (2007),
http://www.cms.hhs.gov/CERT/CR/itemdetail.asp?filterType=none&filterByDID=-
99&sortByDID=1&sortOrder=descending&itemID=CMS1205324&intNumPerPage=10.
82

10
Department of Health and Human Services, Office of the Inspector General, “OCIG Official Unveils Five-
Point Strategy to Help the Next Administration Combat Fraud”, Report on Medicare Compliance, HHS-OIG,
(2008): 1-3.
11
Department of Health and Human Services, Office of the Inspector General, “Medicare Home Oxygen
Equipment: Cost and Servicing,” HHS-OIG, (2006), http://oig.hhs.gov/oei/reports/oei-09-04-00420.pdf.
12
Department of Health and Human Services, “Final Report to Congress: Evaluation of Medicare’s
Competitive Bidding Demonstration for Durable Medical Equipment, Prosthetics, Orthotics, and Supplies,”
(2004).
13
ExpectMore.gov, “Health Care Fraud and Abuse Control,”
http://www.whitehouse.gov/omb/expectmore/detail/10000292.2002.html#performanceMeasures.
14
Eric Campbell, “Aligning Incentives: The Case for Delivery System Reform,” (Testimony before the
Senate Committee on Finance, U.S. Senate, September 16, 2008).
15
Ibid.
16
Ibid.
17
Eric Campbell, et al., “A National Survey of Physician-Industry Relationships,” New England Journal of
Medicine 356, no. 17: 1742.
18
Julie Donohue et al., “A Decade of Direct-to-Consumer Advertising of Prescription Drugs,” New England
Journal of Medicine 357, no.7: 673-681.
19
American Medical Association, “Gifts to Physicians from Industry,” AMA, (1998).
20
Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America, “PhRMA Code on Interactions with Health Care
Professionals,” (2004), http://www.phrma.org/files/PhRMA%20Code.pdf: 3.
21
David Blumenthal, “Doctors and Drug Companies,” New England Journal of Medicine 351, no. 18: 1885-
1890.
22
Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, “Report to the Congress: Reforming the Delivery System,”
(2008): 153.
23
S.2029, The Physician Payments Sunshine Act of 2007, introduced by Senators Chuck Grassley and Herb
Kohl, September 6, 2007.
24
Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, “Report to the Congress: Reforming the Delivery System,”
(2008): 154-155.
25
Jean Mitchell, “The Prevalence of Physician Self-Referral Arrangements After Stark II: Evidence From
Advancing Diagnostic Imaging,” Health Affairs 26, no. 3 (2007): 415.
26
Ibid.
27
Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, “Report to the Congress: Physician-Owned Specialty
Hospitals,” (2005): 11.
28
Ibid.
29
Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, “Report to the Congress: Physician-Owned Specialty
Hospitals,” (2005): 12.
30
Ibid.
31
National Quality Forum, “Draft Background Paper on Hospital Cost and Price Transparency: Usable,
Audience-Specific Information on Hospital Costs and Prices,” (2007),
http://www.qualityforum.org/pdf/projects/transparency/txpricetranspforcommentJun12.pdf.
32
The Council for Affordable Health Insurance, “Memorandum: Results from Nationwide Poll on Price
Transparency,” (2006), http://www.cahi.org/cahi_contents/resources/pdf/CAHIPollResults042806.pdf.
83

33
Consumer-Purchaser Disclosure Project, “Building Health Care Value By Providing Consumers With
Better Information To Make Good Decisions,” (2007),
http://healthcaredisclosure.org/docs/files/DisclosureFactSheetsConsumerTools10-10-07.pdf.
34
Executive Order 13410, “Promoting Quality and Efficient Health Care in Federal Government
Administered or Sponsored Health Care Programs,” (2006),
http://www.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/2006/08/20060822-2.html.
35
National Quality Forum, “Background Paper on Hospital Cost and Price Transparency: Usable, Audience-
Specific Information on Hospital Costs and Prices,” NQF, (2007),
http://www.qualityforum.org/pdf/projects/transparency/txpricetranspforcommentJun12.pdf.
36
Ibid., 13.
37
Ha T. Tu, (Testimony before the Subcommittee on Health of the House Committee on Ways and Means,
U.S. House of Representatives, July 18, 2006).
38
Sara Collins, “Transparency in Health Care: the Time Has Come,” (Testimony before the Subcommittee
on Health of the House Committee on Energy and Commerce, U.S. House of Representatives, March 15,
2006).
39
S. 1507, and act that would establish a framework for the release and use of Medicare data, introduced by
Senators Grassley and Baucus, May 24, 2007.
40
Congressional Budget Office, “Limiting Tort Liability for Medical Malpractice,” CBO, (2004): 4.
41
Kenneth E. Thorpe, “The Medical Malpractice ‘Crisis’: Recent Trends and the Impact of State Tort
Reforms,” Health Affairs (2004): 4-25 (published online 21 January 2004; 10.1377/hlthaff.w4.20)
42
Government Accountability Office, “Implications of Rising Premiums on Access to Health Care,” GAO,
(2009): preface.
43
Congressional Budget Office, “Limiting Tort Liability for Medical Malpractice,” CBO, (2004): 6.
44
Ibid.
45
Thomas Burke, “Lawyers, Lawsuits, and Legal Rights: The Battle Over Litigation in American Society,”
University of California Press, (2004): 3.
46
David M. Studdert et al., “Claims, Errors, and Compensation Payments in Medical Malpractice Litigation,”
The New England Journal of Medicine, 354, no. 19, (2006): 2024-2033.
47
Kenneth E. Thorpe, “The Medical Malpractice ‘Crisis’: Recent Trends and the Impact of State Tort
Reforms,” Health Affairs (2004): 4-25 (published online 21 January 2004; 10.1377/hlthaff.w4.20)
48
S.1481, The Fair and Reliable Medical Justice Act, introduced by Senator Max Baucus and Senator
Michael Enzi, 110
th
Congress; S.1337, The Fair and Reliable Medical Justice Act , introduced by Senator
Mike Enzi and Senator Max Baucus, 109
th
Congress.
49
Hillary Clinton and Barack Obama, “Making Patient Safety the Centerpiece of Medical Liability Reform,”
New England Journal of Medicine, 354, no. 21 (2006): 2208.
50
Joanne Stow, “Using Medical-Error Reporting to Drive Patient Safety Efforts,” AORN Journal, (2006),
http://findarticles.com/p/articles/mi_m0FSL/is_/ai_n27000693, (accessed November 4, 2008).
51
Medicare Payment Advisory Commission, “Report to the Congress: Medicare Payment Policy,” (2008).
52
Ibid. This estimate is for plan year 2008 and does not take into account the effect of MIPPA of 2008.
53
Glenn M. Hackbarth, “An Examination of Medicare Advantage,” (Testimony before the Senate Committee
on Finance, U.S. Senate, April 11, 2007).
54
Congressional Budget Office, “Designing a Premium Support System for Medicare,” CBO, (2006): 1-56.
84

55
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, “National Health Expenditure Data, Tables 11 and 12,”
CMS, (2008) http://www.cms.hhs.gov/NationalHealthExpendData/downloads/tables.pdf.
56
Merrill Mathews, “Medicare’s Hidden Administrative Costs: A Comparison of Medicare and the Private
Sector,” Council for Affordable Health Insurance, (2006): 1-16.
57
Government Accountability Office, “Medicare Advantage Organizations: Actual Expenses and Profits
Compared to Projections for 2005,” GAO, (2008): 1-14.
58
Robert A. Berenson, “From Politics To Policy: A New Payment Approach In Medicare Advantage,”
Health Affairs, (2008): 156, (published online 4 March, 2008; 10.1377/hlthaff.27.2.w156).
59
Richard G. Frank and Joseph P. Newhouse, “Mending the Medicare Prescription Drug Benefit: Improving
Consumer Choices and Restructuring Purchasing,” The Brookings Institute, (2008),
http://www.brookings.edu/papers/2007/04useconomics_frank.aspx.
60
The Department of Health and Human Services, “Informal Caregiving: Compassion in Action,” HHS,
(1998), http://aspe.hhs.gov/daltcp/Reports/carebro2.pdf.
61
S. Rogers and H. Komisar, “Who Needs Long-Term Care? Fact Sheet, Long-Term Care Financing
Project,” Georgetown University Press, (2003). Most but not all individuals were over 65 years of age, 6.3
million; the remaining 3.7 million were younger
62
Achintya N. Dey, Jeannine. S. Schiller, and Diane A. Tai, “Summary Health Statistics for Children:
National Health Interview Survey, 2002,” National Center for Health Statistics, Vital and Health Statistics,
10, no. 221, (2004).
63
Forum on Child and Family Statistics, http://www.childstats.gov/.
64
Peter Kemper, Harriet L. Komisar, and Lisa Alecxih, “Long Term Care Over An Uncertain Future: What
Can Current Retirees Expect?” Inquiry, 42, (2005-06): 335-350.
65
Georgetown University Long-Term Care Financing Project, “National Spending for Long-Term Care,”
Georgetown University, (2007).
66
Ibid.
67
David Grabowski, “Medicare and Medicaid: Conflicting Incentives for Long-Term Care,” Milbank
Quarterly, 85, no. 4, (2007).
68
MetLife, “The MetLife Market Survey of Nursing Home and Home Care Costs,” MetLife, (2006),
http://www.metlife.com/WPSAssets/1875695828115945575V1F2006NHHCMarketSurvey.pdf. In 2006,
annual costs for 24 hour care in a nursing home ranged from about $67,000 for a semi-private room to about
$75,000 for a private room, or from $183 a day to $206 a day for a private room.
69
Carol O’Shaughnessy, Julie Stone, Thomas Gabe, Laura B. Shrestha “Long-Term Care: Consumers,
Providers, Payers, and Programs,” CRS Report for Congress, (2007).
70
Enid Kassner, “Medicaid and Long-Term Services and Supports for Older People: Fact Sheet,” AARP
Public Policy Institute, (2005).
71
Nancy A. Miller, Charlene Harrington, Elizabeth Goldstein, “Access to Community-Based Long-term
Care: Medicaid’s Role,” Journal of Aging and Health, 14, no. 1, (2002): 138-59.
72
Public Law 109-171
73
S.1758, The Community Living Assistance Services and Supports Act or CLASS Act, introduced by
Senator Edward Kennedy, July 2007; S.3779, the Community Choice Act of 2007, introduced by Senator
Tom Harkin, March 2007; S.3227, The Empowered at Home Act of 2008, introduced by Senator John Kerry
and Senator Charles Grassley, July 2008.
74
Cynthia Shirk, “Rebalancing Long-Term Care: The Role of the Medicaid HCBS Waiver Program,” George
Washington University National Health Policy Forum, (2006). Individuals must meet a level of functional
need that qualifies them for a nursing home.
85

75
Ibid.
76
The Green House Model creates a small community for a group of elders and staff. They differ from
traditional skilled nursing homes and assisted living facilities, by altering size, interior design, staffing
patterns, and methods of delivering skilled professional services. Its primary purpose is to serve as a place
where elders can receive assistance and support with activities of daily living and clinical care, without the
assistance and care becoming the focus of their existence. Developed by Dr. William Thomas and rooted in
the tradition of the Eden Alternative, it is a model for cultural change within nursing facilities,
http://www.ncbcapitalimpact.org/default.aspx?id=148.
77
Pedro L. Gozalo and Susan C. Miller, “Hospice Enrollment and Evaluation of its Causal Effect on
Hospitalization of Dying Nursing Home Patients,” Health Services Research, 42, (2007): 2.
78
Edward D. Kleinbard, “Tax Expenditures for Health Care,” (Testimony before the Senate Committee on
Finance, U.S. Senate, July 31, 2008). For a comprehensive list of current health tax benefits for health
expenses, see Appendix A of this testimony.
79
Many economists in the public and private sector have analyzed and commented on problems with current
tax health incentives. A few examples are: Jonathan Gruber, “Subsidies to Employee Health Insurance
Premiums and the Health Insurance Market,” National Bureau of Economics Research, (2007),
http://papers.nber.org/papers/w9567.pdf.
80
Kate Baicker, “Making Health Insurance More Affordable Through Health Insurance Finance Reform,”
Business Economics, 42, no. 3, (2007),
https://commerce.metapress.com/content/f67110210634770k/resource-
secured/?target=fulltext.pdf&sid=05mdup55rn1nd055gl0gfx55&sh=www.springerlink.com.
81
Jason Furman, “Health Reform Through Tax Reform: A Primer,” Health Affairs, 27, no. 3, (2008): 622-
632.
82
Edward D. Kleinbard, “Tax Expenditures for Health Care,” (Testimony before the Senate Committee on
Finance, U.S. Senate, July 31, 2008).
83
S.334, The Healthy Americans Act, introduced by Senator Wyden, January 18, 2007.
84
Budget of the United States Government, Fiscal Year 2009, submitted by President George W. Bush to the
U.S. Congress on February 4, 2008.
85
Certain data collection issues would need to be addressed in order to implement an income cap.
86
CONCLUSION

The case for health reform is undeniable. Improving the U.S. health system is one of the
most important challenges we face as a nation, and the inability to achieve comprehensive
health reform will undermine any efforts to secure economic recovery. Health reform is an
essential part of restoring America’s overall economy and maintaining our competitiveness
at home and around the world.

Health care reform is also necessary to protect the finances of our working families. Nearly
46 million Americans lack health coverage and another 25 million are underinsured. Rising
health care costs and mounting medical bills have become a pocketbook issue for too many
families, becoming one of the biggest factors in personal bankruptcy filings.

Each of the key challenges facing our health care system ! lack of access to care, the cost
of care, and the need for better-quality care ! must be addressed in concert. Covering
millions of uninsured through a broken health system will be fiscally unsustainable.
Attempting to address the inefficiencies plaguing our system and the perverse incentives in
the delivery system without covering the uninsured will fail to alleviate the burden of
uncompensated care and cost shifting. The time for incremental improvements has passed;
health care reform must be comprehensive in scope.

This Call to Action provides a starting point for the upcoming health care reform debate. It
is a vision and not a legislative proposal. It is comprehensive but not an exhaustive
exploration of every health care issue that can or should be considered.

As a first step toward consideration of health care reform, Congressional leaders and the
public must understand that reform will likely require an initial investment. In the short
term, health care reform will cost more than can be achieved in savings from all the quality
improvement initiatives and financing changes. But these changes will improve the quality
of the health care that Americans receive and reduce the cost of that health care, ultimately
putting our system on a more sustainable path. More importantly, the costs of inaction,
both in human and financial terms, are greater than any initial outlays.

The next crucial step is a constructive dialog on policy priorities among policymakers,
stakeholders, health policy thought leaders and the public. Consensus will be difficult to
achieve, but common ground from which to build can and must be found.

87
APPENDIX
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

AAMC – American Association of Medical Colleges
ABIM – American Board of Internal Medicine
ACE – Acute Care Episode
ACO – Accountable Care Organizations
AFDC – Aid to Families with Dependent Children
AHRQ – Agency for Health Care Research and Quality
AMA – American Medical Association
ARDC – Aging and Disability Resource Center
BBA – Balanced Budget Act of 1997
CBO – Congressional Budget Office
CDC – Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
CHIP – State Children’s Health Insurance Program
CMS – Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services
COPD – Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
EHR – Electronic Health Record
FEHBP – Federal Employees Health Benefit Program
FMAP – Federal Medical Assistance Percentage
FPL – Federal Poverty Level
FQHC – Federally Qualified Health Center
FSA – Flexible Spending Account
GAO – Government Accountability Office
GDP – Gross Domestic Product
GME – Graduate Medical Education
HCBS – Home and Community Based Services
HCFAC – Health Care Fraud and Abuse Control
HELP – Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions
HHS – Department of Health and Human Services
HIT – Health Information Technology
HQID – Hospital Quality Incentive Demonstration
HRSA – Health Resources and Services Administration
88
HSA – Health Savings Account
IHS – Indian Health Services
IME – Indirect Medical Education
IOM – Institute of Medicine
IRS – Internal Revenue Service
MA – Medicare Advantage
MedPAC – Medicare Payment Advisory Commission
MIPPA – Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008
MRI – Magnetic Resonance Imaging
NCQA – National Committee for Quality Assurance
NHCS – National Health Care Survey
NHIS – National Health Interview Survey
NIH – National Institutes of Health
NQF – National Quality Forum
OASIS – Outcome and Assessment Information Set
OIG – Office of the Inspector General
OMB – Office of Management and Budget
PGP – Physician Group Practice
PhRMA – Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America
PHSA – Public Health Service Act
PQRI – Physician Quality Reporting Initiative
RHC – Rural Health Center
RUC – Relative Value Update Committee
SGR – Sustainable Growth Rate
SSDI – Social Security Disability Insurance
SSI – Social Security Income
TANF – Temporary Assistance for Needy Families
UMHS – University of Michigan Health System
VBP – Value Based Purchasing

89

REFORMING AMERICA’S HEALTH CARE SYSTEM: A CALL TO ACTION
It is the duty of the next Congress to reform America’s health care system. In 2009, Congress must take up and act on meaningful health reform legislation that achieves coverage for every American while also addressing the underlying problems in our health system. The urgency of this task has become undeniable. In preparing to act, I led the U.S. Senate Finance Committee in holding nine hearings on health care reform this year and hosted a day-long health summit in June 2008 to explore in greater depth the problems plaguing our health system. I have spent a good deal of time talking to colleagues on both sides of the aisle and to stakeholders in the health care industry to get their perspectives on the issues that matter. And perhaps most importantly, in listening sessions across the state of Montana, I have heard from many Americans about the challenges so many patients and families face in getting access to affordable health coverage and paying medical bills. This paper — this Call to Action — represents the next step. It is not intended to be a legislative proposal. Nor is it an exhaustive exploration of every health care issue that should or needs to be addressed, or that will be considered. Rather, it details my vision for health care reform. The plan outlined here addresses health care coverage, quality, and cost. Many components would require an initial investment but, over time, would vastly improve the quality of the health care that Americans receive and reduce the cost of that health care, ultimately putting our system on a more sustainable path. The policies in this paper are designed so that after ten years the U.S. would spend no more on health care than is currently projected, but we would spend those resources more efficiently and would provide better-quality coverage to all Americans. The health system is so complex that any solution will demand time and attention to make sure that we get it right. This plan is most certainly a work in progress. But this Call to Action is intended to encourage constructive input by policymakers, stakeholders, and health policy thought leaders to move us forward. I look forward to discussing this plan with President-Elect Obama, with my colleagues in Congress, and with stakeholders in the health care system, working collaboratively with all to enact effective health reform.

Americans who care deeply about the future of our health system and our economy must take up the fight together for comprehensive health care reform. My door is open and I seek partners with “can do” spirits and open minds. I believe — very strongly — that every American has a right to high-quality health care through affordable, portable, meaningful health coverage. And I believe that Americans cannot wait any longer.

Max Baucus Chairman U.S. Senate Committee on Finance

2

................... 21 E..... 28 F........................... INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITY .............................. 17 D. 7 BAUCUS PRINCIPLES: THE VISION FOR OUR HEALTH CARE SYSTEM ......................... GUARANTEED ACCESS TO AFFORDABLE COVERAGE FOR INDIVIDUALS AND SMALL BUSINESSES ..................................................................................TABLE OF CONTENTS EXECUTIVE SUMMARY .......... 1 COST! GROWTH IN HEALTH CARE SPENDING IS UNSUSTAINABLE FOR FAMILIES.............................................................. 30 CHAPTER III BAUCUS PLAN: IMPROVING VALUE BY REFORMING THE HEALTH CARE DELIVERY SYSTEM .. iii CHAPTER I THE CASE FOR REFORM............ STRENGTHENING THE EMPLOYER-BASED SYSTEM................................................................... 3 QUALITY! POOR RETURN ON OUR HUGE INVESTMENT................................... AND THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT ................................. REFOCUSING PAYMENT INCENTIVES TOWARD QUALITY .............................................................................................................................. 36 A. 1 ACCESS!MILLIONS OF AMERICANS LACK COVERAGE ....................................... ADDRESSING HEALTH DISPARITIES........................... FOCUSING ON PREVENTION AND WELLNESS ..................................... STRENGTHENING THE ROLE OF PRIMARY CARE AND CHRONIC CARE MANAGEMENT ............................................... 16 C...................... 8 CHAPTER II BAUCUS PLAN: INCREASING ACCESS TO AFFORDABLE HEALTH COVERAGE ....... STRENGTHENING PUBLIC PROGRAMS ....................... 13 A....................... BUSINESSES.................................................................................................... 6 WHAT AMERICANS WANT FROM THEIR HEALTH CARE SYSTEM ......... 37 B........ 15 B.... 41 i .........................

.................. PROMOTING COLLABORATION AND ACCOUNTABILITY ...... 69 C................................................................................................................ 74 D................................... 87 ii ................. FRAUD..... HEALTH CARE INFRASTRUCTURE...................................................... 66 B.. PRIVATE INSURANCE PLANS IN MEDICARE .............................. INCREASED TRANSPARENCY ................... 78 F............................ MEDICAL MALPRACTICE REFORM . 65 A................ WASTE......................... LONG-TERM CARE SERVICES AND SUPPORTS .................................... AND ABUSE...................................................................................................... 48 D...................... 80 CONCLUSION ............... 55 CHAPTER IV BAUCUS PLAN: FINANCING A MORE EFFICIENT HEALTH CARE SYSTEM.............................................. 76 E.............. TAX INCENTIVES FOR HEALTH COVERAGE ...................C....

Covering all Americans would also ensure that the insurance market functions effectively. the nation’s economists concur that system reform is not only necessary to rationalize our health care system. They recognize that the status quo of high costs. with 46 million uninsured and another 25 million underinsured. providers charge higher prices to patients with private coverage to make up for uncompensated care. research documents poor quality of care received by patients in the U. and these costs are passed on to consumers in the form of increased premiums. for example.S. to deal with our long-term fiscal challenges. manufacturers. individuals. The nation’s health care stakeholders — consumers. labor. providers. then premiums for all enrollees will increase to cover insurer outlays. that adults receive recommended care for many illnesses only 55 percent of the time. is the only developed country that does not guarantee health coverage for all its citizens. They are not alone. notably. families are struggling to keep up with out-of-pocket costs for medical care.EXECUTIVE SUMMARY The link between health care costs and the economy is undeniable. And. Children fare even worse. Insurance works because policyholders pay into their plans when healthy. Wellness and prevention would be prioritized. A high-performing health care system would guarantee all Americans affordable. If a significant portion of Americans does not purchase coverage until sick. And iii . Reforming the health care system is essential to restoring America’s overall economy and the financial security of our working families. Finally. quality coverage no matter their age. and the problem of unaffordable coverage will persist. our ability to compete internationally and. plans. health providers and plans. The U. without every American in the system. American businesses are straining to absorb rising health care costs while staying competitive at home and around the world. businesses. the costs of care for the uninsured are largely borne by those with insurance. Despite high levels of spending on health care. those efforts will fall short of their full potential. The case for reform is strong. and they are ready for change. Efforts to guard against and better manage illness are an effective tool to improve health and contain costs but. Today. health status. covering all Americans is essential to effective prevention and wellness efforts and managing chronic illnesses. and have their medical bills paid when they are sick. In a high-performing health care system. Requiring all Americans to have health insurance will help end the shifting of costs from the uninsured to the insured. Studies show. employers. As a result. and far less than optimal quality and value is unsustainable and intolerable. unacceptable numbers of the uninsured and underinsured Americans. as well as government would all bear responsibility and contribute to fulfilling the goal of covering all Americans. and state and local governments — are signaling that they are ready and willing to engage in serious and comprehensive reform of a health system in crisis. or medical history.S. Americans are acutely aware of problems in the country’s health care system. over the long haul. but to sustain our economy.

Private insurers offering coverage through the Exchange would be precluded from discrimination based on pre-existing conditions. Except for small firms. employers that choose otherwise must contribute to a fund that would help cover those who remain uninsured. high-quality. the Baucus plan would make health care coverage immediately available to Americans aged 55 to 64 through a Medicare buy-in. (2) an insistence that any such expansion be coupled with an emphasis on higher quality. Finally. individuals would have a responsibility to have health coverage. and it is the quickest and most cost-effective way to cover every American living in poverty. and design a sustainable financing system that works for taxpayers as well as for the nation’s recipients and providers of health care. Ensuring Health Coverage for All Americans. greater value. eliminate overpayments. and — over time — less costly care. Premium subsidies would be available to qualifying families and small businesses. and meaningful health insurance options are available to all Americans through their employers or through the Exchange. The Baucus plan would ensure that every individual can access affordable coverage by creating a nationwide insurance pool called the Health Insurance Exchange. the Exchange would be a marketplace where Americans could easily compare and purchase the plans of their choice. the Baucus plan would take a major step toward eliminating racial and ethnic health disparities. This policy is consistent with the original intent of Medicaid. Those who already have health coverage could keep what they have. This step is necessary for insurance market reforms to function properly and to end the cost shifting that occurs within the system. While the Exchange is being created. Once affordable. It is expected that the vast majority of American employers would continue to provide coverage as a competitive benefit to attract employees. the Baucus plan calls for additional funding for IHS. the Call to Action has three equally important legs: (1) a policy that ensures meaningful coverage and care to all Americans. Ensuring that every American has coverage would make health care truly portable. But for those who need affordable. This Call to Action outlines a vision for creating that high-performing health care system. and (3) an absolute commitment to weed out waste. recognizing that America cannot keep its promise to provide care to Native Americans and Alaska Natives with the current level of Indian Health Service (IHS) funding. Like a sturdy stool. By making health care more affordable and universally available to all Americans. putting help within reach for more needy children. iv . Our public health programs would be on a more fiscally sustainable path. and it would begin to phase-out the current two-year waiting period for Medicare coverage for individuals with disabilities. so that Americans are no longer locked into a job based on a need to retain their health coverage.increased quality would result in lower costs so that employers could afford to continue to offer health coverage and still compete in a global marketplace. The Baucus plan would also ensure that all states use the State Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) to cover children at or below 250 percent of the Federal poverty level. guaranteed coverage. The plan would provide every American living below the poverty level with access to Medicaid.

post-acute care settings. and economists warn that rising health care costs represent a serious threat to our long-term fiscal security.S. Preventive Services Task Force.S. Improving Health Care Quality and Value. physical exam. Fixing the unstable and unsustainable Medicare physician payment formula is a necessary step in this process. Reinvesting in the training of a twenty-first century health care workforce is necessary for many delivery system reform goals to be realized. Individuals without private coverage and not eligible or enrolled in a public health coverage program. the Baucus plan would improve the health care infrastructure by investing in new comparative effectiveness research and health information technology (IT). Achieving Greater Efficiency and Sustainable Financing.3 trillion per year on health care. To facilitate the proposed delivery system reforms. including services like a health risk assessment. inpatient hospitals. The plan would promote accountability and coordination among providers by encouraging providers in different settings — physician offices. not only to correct the imbalances of the current health care system. A redefined health system would realign payment incentives toward improving the quality of care delivered to patients. over time. The U. costly chronic conditions. Medicaid. Increasing the supply and availability of primary care practitioners by improving the value placed on their work is a necessary step toward meaningful reform. but to offset the high costs of much-needed comprehensive reform. the Baucus plan includes delivery system reforms that would improve quality and. but whose RightChoices screening detected and diagnosed one or more of the most common. v . up to one-third of that spending — more than $700 billion — does not improve Americans’ health outcomes. Health IT is needed for quality reporting and improvement and to give providers ready access to better evidence and other clinical decision-support tools. Preventive services would be covered by all insurance options offered through the Health Insurance Exchange. Current Medicare.The Baucus plan would immediately refocus our health care system toward prevention and wellness. and others — to collaborate and provide patient-centered care in a way that would improve quality and save money. spends $2. lower costs. Those who are uninsured ! and therefore less likely to receive preventive care and treatment for major conditions ! would be given a “RightChoices” card that guarantees access to recommended preventive care. Today’s payment systems reward providers for delivering more care rather than better care. According to the Congressional Budget Office. would qualify to receive treatment on a temporary basis until viable coverage options are available under the Health Insurance Exchange. and CHIP beneficiaries would receive recommended preventive services with little or no co-payment. immunizations. Excess spending must be eliminated and dollars put to better use. The plan would refocus payment incentives toward quality and value. and age and genderappropriate cancer screenings recommended by the U. Recognizing that any attempt to cover the uninsured and reduce health care spending must address the perverse incentives fostered by current payment systems. rather than on illness and treatment. The plan strengthens the role of primary care and chronic care management. Primary care is the keystone of a high-performing health care system.

The plan also considers careful reforms of medical malpractice laws that could lower administrative costs and health spending throughout the system. In short. If we fail to act. vi . The urgency of this task has become undeniable. The plan would address overpayments to private insurers in the Medicare Advantage program. and watch our businesses become less competitive and our nation go further into debt. we will double our current national expenditure on health care from $2 trillion to $4 trillion. Considering policies to shift the focus from institutional care to services provided in the home and community could improve the quality of care delivered and reduce costs. Finally. distribute benefits more fairly. however. while ensuring that injured patients are compensated fairly for their losses. continue to tolerate poor quality that leads to nearly 100. Long-term care services and supports are both a significant share of national health expenditures and a driver of cost. we all must realize that the costs of inaction. and invest in critical research and technology. Conclusion. We must choose to invest now in a health care system that will richly repay the nation with greater health and economic stability in the long term. reward quality care. and abuse in public programs. the Baucus plan would endorse direct steps in five additional areas to curb excess health care spending.Beyond measures to refocus the system on primary care. and promote smarter spending of health care dollars by consumers themselves.000 deaths a year. waste. Congressional leaders and the public must be realistic about the timeframe in which the fiscal success of reform is measured. both in human and financial terms. I believe it is the duty of the next Congress to reform America’s health care system. Congress must take up and act on meaningful health reform legislation that achieves coverage for all Americans while also addressing the underlying problems in our health system. health care reform would cost taxpayers more than the government can achieve in savings from all reforms and financing changes. will eventually be far greater than any initial outlays. In the short term. In 2009. The plan would invest more to detect and eliminate fraud. continue to witness the plight of tens of millions of our citizens without health insurance cost shifting to those who do. The plan would increase transparency of cost and quality information and would require disclosure of payments and incentives to providers by drug or device makers that may lead to biased decision-making. the plan would explore targeted reforms of the tax code to make incentives more efficient.

5. Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke said. Sixty-two percent of voters in the 2008 elections agree that it is more important than ever to take on health care reform in light of the economic downturn. About twothirds have family incomes less than twice the Federal poverty level (FPL). 8 The Urban Institute reports that 22. Reforming the nation’s health care system will be an essential part of shoring up the nation’s long-term economic strength. or they do not qualify for employer-offered coverage. health care reform is an essential part of restoring America’s overall economy and the finances of our working families. 6 . businesses.11 Only one in ten have incomes higher than four times the Federal poverty level.4 million in 2000. on government spending. and on the country’s ability to compete globally.1). on U. ACCESS!MILLIONS OF AMERICANS LACK COVERAGE The U. some have asked whether the time is right for a large — and likely expensive — effort at comprehensive health care reform in the United States. Roosevelt and the New Deal generation as they sought a path out of the Great Depression.3 percent of the population. 1 . is the only developed country without health coverage for all of its citizens. 7 . Eight in ten of the uninsured come from working families. Health care reform is not a distraction from addressing our economic challenges. For example. A better understanding of each of these key issues demonstrates the need for immediate action by the next Congress. And a number of studies show that the uninsured are less likely to receive preventive care or even care for traumatic injuries. and the need for better-quality care. solving America’s economic challenges will require a multifaceted response.000 uninsured adults die prematurely each year as a direct result of lacking access to care. heart attacks.S. But the link between health care costs and the economy is incontrovertible.10. Twentythree percent forgo necessary care every year due to cost. lacked health insurance in 2007 — up from 38. Each of these challenges has a direct effect on family budgets.7 million Americans. Health care concerns are closely tied to economic anxiety. or 15. Now. “Improving the performance of our healthcare system is without a doubt one of the most important challenges that our nation faces. 9 A majority of the uninsured has low or moderate incomes (see Figure 1.4 Those without health coverage generally experience poorer health and worse health outcomes than those who are insured. the cost of care.CHAPTER I THE CASE FOR REFORM At a day-long health reform summit hosted by the Senate Finance Committee this year. 2 This moment in history is not unlike that faced by President Franklin D. The key challenges facing our health care system are lack of access to care.S. as then.” 1 With a world financial crisis demanding a significant investment of government resources. 3 An estimated 45. and chronic diseases.12 But these workers are either not offered coverage by their employer and cannot access it through a family member. they might not be eligible because they work part-time.

requested an up-front cash payment of $105.” without enough coverage to keep their medical bills manageable. she learned that after being in remission for more than a year. Uninsured by Federal Poverty Level 400%+FPL 10% 300-399% FPL 8% <100% FPL 37% 200-299% FPL 17% 100-199% FPL 29% Source: KCMU/Urban Institute analysis of March 2008 CPS. 16 REAL PEOPLE. Ms.000 in bills incurred before February 2008. REAL REASONS FOR REFORM: In 2006. According to a recent study by The Commonwealth Fund. the hospital.000 each month for those bills. and she is paying $2. In addition to the uninsured. Lisa Kelly was diagnosed with acute leukemia. Ms. 15 Despite their insurance coverage.000 annual limit. she had to wait one year for the new plan to cover her treatment. with a monthly premium of $633. paying their rent. the policy had a $37. In June.Figure 1. medical debt keeps these Americans from feeding their families. her leukemia has returned. Since her cancer was a pre-existing condition. Kelly is still personally responsible for more than $145. M. Medical debt contributes to half of all filed bankruptcies. And due to the flimsy coverage provided by her policy.13 She had insurance!an AARP Medical Advantage plan. Kelly enrolled in a high-risk insurance plan administered by Blue Cross Blue Shield of Texas in February 2007. with a monthly premium of $185.000 before it would start providing chemotherapy treatment. Although Blue Cross started paying her new hospital bills earlier this year. 2 . underwritten by UnitedHealth Group Inc. Unfortunately. another 25 million Americans are “underinsured. 79 million Americans are unable to pay their medical bills 14 — and of those. Anderson Cancer Center. and affects approximately two million people a year.D. or heating their homes. more than 47 million were insured when the expenses were incurred.1.

1990. Even before the current economic crisis. 1993. American businesses are straining to absorb rising health care costs while staying competitive at home and around the world.S. including obesity.791 $4. Premiums have increased 117 percent for families and individuals and 119 percent for employers between 1999 and 2008. U. Bureau of Labor Statistics. health insurance premiums have increased faster than wages and inflation for most years between 1988 and 2007. Congress cannot help American families’ finances or address America’s economic woes in a lasting. 1988-2007 18% 14% 12% 9% 5% 1% 19 88 19 89 19 90 19 93 19 96 19 99 20 00 20 01 20 02 20 03 20 04 20 05 20 06 20 07 Average Health Insurance Premiums and Worker Contributions for Family Coverage. 1988. 1989. demographics. 1999-2008. 3 . Why are premiums rising so fast? A recent synthesis of studies found that greater use of medical technology is a driving force — contributing between 38 and 65 percent to health care cost increases. Consumer Price Index. The Health Insurance Association of America (HIAA).247 $1. Failure to address problems in the health care system could undermine current efforts to restore the economy. 1988-2007.2 shows.2. Illustrations of Health Insurance Premium Increases Increases in Health Insurance Premiums Compared to Other Indicators. 1988-2007. KPMG Survey of EmployerSponsored Health Benefits. AND THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT American families are struggling to keep up with out-of-pocket costs for health care.354 2008 Health Insurance Premiums Overall Inflation Workers' Earnings Employer Contribution Worker Contribution Source: Kaiser/HRET Survey of Employer-Sponsored Health Benefits. City Average of Annual Inflation.COST! GROWTH IN HEALTH CARE SPENDING IS UNSUSTAINABLE FOR FAMILIES. As Figure 1. meaningful way without health care reform. 1996. Figure 1. Federal and state budgets — as well as taxpayers — are bearing an ever-increasing burden as entitlement programs such as Medicare and Medicaid consume a larger share of public expenditures. also contribute to growth in the cost of health care. 1999–2008 $12.325 $5. 17 Other factors. and productivity. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Ultimately. working families and individuals found their health care in jeopardy as the cost of employer-sponsored coverage rose beyond the means of businesses — particularly small businesses — and workers alike. Seasonally Adjusted Data from the Current Employment Statistics Survey. BUSINESSES.543 1999 117% increase $3.680 13% 11% 8% 14% 11% 9% 8% 6% 119% increase $9.

3 trillion annually.S. But as its employees grew older and health costs increased. is projected to increase by 114 percent in ten years. the maximum increase allowed under Ohio law. The company is on the verge of losing its ability to offer insurance. growing from a youthful start-up company into an established business with 47 employees. 68 percent of small to mid-size businesses (3-199 workers) offered health benefits..S. the GDP will grow by just 64 percent. 24 Spending for Medicare and Medicaid. In 2000. 18 and those who have health coverage pay the bill through higher health care costs and increased premiums. hospitals and clinics provide an estimated $56 billion in uncompensated care every year to people without health insurance. an Ohio firm. 25 Over the same period. The story of Phoenix Products (left). relayed to the Senate Finance Committee at a June 2008 hearing. Even then. The company moved away from comprehensive benefits to a limited catastrophic coverage plan. Quotes from other plans were 2½ times higher than the current rate. spends more than 16 percent of our gross domestic product (GDP) on health care — a much greater share than other industrialized nations with high-quality systems and coverage for everyone. limiting raises or reducing bonus pay. employers may not be able to afford the rest. eliminating family health benefits. Renewing coverage in 2008 cost the company 35 percent more than in 2007.. Peter Orszag. providing health benefits for more than 158 million people. Inc. premiums increased ten percent each year from 2003 to 2007.S. has appropriately noted that rising health care costs represent the “single most important factor influencing the Federal Government’s long-term fiscal balance. By 2017. 19 Even if workers can afford their portion of a premium.Additionally. 21 is far too common in the U. 4 . As recently as 2003.” 23 The U. Director of the Congressional Budget Office.20 erosion in employersponsored coverage is a serious problem. or $4. they threaten to destabilize the fiscal health of the country itself. due to many of the same factors found in the private sector. 22 As rising health care costs threaten the stability and competitiveness of American businesses.3). Phoenix Products could afford to provide a comprehensive health plan at a reasonable cost. Because employers are the principal source of health insurance in the U. A study of this “hidden tax” estimated that ten percent of California health care premiums are attributable to cost shifting due to the uninsured. the company had to dramatically alter the health plan benefit structure to keep providing any coverage at all. or providing less-than-comprehensive health coverage. has operated for 31 years. health care expenditures are expected to consume nearly 20 percent of the GDP (see Figure 1. but today that figure is 62 percent. Small business owners have increasingly been forced to decide among several painful options to offset increasing health care costs — raising health insurance premiums. REAL REASONS FOR REFORM: Phoenix Products. REAL PEOPLE.

The Long Term Budget Outlook (Dec.S.S. “Health Spending Projections Through 2017”. at least 29 states have already taken action to reduce their budget deficits for fiscal year 2009. administrative costs represent 5. they can raise taxes or cut spending on Medicaid and other vital services. Our international competitiveness depends on the health of our workforce. compared to about 22 percent for coverage purchased in the private insurance market in the U.R.4). the strength of our health care system is increasingly important. other countries demonstrate the possibility of success. Economy and Federal Budget 43.S. On average. 28 States face limited choices in trying to meet budget shortfalls.3. compared to $1.S.31 While there must be a uniquely American answer to the question of containing health care costs. home to profitable insurance companies and influential pharmaceutical companies. the U. when the economies of the world are ever more interconnected.200 in the U. 30 In a study of global health care systems. In Switzerland. 27 In response.5% 16.0% 20. Although polls show that many Americans believe the U. Many state governments are struggling to meet balanced budget requirements.Figure 1. in the 21st century.0% 37. journalist and author T. Health Care Spending Poses Long Term Challenges for U. Reid found startling cost differences with the U. Finally.3% 2007 2050 Health Care Spending as % of GDP 2007 2050 Medicare & Medicaid as % of Total Federal Budget Sources: Keehan.S. 5 . 2007) States face fiscal challenges ALSO. health care system is better than other industrialized nations. CBO. 29 the numbers do not demonstrate this to be true. In Japan’s largely private system. As mentioned. spends a greater percent of GDP and almost twice as much per person on health care compared to other major industrialized countries (see Figure 1. the cost for magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is less than $100.S. states already spend 22 percent of their budgets on Medicaid.5 percent of total costs. 26 One effect of rising unemployment rates will be increased eligibility for and enrollment in Medicaid.

S.D.org/health/healthdata. 2008.474 $4.349 $2.4. but still did not receive recommended care one-quarter of the time.614 $2. 6 . ranks last out of 19 industrialized countries in unnecessary deaths. Patients with breast cancer fared better.K.Figure 1. United States OECD Average $2. U.449 $3. the U.488 $3. 35 Research documenting poor quality of care received by patients in the U. updated August 26.714 $3.668 $3.082 $2. and below Cuba and Hungary. Source: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. A 2003 RAND Corporation study found that adults received recommended care for many illnesses only 55 percent of the time.S.34 A recent study by the Institute of Medicine concluded that the current health care system is not making progress toward improving quality or containing costs for patients or providers.311 $3. Total Health Expenditures Per Capita.250 $2. QUALITY! POOR RETURN ON OUR HUGE INVESTMENT Despite high levels of spending on health care.999 $3.760 $6. 33 The United States has almost double the infant mortality rate of France or Germany.S. 2006 Australia Austria Belgium Canada Denmark Finland France Germany Ireland Italy Japan Luxembourg Netherlands Norway Sweden Switzerland U.32 America ranks 29th out of 37 countries for infant mortality — tied with Slovakia and Poland. is shocking.606 $3.202 $4. http://www.S. OECD Health Data 2008. Needed care for diabetes was delivered only 45 percent of the time and for pneumonia only 39 percent of the time.371 $3.391 $4.303 Amounts in U.824 $2. and Selected Countries.678 $3.oecd.

Polling repeatedly demonstrates that Americans want and deserve better access to care. tests. The majority of Americans also believes that coverage should be provided for the uninsured. 39 Providers are not consistently encouraged to coordinate patients’ care or to supply preventive and primary care services. 90 percent of Americans respond that the system should be “completely rebuilt” or that “fundamental changes” are needed. Although many patients do receive excellent care. many more receive uncoordinated. and better value from their health care system. those who currently have health coverage do not want to lose those benefits. better quality care. are unable to access care when needed. and use resources more judiciously could reduce costs and. race. Americans are not getting their money’s worth when patients receive services of little or no value 37. fragmented care. the lack of quality across our health care system contributes to the problem of rising costs. duplicate tests. or ineffective tests and treatments. Medicare and most other insurers continue to pay for more visits. most importantly. 40 WHAT AMERICANS WANT FROM THEIR HEALTH CARE SYSTEM Americans are acutely aware of problems in the country’s health care system. 36 Recommended preventive services were provided just 41 percent of the time. even though such actions can improve quality of care and reduce costs.The same researchers at RAND found that children received recommended care only 47 percent of the time. age. Yet the current system does little to steer providers toward the right choices. and insurance status do not provide any advantage. the amount of money that they have paid out of pocket for their own health care has increased. or minor tinkering. Rewarding providers that furnish better quality care. over the past five years. 43 Americans also want relief from rapidly rising premiums and medical debt. 45 7 . and procedures. income. In short. major repairs.” 41 When asked whether our health system needs a complete overhaul. Even more disturbing is the finding that all patients are at risk for poor quality care — gender. better meet the health care needs of millions more American patients. More than 70 percent of Americans rate our health care system as “fair” or “poor. and pay even more when treatment results in subsequent injury or illness. 44 Three out of four say that. or obtain care through hospital emergency departments after their condition has worsened due to lack of timely intervention. 42 At the same time. and children with chronic illnesses received about 53 percent of needed services.38 — such as hospitalizations that could have been prevented with appropriate outpatient treatment. Even though more care does not necessarily mean better care. Sixty-five percent of those polled admit that it is “somewhat” or “very difficult” for them to afford health care and health insurance. coordinate care. regardless of whether the treatment is effective or necessary. imaging services. Many people are satisfied with their personal providers or their current coverage and do not want to jeopardize those connections to the system. and ready for change. calling the issue of the uninsured a very serious problem. Beyond the known medical risks that low-quality care poses for individual Americans.

most Americans agree on the principles that health reform should embrace. These principles form the foundation of this Call to Action.5. America’s businesses — and the economy — depend on it.5). the task remains difficult because Americans do not necessarily agree on how to achieve it (see Figure 1. opposition to each of these options is also somewhat substantial. Moreover. Such a system may not be viable in a country that values individuality. and a preference for market-based solutions. Any serious health reform proposal must include policies that will slow the rate of growth in health spending over time. and reduce costs to make our system sustainable for the future. There is widespread agreement that every American should have health coverage. BAUCUS PRINCIPLES: THE VISION FOR OUR HEALTH CARE SYSTEM While there may be differences of opinion on the solutions. increase the quality of care for all. Oct 19-22.46 Figure 1. There is also agreement that our health care system must do a better job of containing costs.Despite widespread agreement on the need for reform. choice. or a mandate that all individuals purchase coverage. A mix of public and private solutions must be found to keep our system from leaving millions of Americans behind. This does not mean that a government program should provide the coverage. Although a majority of respondents would support a mandate on employers to provide coverage. some of this support erodes when respondents are asked whether they would be willing to have more government responsibility or higher taxes — though half of all surveyed in 2007 said they would support reform even under these circumstances. Lack of Consensus on Reform Options Support Employer Mandate Oppose 62% 31% Medicare-for-All 53% 36% Individual Mandate Tax Breaks to Make Insurance More Affordable 51% 39% 44% 45% Source: Los Angeles Times/Bloomberg poll. 2007 Policymakers need to sift through the options and combine the best of American’s desires for a new health care system to ensure health coverage for every American. a “Medicare-for-all” single-payer option. Along with efforts to rein in 8 . The sustainability of the nation’s public programs.

Our public health programs would be on a more fiscally sustainable path than they are today. high-quality health care. Employers. the quality of care must improve. including the uninsured. Wellness and prevention would be encouraged. Our system must also encourage wellness and the prevention of disease through early detection. and all Americans would gain the ability to leave a job or start a new business without worrying about prospects for future coverage. Providers should improve their performance to ensure consistent. The system envisioned here guarantees access to affordable coverage for every American. Employers should contribute toward health insurance choices and financing. promoting better value for our dollar. it is possible to envision a high-performing health care system in the future. and providing subsidies to low-income families. and encouragement of healthy lifestyle choices. Providing coverage to all Americans would lower costs by including the healthiest individuals in the risk pool to offset the costs of the sickest individuals — and maintaining wellness rather than treating illness. to take better care of their own health. When illness cannot be prevented. The system envisioned here would ensure that every individual could access affordable coverage by creating a nationwide insurance pool. individuals. through state and Federal governments. Others. Individuals have the responsibility to get coverage. It also aims to lower costs by improving the quality of the care that all Americans receive. and to play a larger role in health care treatment decisions. 9 . should help those who lack the means to buy insurance on their own and ensure that the insurance market is fair and transparent. precluding discrimination by insurers based on health status. Employers. With these principles in mind. and government all have a role to play — and a contribution to make — to the system. To ensure that affordable options are available to all. The costs of health care would be more manageable so that employers could afford to offer coverage to their employees and still compete in a global marketplace.health spending. and individuals who currently struggle to find and afford health coverage. Such a system would guarantee Americans the choice of a health plan that they can afford. modification of risk factors. and payment systems should better align incentives to foster a focus on providing better care rather than more care. Those who like their current coverage arrangements could keep what they have. Another critical principle in health reform is the recognition that health care is a shared responsibility. and government would all bear responsibility and contribute toward fulfilling that goal. This approach will allow every American to be enrolled in some form of health care plan. and reforming the delivery system. would have options. families. the focus should be on care coordination. Providing coverage to all Americans would make health care truly portable and allow Americans to change jobs when they wanted. either private or public. rather than remaining locked in by their need for health coverage. individuals. This Call to Action represents a vision for creating that highperforming health care system. assistance must be provided to small businesses. Society.

2008).pdf. no. 2008). 10 . http://www.000.” The Commonwealth Fund. Stan Dorn. (2008). Medical Care Use.org/publications/411588. Kaiser Family Foundation. U. and Short-term Health Changes Following an Unintentional Injury or the Onset of a Chronic Condition. “Income.org/uninsured/upload/7806. June 10. Census Bureau.6 (2000): 817-23. http://finance. http://www. no. “Coverage for all”.pdf.urban. 284. 2 1 Henry J. “Health of the Private Health Insurance Market. no. John Z. http://www.S.” The Kaiser Family Foundation. 8 7 John G.census. 297. But Americans without health insurance — as well as those in need of better coverage or in danger of losing their coverage — need the process to start now.” (Testimony before the House Committee on Ways and Means. 5 6 Jack Hadley..16 (2000): 2061-9. Canto et al. Karen Davis.pdf.200 and $42. “Five Basic Facts on the Uninsured. Richard G. Roetzheim et al.gov/prod/2008pubs/p60-235.html. Bernanke.The passage and implementation of comprehensive health care reform will not happen overnight. 4 3 U.” The Kaiser Family Foundation. Ayanian et al. U. “Five Basic Facts on the Uninsured. 9 Henry J. (2008). Henry J. Poverty.” The Urban Institute. “Illness and Injury as Contributors to Bankruptcy. Kaiser Family Foundation. “Effects of Health Insurance and Race on Colorectal Cancer Treatments and Outcomes. “47 Million & Counting: Why the Health Care Marketplace is Broken. June 16. Census Bureau.S. in this context.” Journal of the American Medical Association. “Kaiser Health Care Tracking Poll: Election 2008.” Health Affairs no.S.kff.600 and for a family of four it is $21. House of Representatives.gov/healthsummit2008/Statements/Chairman%20Bernanke’s%20Remarks.pdf.11 (2000): 1746-54. (2008).kaiserfamilyfoundation. Lisa Kelly.” The Kaiser Family Foundation. “Unmet Health Needs of Uninsured Adults in the United States. In 2008. http://www. Subcommittee on Health. 14 13 12 11 10 Karen Davis. “Payer Status and the Utilization of Hospital Resources in Acute Myocardial Infarction. Ben S. 24 (2005): 5-70. “Challenges for Health-Care Reform” (Testimony before the Senate Committee on Finance Health Care Summit. http://www. (2008). 160. 100 percent of the Federal poverty level for a family of three is $17.. Senate.400 for a family of four. Two hundred percent of the Federal poverty level for a family of three is $35.S.” Archives of Internal Medicine. no. It does not necessarily mean that this coverage is financed by government spending.senate.org/kaiserpolls/upload/7832. 16 15 David Himmelstein et al. others finance coverage through a mix of public and private spending.. “Insurance Coverage. “Shifting Health Care Financial Risk to Families Is Not a Sound Strategy: The Changes Needed to Ensure Americans’ Health Security. Kaiser Family Foundation.kaiserfamilyfoundation.” American Journal of Public Health 90.S. The health system is so complex that any solution will demand time and attention to make sure that we get it right.” Journal of the American Medical Association. U. means that every citizen in the country has health care coverage. Senate. While many developed countries finance health care primarily through government funds.pdf. September 23.org/uninsured/upload/7806. and Health Insurance Coverage in the United States: 2007. 2008).” (Testimony before the Senate Committee on Finance.10 (2007): 1073-84. “Uninsured and Dying Because Of It: Updating the Institute of Medicine Analysis on the Impact of Uninsurance on Mortality.” U.

pdf. Organization for Economic Co-Operation and Economic Development. 26 25 24 National Association of State Budget Officers.cbpp. Teresa A.nasbo.” NCSL.Sarah Goodell and Paul B. and Dawn Miller.net/files/HealthIBNo3. (2008): 58-71. (2008).” The Kaiser Family Foundation.” Harvard University/Harris Interactive. 5. “Recent Trends in Infant Mortality in the United States. “Sick Around the World. “The Quality of Ambulatory Care Delivered to Children in the United States. (2001).S. U. no. “The Fiscal Survey of States” National Association of State Budget Officers.S. Frontline.” (Testimony before the Senate Committee on Finance. Jack Hadley. (2008).commonwealthfund. Ginsburg. “Measuring the Health of Nations: Updating an Earlier Analysis. 2007): 1515-23.ncsl. 1. “A Premium Price: The Hidden Cost All Californians Pay in Our Fragmented Health Care System. Rita Mangione-Smith. 23 22 Peter Orszag. Senate.” (Testimony before the Senate Budget Committee.org/pdf/7790. “OECD Health Data 2008. “Americans’ Views on the U. et. http://ehbs.” New England Journal of Medicine. http://www.org/9-26-08sfp. (2006).kff.” The Robert Wood Johnson Foundation.org/wbgh/pages/frontline/sickaroundtheworld. (2008). “Employer Health Benefits Survey.. no.htm. 27. “The Budget and Economic Outlook: Fiscal Years 2008 to 2018.costdrivers. “Employer Health Benefits Survey. Martin McKee.pdf?section=4039. 2008). “State Balanced Budget Requirements. (2008). July 17. Marian F. 2008.pdf. John Holahan. http://www.” Health Affairs. 36 11 . Sources Of Payment. 2008.rwjf. (2008).pdf.org/programs/fiscal/balreqs. and Incremental Costs.policysynthesis.” The New America Foundation. Health Care Spending. (2003). http://ehbs. (2008): 399-415. et al.org/files/research/101508. Peter Harbage and Len Nichols. Jason Levitis. Kaiser Family Foundation and Health Research and Educational Trust. (2008). Senate. MacDorman and T. are constitutionally bound to balance their budgets.S. June 10. 35 34 33 Committee on Quality of Health Care in America.pdf.” Centers for Disease Control and Prevention..org/usr_doc/StateScorecard. Ellen Nolte and C. 27 National Conference of State Legislators.” Health Affairs 27. Iris J. Coughlin.” Institute of Medicine. (2008). 27. no. January 24. http://www. 31 32 30 29 28 PBS.” The Kaiser Family Foundation. except Vermont.S. 2008).S. http://www. Mathews.al.J. Sean Keehan. “Covering the Uninsured In 2008: Current Costs.pdf: 2. and Edwin Park.S.brief. The Commonwealth Fund. “House Plan Effectively Targets Fiscal Relief to States.newamerica. 21 20 19 18 17 Raymond Arth.” The Center on Budget and Policy Priorities.org/Publications/PDFs/Fiscal%20Survey%20of%20the%20States%20June%202008. no. http://www. “Health Spending Projections Through 2017: The Baby-Boom Generation Is Coming to Medicare. Lav. “47 Million & Counting: Why the Health Care Marketplace is Broken” (Testimony before the Senate Committee on Finance. All States.” Health Affairs. 357 (October 11. Underuse. “The Overuse. Health Care System Compared to Other Countries.pbs. Kaiser Family Foundation and Health Research and Educational Trust. http://www.2 (2008): 145-155.org/pdf/7790. 2008). and Misuse of Health Care. “High and Rising Health Care Costs: Demystifying U. Health System Performance” The Commonwealth Fund.pdf. U. “Crossing the Quality Chasm: A new Health System for the 21st Century. Peter Orszag. U. Senate.” OECD.kff.” www. Harvard University School of Public Health/Harris Interactive. “Why Not the Best? Results from the National Scorecard on the U.

com/stories/2007/03/01/opinion/polls/main2528357. (2001): 1-335.cbsnews.org/kaiserpolls/upload/7804. 2007). (2008). Quality. Donald Berwick et al.kff. Blendon. 12 . and Kennedy School of Government..” Institute of Medicine. Ibid. CBS/NYT Poll (Conducted February 23-27.” Annals of Internal Medicine 138.” NPR/Kaiser Family Foundation/Harvard School of Public Health.” Harvard School of Public Health. 2007).37 Elliot S. http://www. NPR/Kaiser Family Foundation/Harvard School of Public Health. (2008). “The Implications of Regional Variations in Medicare Spending. and Accessibility of Care.shtml. Fisher et al. 40 41 Robert J. Part 1: The Content.org/programs/morning/features/2008/feb/insurance/summary. 3 (2008): 768.pdf Kaiser Family Foundation. 42 CBS/NYT Poll (Conducted February 23-27. no. “The Triple Aim: Care.shtml. http://www.” Health Affairs 27. no. “Crossing the Quality Chasm: A new Health System for the 21st Century. 45 46 44 43 Ibid... 38 39 Committee on Quality of Health Care in America. Health and Cost. “The Public on Requiring Individuals to Have Health Insurance. “Low-Wage Workers Survey” The Kaiser Family Foundation.cbsnews. http://www. http://www.com/stories/2007/03/01/opinion/polls/main2528357.pdf. 293. “Lessons for the Next Debate: Understanding the Public on the Health Care Costs/Uninsured Issue. 4 (2003): 283.npr. The Washington Post/Harvard University.

would upend health care for more than half the American people — 158 million in all. We must ensure the continued viability of the employer-based system — the principal source of health coverage for most Americans — to allow workers to keep the insurance that they currently have and value. state.CHAPTER II BAUCUS PLAN: INCREASING ACCESS TO AFFORDABLE HEALTH COVERAGE Achieving health coverage for every American has proven an elusive goal for decades. Additional assistance must be available to families. regional. Each was unsuccessful for its own unique reasons. and meaningful health insurance. 2 This plan envisions a role for employers to contribute to employees’ access to health care. In order to make insurance affordable. the existing insurance market must be reformed. A mechanism must be established to allow health care consumers to find and obtain health coverage that best meet their needs. Insurers offering coverage through the Exchange would need to meet certain requirements established by a new Independent Health Coverage Council. health system has become very complex. Covering all Americans means the enrollment of every individual in some form of health care plan. the U. or national levels. dating back to the first attempt at national health reform in the early 1900s by the Progressive Party. But the series of changes and reforms envisioned in this Call to Action can eventually remake the current system to ensure every American has access to high-quality health care through affordable. and the Health Security Act proposed by President Clinton in 1993.S. This mechanism — the Health Insurance Exchange — will connect individuals and employers to insurance offered at local. Strengthening the Employer-Based System. as some have proposed. Over the years. private or public. portable. Significant changes will take time to approve and implement. individuals. and small businesses who currently struggle to find and afford health insurance. Guaranteed Access to Affordable Coverage for Individuals and Small Business. with deeply entrenched interests. Eliminating employer-based coverage. The Baucus plan incorporates six important elements as it moves towards covering all Americans: " Individual Responsibility. the plan proposed by President Nixon in the 1970s. The lack of appropriate standards and regulation in certain markets 13 " " . as did the Wagner-Murray-Dingell bill and attempts by President Truman in the 1940s. But the principle of individual responsibility can be applied only when affordable options are available to all. 1 That effort failed. Reforms enacted through the Exchange could improve access to health coverage for all.

Focusing on Prevention and Wellness. Existing public programs represent an effective and efficient way to increase access to coverage and decrease the number of uninsured. rather than treating illness — which would improve quality and reduce costs across the health care system. The remainder of this chapter provides additional detail on these elements. These disparities must be addressed and ultimately eliminated. ethnicity. race. Requirements of the Exchange would be extended to improve fair price and quality competition in the insurance market as a whole so that coverage would be more affordable and available to more Americans. Offering individuals approaching age 65 the chance to buy into Medicare early and eliminating the requirement that disabled individuals wait two years to enroll in Medicare would ensure coverage to populations that the private market is under-serving. We can strengthen public health care programs promptly. Creation of the Exchange would take time. Increased access to preventive care and wellness is another step that could be accomplished in the short term. racial and ethnic minorities disproportionately lack ready access to high-quality medical care. though the impact on state and Federal budgets must also be considered. In our current health care system. " Strengthening Public Programs. " " These six elements combine to give every American a role and a responsibility in reforming our health care system to ensure coverage for every individual. health disparities continue to worsen for others. but more immediate steps could provide relief to Americans most in need of health coverage and begin to improve the health of the country overall. Addressing Health Disparities. 14 . Improving Medicaid and the State Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) could provide coverage quickly to additional lowincome Americans while serving current beneficiaries better. or income — and that is what this Call to Action would give them. Increased attention and funding for the Indian Health Service (IHS) could improve care for Native American and Alaska Native populations. Our system also prohibits certain legal immigrants from getting health care for five years.fails far too many Americans who need health care. This gives rise to differences in both health status and health care among various groups in our diverse population. Increasing the availability and effectiveness of primary care coverage could create a national focus on maintaining wellness. Though medical advances benefit much of the population. Americans want and deserve a system that provides equal access to health coverage and health care for all — regardless of age.

then premiums for all enrollees will increase to cover insurer outlays. Enforcement of a responsibility to have health care through the tax system has advantages. Efforts to guard against and better manage illness are an effective tool to contain costs. the costs of care for 46 million Americans without health insurance are largely borne by those with insurance.A. the Exchange would also allow individuals to enroll in health care plans in various convenient locations. and have their medical bills paid when they are sick. Requiring all Americans to have health coverage would also ensure that the insurance market functions effectively. and these costs are passed along to consumers in the form of increased premiums. Insurance works because policyholders pay into their plans when healthy. If a significant portion of Americans does not purchase coverage until sick. standard. the 15 . Every individual would receive a certificate of coverage from their insurer to demonstrate that they are meeting their responsibility. those efforts will fall short of their full potential. described more fully below. high-quality. INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITY Once affordable. Today. If a premium subsidy for health care was administered through the tax code. is how to deal with individuals who do not file a tax return due to their low tax liability. and meaningful health insurance options are available to all Americans. simple form for enrollment in a plan of the consumer’s choice. local hospitals or schools. This step is necessary to make the entire health care system function properly. Available to all. and the problem of unaffordable coverage will persist. Requiring all Americans to have health coverage will help end the shifting of costs of the uninsured to the insured. providers charge higher prices to patients with private coverage to make up for uncompensated care.S. including physicians’ offices. Finally. would be the primary path for those shut out of or underserved by today’s health care system. tax system or some other point of contact between individuals and the government. The biggest advantage is that most Americans already have contact with the IRS through the annual filing of a tax return. however. it will be each individual’s responsibility to have coverage. but without every American in the system. covering all Americans is essential to effective prevention and wellness efforts and managing chronic illnesses. Departments of Motor Vehicles. The Exchange envisioned in this plan. The responsibility for all Americans to obtain coverage would be enforced possibly through the U. and local Social Security Offices. Monitoring health insurance coverage through the tax code would take advantage of this existing relationship. Implementation of a responsibility for all individuals to have coverage would be fair as long as every consumer has a reasonable avenue to find and purchase affordable health care coverage. One issue to be addressed. 3 The cost of that uncompensated care is also unnecessarily inflated because patients without insurance often wait to receive care until they have to go to the emergency room. The Exchange would provide standardized information and a single.

the majority of working-age adults in Massachusetts — 71 percent —supported the state’s health reform efforts. all except the smallest employers would offer a Section 125 plan under the Baucus plan. Employers may also have greater negotiating power with insurance companies and more sophistication in evaluating benefits. are instrumental in providing meaningful insurance coverage to million of workers and their families. The vast majority of American employers in this category would probably continue to provide coverage as a competitive benefit to recruit employees. In a recent Gallup poll. Premiums paid with pre-tax dollars are not subject to Federal and state taxes.non-filer issue would be significantly decreased because a number of current non-filers would voluntarily file in order to get the assistance. because employers provide a natural mechanism for pooling risk by covering healthy and less healthy workers. The Commonwealth of Massachusetts has had success with this approach. Standards already in Federal law govern certain aspects of their insurance. If these employers choose not to provide coverage. By offering Section 125 plans. participants in employer-based coverage enjoy other advantages. Employer involvement in the purchase of health insurance provides many distinct advantages. employers would make it easier and cheaper for their workers to purchase insurance. The average employer contributes 84 percent of premiums for individual coverage and 73 percent of premiums for family coverage. At the end of 2007. as well as provide opportunities to remain covered after losing group coverage. large and small. Current law prevents them from being disqualified for pre-existing conditions or charged higher premiums based on their medical histories. under the Baucus plan they 16 . Large employers — especially firms paying high wages — have the greatest capability to provide coverage to their employees. 7 And because employers pool coverage for an entire group. Additionally. 5 B.4 In fact. 67 percent of Americans said that they were either completely or somewhat satisfied with the health insurance benefits that their employer offered. The Baucus plan proposes to extend and build on the tradition and success of employersponsored insurance. 98. 8 To strengthen the connection of insurance to the workplace. In the first year of Massachusetts’ individual insurance requirement. the ability to pay premiums through payroll deduction provides an easy and convenient way to purchase coverage. Besides lower premiums. economies of scale can reduce administrative costs. Section 125 plans allow employees to pay their health insurance premiums through their employer’s payroll deduction and with pre-tax dollars. 6 Health insurance also costs less when purchased through an employer rather than in the individual market.6 percent of taxpayers required to file insurance information with their tax returns complied. the health care reform effort in Massachusetts generally has been extremely popular even with the requirement for individual coverage. STRENGTHENING THE EMPLOYER-BASED SYSTEM American employers.

So that plans could be easily compared. Health Insurance Exchange. cost is also the most significant factor. Eligible individuals and small businesses would receive subsidies to make sure that coverage would be affordable. For small businesses. and would be exempt from contributions to the general coverage fund if they were still unable to offer insurance to employees. but the required contribution would be less for them than that for larger firms. Participating employers must enroll all employees through the Exchange — not only the sickest and most costly to insure. and to share the responsibility of maintaining a healthy. medium. statewide. Health care reform must enable employers large and small to continue providing coverage to workers. create understandable. Insurance companies would be prohibited from denying coverage due to pre-existing conditions and from discriminating against individuals solely due to their health status. Mid-sized and small employers would also have the option of providing adequate coverage or paying into the general coverage fund. For individuals. Benefit 17 . The contribution would likely be based on a percentage of payroll that took into account the size and annual revenues of each firm. regionally. the primary obstacle is the cost of offering coverage to employees. comparable information about those options. The Baucus plan would establish the Health Insurance Exchange through which individuals and small businesses in the market for insurance could obtain affordable health care coverage. Businesses with the fewest workers and the lowest wages would be offered a new tax credit to purchase health insurance for their employees (described below). Workers prefer the support of employers and the convenience that employer-sponsored health coverage provides. and develop a standard application for enrollment in a chosen plan. or locally. GUARANTEED ACCESS TO AFFORDABLE COVERAGE FOR INDIVIDUALS AND SMALL BUSINESSES Individuals and small businesses seeking health insurance on their own frequently encounter serious challenges in obtaining coverage. but individuals with pre-existing conditions may be denied coverage at any price. The Baucus plan envisions that the Health Insurance Exchange would offer a new opportunity for individuals and small businesses to easily compare private coverage options and a public plan and to purchase the policy that would work best for them.or low-benefit options. C. Insurance plans participating in the Exchange could operate nationally. productive. the primary purpose of which would be to organize affordable health insurance options.would have to contribute to a fund that would help to cover those who remained uninsured. globally competitive workforce. The Exchange would be an independent entity. qualifying insurers would have to offer products that could be classified as high-.

oversight of agent practices and training. participating private plans would be subject to state regulation related to solvency. Participating insurers would have to charge the same price for the same products inside and outside the Exchange. Insurers would include the assessment as part of their premiums and could remit it on a monthly or quarterly basis. The President would choose Council members who were geographically diverse and have expertise in 18 . Offsetting some of the potential risk to insurance plans is intended to limit plans’ incentives to enroll only the healthiest individuals. The Independent Health Coverage Council. Plans participating in the Exchange would be subject to oversight by states with regard to consumer protections (e. One option for making it so is a small assessment on premiums to fund activities of the Exchange. The President would appoint members of the Council with the advice and consent of the Senate for set. The Exchange would also include a new public plan option.packages could differ within reason. and how to ensure that the public-private insurance competition lowers costs and improves quality. Keeping insurance premiums in the Exchange affordable must be the guiding principle in setting any assessment. In addition. Rates paid to health care providers by this option would be determined by balancing the goals of increasing competition and ensuring access for patients to high-quality health care. Reforming the health care system to cover all Americans through a mix of private and public means involves complex decisions that must be responsive to rapid changes in the health system. reserve requirements. but it would be self-sustaining within a few years. The Exchange would have authority to implement mechanisms to ensure that plans enrolling sicker-than-expected people would not suffer a financial disadvantage compared to those enrolling healthier people. grievance procedures. Federal funds would be needed to start up the Exchange. who is eligible for it. For that reason. All plans participating in the Exchange would be subject to the same rating rules included in the insurance market reforms described later in this chapter. would inform these decisions. similar to Medicare. but Congress cannot make all necessary decisions to guide it. staggered terms. as done today by the authorizing board of the Commonwealth Connector in Massachusetts. market conduct). A number of options could be considered to determine who runs the plan. described below. and premium taxes.. offer the same levels of benefits and set the premiums the same way).. Independent Health Coverage Council. Such a system would require oversight. the Baucus plan authorizes a board of directors — called the Independent Health Coverage Council — to inform decisions that would help to guarantee that affordable health insurance options were available. Differences in premiums between packages would be due to the difference in benefits and not the differences in expected risk. external review.g. but all structures would have to be actuarially equivalent within benefit categories in order to prevent insurers from using benefit design to discourage enrollment by people with health conditions. This option would abide by the same rules as private insurance plans participating in the Exchange (e.g.

a recent Commonwealth Fund study found that insurance companies turned down one out of every five people who applied for individual coverage due to pre-existing conditions. Currently. Under the Baucus plan.insurance. consult with the Institute of Medicine and review existing state laws. The Council and the Exchange would both be subject to regular reviews and oversight by the Comptroller General. and protect enrollees against high health care expenses. 19 . Insurers in the Exchange would collect and report on the performance of providers in their networks. Consistent measures of quality would make performance rating more robust and better able to help Americans make decisions about their own care. business. insurance companies could not deny coverage to any individual nor discriminate against individuals with pre-existing conditions. income-related annual limits on out-of-pocket costs so that families were not at risk of bankruptcy by their medical expenses. The Council would ensure that coverage would be affordable. or factors that encourage healthy lifestyles — will be specified in statute after consultation with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners. For example. 9 While states have the authority to restrict this type of discrimination. consumer advocates. it would. Insurance Market Reforms. economics. and consumer protections. The new Independent Health Coverage Council would define key terms in a reformed health system. actuarial science. and asthma are at particular risk of being denied coverage by insurance companies or being offered a policy that is unaffordable. The Council would make care management and quality reporting requirements consistent with those used by Medicare to the extent practicable. Input by the Independent Health Coverage Council would keep the activities of the Exchange on track and insulated from the political process. so that Congress—and the public—can closely monitor their activities. In fact. very few have used that authority. plans and others. however. insurance companies can discriminate against older and sicker patients by charging significantly higher premiums or denying coverage altogether. In order to avoid severe adverse selection — a scenario under which the sickest patients gravitate toward one part of the insurance market — the rating rules for the Exchange would apply in the Exchange as well as in private non-group and small group markets. Individuals with pre-existing conditions such as cancer. the Council would ensure appropriate. heart disease. medicine. Rules for rating insurance policies — which have to do with how an insurer can determine a policyholder’s premium based on various criteria such as age. The ability of insurance companies to rate on age would also be limited. clinically appropriate. In doing so. tobacco use. health benefit design. provide access to necessary health services. previous illness. Specifically. The Council would also play a major role in ensuring that the public plan option meets its goals of delivering high-quality and costeffective care. The Independent Health Coverage Council would also set standards for chronic care management and quality reporting. it would define what “coverage” and “affordability” mean. among other activities.

10 In order to target the tax credit most efficiently. The employee and earnings phase-outs work together. The amount of the subsidy could be based on a benchmark that would be equal to a locally adjusted. This credit will be phased down as firm size and average earnings increase.Small Business Tax Credit. And for this reason. average premium in the Exchange. STRENGTHENING PUBLIC PROGRAMS Medicaid and the State Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) represent cornerstones of America’s health care system. D. As health care coverage becomes more expensive. There are a number of ways that such a tax credit could be structured. Both programs have an important role to play in health care reform. taking into account the reasonable percent of income to be spent on health care coverage. the Baucus plan would provide a targeted tax credit that small firms could use towards the cost of purchasing health care coverage. One option is to make the tax credit available to any small business. These programs provide access to health care for approximately 67 million low-income Americans. Premium Subsidies. the credit would be based on a firm’s size and earnings per employee. The Baucus plan also would improve Medicare by providing an option to buy into the program for individuals who are near but 20 . Initially. the number of small businesses offering their employees health care coverage is declining. In order to make health coverage affordable for all Americans. The smallest firms with the lowest average earnings will be eligible to receive a credit equal to half of the average total premium cost for employersponsored insurance in the firm’s state. The Independent Health Coverage Council would define what an “affordable” premium is. After the initial implementation. These tax subsidies would be available to individuals and families who purchased coverage through the Health Insurance Exchange. until the credit is fully phased-out. so the Baucus plan envisions specific improvements to Medicaid and CHIP that ensure these programs function effectively and efficiently in a reformed health care system. To help small businesses. the credit would be available to qualifying small businesses that operate in states with patient-friendly insurance rating rules. The premium subsidy would make up the difference between the amount suggested by the Council and the premium amount charged by the plan. the tax credit would be available to small businesses that purchase coverage for all of their employees in the Health Insurance Exchange and make a meaningful contribution towards the cost of the premium for their employees’ health care. This construct would encourage individuals to be prudent purchasers of health care policies. refundable tax credits would be available to individuals and families with incomes at or below four times the Federal poverty level. many small businesses simply cannot bear the additional cost of providing health coverage for their employees. for both individual and family coverage.

The benefits would be the same as those available to current Medicare beneficiaries. 13 By contrast. have fewer options for coverage than other age groups.not yet 65. 12 This figure represents an increase of one million since 2000. Declining health status and lack of affordable health insurance affect not only the health and wellbeing of Americans aged 55 to 64. 11 In 2007.850 for family coverage. Medicare Buy In. Americans 55 to 64 years old who had not obtained coverage through the Medicare buy-in would be able to buy insurance in the new marketplace. 14 To fill this gap in coverage. those who do not have employer-sponsored benefits or retiree coverage through a former employer.5 Uninsured individuals in this age group find it increasingly difficult to cover their medical bills as declining health can affect their ability to work and earn income. The option would be available to any individual in this age group who otherwise did not have access to health coverage through a public plan or a group health plan. It would be available until the Health Insurance Exchange was established. the plan would increase funding for the Indian Health Service. or about 12 percent of the total population in that age group. they continue to have fewer and fewer affordable insurance options as retiree health care coverage erodes and pre-existing conditions make private insurance prohibitively expensive or impossible to obtain altogether. The average annual premium for those aged 60 to 64 was more than $5. This new Medicare buy-in option is temporary. While this age group tends to be one of the least likely to be uninsured. And while they may require increased access to medical care. The Baucus plan would make health care coverage immediately available to Americans aged 55 to 64 through a Medicare buy-in.000. The individual insurance market can provide a source of coverage for this population. coverage for a person aged 18 to 24 was $1. but also their pocketbooks. including needed surgeries.360 for single coverage in the individual market and $2. Once that new infrastructure is in place. but health insurance offerings in that market are often unaffordable — or even unavailable to those with pre-existing health conditions. Those already enrolled in the Medicare buyin would have the option to remain in Medicare. Nearly 12 percent of those aged 55 to 64 report annual medical expenditures of more than $10. The premium amount would be calculated so that the total costs for the buy-in population 21 . Medicare would charge enrollees electing the buy-in option an annual premium. over four million people aged 55 to 64 were uninsured. the Baucus plan would allow individuals aged 55 to 64 to buy Medicare coverage. People in this age group face greater risk of illness than their younger counterparts.000 for single coverage and $9. Uninsured Americans aged 55 to 64 are twice as likely as their insured counterparts to report having to delay seeking medical care. The plan also would allow disabled individuals access to Medicare without a waiting period. Finally. and who lack other insurance.200 for family coverage in the individual market in 2006-2007.

Pregnant women with incomes below 133 percent of the poverty level. but the Medicare program overall.would be budget neutral. in death. ultimately. prevent disabling conditions. Thus. As a result of the 24-month Medicare waiting period. the Congress expanded Medicare eligibility to include people with disabilities. It is anticipated that people with disabilities would also eventually be able to purchase coverage in a reformed health insurance market. 20 A modernized Medicaid program is an essential component of health reform. this option would not create new costs for the Medicare program or for taxpayers. The Baucus plan would begin to phase-out the current two-year waiting period for Medicare coverage for people with disabilities. The Medicare program might also benefit through reduced costs for this population relative to what might have been spent if these individuals were uninsured in the decade prior to becoming Medicare eligible. falling into poverty or. and provide protection from catastrophic medical costs. 16 Phase Out of Disability Waiting Period. Elderly and poor individuals who receive cash assistance from the Supplemental Security Income (SSI) program. an estimated 400. The Federal government and the states share responsibility for funding and administration of Medicaid. Families who meet financial requirements of the former Aid to Families with Dependent Children (AFDC) cash assistance program. The mandatory beneficiary populations are: ! ! ! ! ! Children under age six who are in families below 133 percent of the poverty level. Established in 1965. 18 Forcing Americans with disabilities to wait two years for Medicare coverage results in these people having inadequate health care. 17 At that time. Medicaid. 21 22 . An option for those 55 to 64 to buy into Medicare could enable individuals to remain healthy and continue working. which could lead to improved health status upon Medicare eligibility at age 65. Federal law establishes certain categories of beneficiaries to which states must offer Medicaid benefits as a condition for Federal financial participation. Providing immediate assistance to the Americans aged 55 to 64 would benefit not only individuals in this age group. Children over age six in families below 100 percent of the poverty level. Medicaid is a program intended to serve low-income Americans and those with serious health conditions or disabilities.15 It would also help to ensure that individuals would not experience a break in coverage during this age period. In 1972. Congress created a “Medicare waiting period.” which requires people with disabilities to receive Social Security Disability Insurance (SSDI) for 24 months prior to becoming eligible for Medicare coverage.000 Americans with disabilities are uninsured and many more are underinsured. Medicaid currently covers approximately 61 million Americans 19 and is the source of health insurance for 14 percent of non-elderly Americans (age 64 and below).

6 15. Establishing a national eligibility minimum of 100 percent of the Federal poverty level would help to streamline Medicaid. The Baucus plan aims to solve that problem by extending Medicaid eligibility to every American living in poverty. Building on the existing Medicaid program is also efficient. Medicaid is a vital source of coverage for low-income Americans.2 16. least likely to be able to afford it. Many states cover adults as an optional population. including the Commonwealth Fund 25 and the insurance industry. and if such coverage is offered.1 million low-income people with access to health coverage. all states provide Medicaid benefits to optional populations.2 9. Federal law does not require states to cover adults under Medicaid.1 below. In fact. 22 Medicaid enrollment in 2007 is displayed in Table 2. and the easiest and quickest way to provide insurance to those living in poverty. those at the bottom of the income scale are least likely to be able to purchase coverage on their own. though coverage is very limited. 23 . many with different poverty levels. or pregnant — regardless of income.0 60. but existing state Medicaid programs have not reached everyone living below the poverty level.27 Providing Medicaid to everyone below the poverty level is both consistent with the original intent of Medicaid. least likely to have employer-sponsored coverage.States have discretion to cover populations beyond those that Federal law mandates. This would result in more equitable treatment for all Americans living in poverty. Reducing the number of uninsured by increasing Medicaid enrollment has been embraced by a diverse coalition.0 26.6 9. elderly. Twenty-seven states have eligibility levels for non-working adults with incomes below the poverty level and 26 states have eligibility levels less than the poverty level for working adults. States currently have dozens of eligibility categories. Moreover. Medicaid coverage is limited to very low-income Americans. 28 Determining eligibility under the Baucus plan would be much easier than in the categorical eligibility system currently in place. Table 2.9 100 23 Source: Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS).9 Percent of total Medicaid enrollment 48. unless they are disabled.5 6. 24 Thus in most states. All states except Alaska and Connecticut have eligibility levels for disabled optional populations of less than the poverty level.1. Medicaid Enrollment in 2007 Population Children Adults Blind/Disabled Elderly Total Number enrolled (in millions) 29. 26 Making this change would provide at least 7.

thereby giving states with lower-than-average income levels a higher FMAP rate and thus a higher Federal percentage match. Medicaid must be strong and stable so that eligible individuals can rely on it. Currently. 29 The goal of covering all Americans is an opportunity for the Federal government to partner with states to reduce the number of low-income uninsured Americans. but the highest FMAP rate is 73 percent. as people lose jobs and health insurance.4 billion. states require help managing the costs associated with unanticipated increases in Medicaid enrollment. for example. called the Federal Medical Assistance Percentage. 33 24 . Each state’s FMAP rate is based on the state’s per capita income level. Simplifying eligibility would expedite and lower the costs associated with states’ eligibility determination processes.32 the strain caused by decreased revenues and greater Medicaid participation forces states to reduce spending — often cutting back safety net programs like Medicaid at a time when they are needed most. Existing mandatory eligibility populations would be unaffected by this plan. state revenues decrease and Medicaid rolls increase. The Baucus plan would invest new Federal resources to help states. Every one-percent increase in the national unemployment rate. and is committed to finding ways for the Federal government and the states to share responsibility for the costs associated with increased Medicaid enrollment. 30 One million new Medicaid beneficiaries increase state Medicaid spending by $1. 13 states receive the minimum 50 percent match. Uniform and simplified verification and renewal rules should be established to help minimize the “churning” that typically occurs within Medicaid. The financial responsibility shared by the Federal and state governments is carried out through a matching system. or FMAP. Current Federal matching rates and other policies consistent with this policy would remain intact for any population with income eligibility that exceeds 100 percent of the poverty level. in which the Federal government and the state government each pay a certain percentage of total Medicaid expenses. FMAP rates range from 50 percent to 83 percent and there is no cap on the total Federal financial participation. especially in times of economic distress. The same is true for optional populations that states have elected to cover — because states would be required to maintain current eligibility levels (even those above 100 percent of the poverty level). In order to strengthen and stabilize Medicaid. 31 As all states (except Vermont) are constitutionally bound to balance their budgets. results in an additional one million people enrolling in Medicaid. States should get help from the Federal government to engage in outreach to potentially eligible individuals and to modernize their eligibility and enrollment data systems because the current systems are so antiquated that they are unable to meet today’s data demands.Additional efforts to streamline Medicaid eligibility and enrollment are also part of the plan. No one currently eligible would lose access to Medicaid. When the national economy experiences a downturn. According to Federal law. The Baucus plan includes an additional improvement to the Medicaid program.

Congress temporarily increased FMAP rates by 2. Similarly. so long as states agreed not to cut benefit options during the FMAP increase.76 new jobs per state.41 Despite this progress. $3. . In 2003. but earn too much to qualify for Medicaid. and depth of an economic downturn occurs.” 35 The details of an economic indicator-based trigger and the level of assistance must be responsible without being too rigid or too lax. as part of the Jobs and Growth Tax Relief Reconciliation Act. State Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP). CHIP helped to reduce the number of uninsured children by about one-third overall. . more than 6. 38 Because CHIP is financed through a block grant to states. the Government Accountability Office (GAO) recommended consideration of two factors — the number of states experiencing an increase in unemployment and the magnitude of that increase — in setting a trigger. The Federal government pays a higher percentage of the total program costs for CHIP than for Medicaid. and an average of 33. When the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP) was created as part of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997. Creating this mechanism to maintain Medicaid’s stability during nationwide economic slumps or significant downturns for individual states builds on recent success in addressing tough economic situations. Like Medicaid.35 million in new state business activity . In its first ten years. averaging about 70 percent nationally. the amount and duration of the FMAP increase must be calibrated to provide states with enough support for the right amount of time.5 million children were covered through CHIP. more than one in ten children remains uninsured. In a 2006 report.23 million in new wages. duration. 42 25 . 36 Determining the specific trigger requires careful construction in order to ensure that state economic distress is measured reliably and accurately. the total Federal financial participation in CHIP is capped regardless of rising costs or increased numbers of eligible children. it was the largest expansion of health insurance coverage for American children in more than 30 years. on average. .To ensure that Medicaid is a reliable component of a reformed American health care system. from 23 percent to 14 percent. $1. 34 A study by Families USA found that for “every million dollars a state invests in Medicaid [it] will generate. . 40 In 2006. . CHIP is financed jointly by the state and Federal governments. 37 CHIP was intended to provide health insurance to children whose families cannot afford to purchase health insurance in the private market. 39 CHIP has reduced by one-quarter the number of uninsured children with effective family incomes between 100-200 percent of the poverty level. this plan would increase FMAP rates when a predetermined combination of circumstances measuring the timing.95 percent.

43 The original intent behind CHIP was to provide access to health insurance for all lowincome families who make too much to qualify for Medicaid. putting help within reach for more needy Americans. States that currently cover children above 250 percent of the poverty level would continue to do so. Center on Budget and Policy Priorities. With an expansion of CHIP. similar efforts should be encouraged in Medicaid and CHIP to assure that our 26 . 44 Under these financial constraints. The Baucus plan would require states to use CHIP to cover all children at or below 250 percent of the poverty level and who are not Medicaid eligible. Impact of CHIP on Uninsured Children Source: Improving Children’s Health. Currently. 46 In addition. as our health care delivery system is modernized to improve quality and access to care.1. or lowering the income eligibility thresholds. the Federal government and states would join together to reduce the number of uninsured children in America. benefit structure. but not all CHIP programs have met that goal.45 The Baucus plan would help states with the costs associated with increased CHIP enrollment. In 2007. enforcing longer waiting periods. some states are forced to cut back their CHIP programs by freezing enrollment. and as many as 37 states were expected to face similar financial challenges for fiscal year 2008. and costsharing. capped Federal allotments to states combined with expanded eligibility lead some states to exhaust available Federal funding before the end of the fiscal year. The Federal government has several options to consider in helping the states. 14 states faced Federal funding shortfalls.Figure 2. Existing matching and other policies not inconsistent with a responsibility to have health coverage would remain in place for states with income eligibility that exceeds 250 percent of the poverty level. 2007 CHIP gives states flexibility in establishing eligibility criteria. States have used this flexibility to craft programs responsive to their unique needs.

S. Medicaid. Current spending levels pale in comparison to those of other Federal health care programs such as the Bureau of Prisons. however. some services are “rationed.” 53 The reality of this underfunding is that money for contract health services does not last the entire year. emergency. The IHS health care delivery system is organized around 12 regional offices and 163 local service units. As a result. Additionally. 27 . making the delivery of care difficult and hindering the ability to recruit and retain health care professionals. Native Americans are three times more likely to die from diabetes. cultural concerns must be respected in providing health care for Native Americans and Alaska Natives. 48 In a series of treaties and agreements forged with the tribes as sovereign nations. The Indian Health Service (IHS) currently provides health care services to an estimated 1. In fiscal year 2008. IHS. and provides various medical services. dental.3 billion. including inpatient and outpatient services. Funding for IHS consistently falls short of the amount needed to provide care for the populations it serves. Native Americans also may have private insurance. with the exception of certain urban programs or in circumstances where a tribe chooses to charge its members for health care.5 million Native Americans and Alaska Natives who belong to more than 562 federally recognized tribes in 35 states. IHS provided approximately 58. Department of Veterans Affairs and the Federal Employees Health Benefit Program (FEHBP). Native American and Alaska Native populations have unique health care concerns. government promised to provide health care to Native Americans. This predicament is so common in Indian Country that many tribal members fear that if they need care after June. and preventive health care. Currently. among other programs. 52 The IHS itself has stated that its funding does not allow it to provide all the needed care for eligible Indians. 51 IHS also contracts for medical services from local providers through what is known as contract health services. total funding for IHS was $4. 47 IHS provides free health care to eligible Native Americans and Alaska Natives.” with the most critical care given first. 49 Many members of these populations also live in physically remote areas. they will be forced to go without. when resources or funds are insufficient. forcing IHS to limit services to circumstances involving a “loss of life or limb” circumstance.000 inpatient admissions and over ten million outpatient visits. ambulatory. And Native Americans suffer from tuberculosis at a rate that is six times higher than the non-Indian population. Medicare. Health Care for Native Americans and Alaska Natives. the U. IHS regulations require that.50 In 2007. Tribal members are eligible for. the agency must set priorities for both direct and contract health care based on “relative medical need. the IHS is responsible for making sure that promise is kept. and CHIP.nation’s most vulnerable populations receive the same high-quality care that is available to those with Medicare or private insurance. is not the sole source of health care for Native Americans. about 48 percent of estimated need.

This plan proposes “RightChoices. the U.59 Despite evidence that preventive services such as smoking cessation work. E. stroke. cancer. 54 and chronic disease accounts for 70 percent of all deaths (more than 1.S. stroke. 56 About 78 percent of the nation’s total health care spending is due to chronic illness. reduced. the U. and 40 percent of cancers. and CHIP for those who are eligible to defray the costs borne by IHS directly. is staggering.S. adopted healthy diets.S. FOCUSING ON PREVENTION AND WELLNESS Chronic diseases — such as heart disease.S. The economic impact of chronic disease in the U. Nearly half (45 percent) of Americans suffer from one or more chronic conditions. The Baucus plan would increase funding for IHS. A Milken Institute study found that treatment of the seven most common chronic diseases. 60 our health system continues to emphasize expensive treatments.7 million people). as well as encourage enrollment in other programs like Medicare. coupled with productivity losses. 55 In addition. Those who are uninsured — and therefore less likely to receive preventive care and even treatment for major conditions — must be given a means to begin safeguarding and improving their health.IHS desperately needs additional funding. 57 Further. the number of Americans who have become obese has doubled since 1987. must dramatically shift its health care focus toward preventing chronic disease. 58 Despite the human and economic cost of chronic disease. Medicaid. Prevention must become a cornerstone of the health care system rather than an afterthought. costs the U. state. economy more than $1 trillion annually. and to truly change the economics of our health care system. accounting for nearly 30 percent of the rise in health care spending between 1987 and 2005. and local levels. This shift requires a fundamental change in the way individuals perceive and access the system as well as the way care is delivered. The system must support clinical preventive services and community-based wellness approaches at the Federal. For the sake of Americans’ health. It is impossible to keep America’s promise to provide care to Native Americans and Alaska Natives with the current level of IHS funding. and type-2 diabetes. and diabetes — are the most prevalent and preventable of all health problems and also the most costly. more importantly. This approach is further complicated by a fractured delivery system in which individuals with chronic conditions often see more than one provider and take multiple medications. could be prevented if Americans stopped smoking. and became more physically active. Guaranteed Access to Clinical Preventive Services and Referral to Community Resources. increased rates of obesity and chronic disease are the primary cause of disability and diminished quality of life. health system does little to address the underlying health problems that lead to these conditions. chronic disease and obesity will be better managed and. An estimated 80 percent of heart disease.” a temporary program to provide the uninsured with immediate access to a set of proven preventive 28 . With a national culture of wellness.

Medicaid. The RightChoices card would also provide referral to community resources such as smoking cessation and nutrition programs that have demonstrated success in changing and supporting healthy lifestyle choices. Preventive Services Task Force. by reducing or eliminating co-payments for recommended preventive services under Medicare.services such as a health risk assessment. Based on a patient’s risk. The Baucus plan would make prevention and wellness a priority in Medicare. The Baucus plan would do more. 29 . and age and gender appropriate cancer screenings recommended by the U. Any individual eligible for RightChoices who is not eligible for or enrolled in a private plan or public program such as Medicaid or Medicare. but whose RightChoices screening detects and diagnoses one or more of the most common. physical exam.S. Coverage for Prevention in Federal Health Programs and Private Plan Options. would increase appropriate use of these recommended preventive services and better manage the care of chronically ill beneficiaries. 63 In addition.S. Congress should explore evidence-based approaches for obesity prevention and treatment through demonstration projects in Medicare.61 It could also be used for outreach to eligible. These grants could also support the development of models to better manage. combined with expanded use of health information technology. monitor. costly chronic conditions would qualify to receive treatment for those conditions. New payment methodologies.5 percent decrease) compared to those not subject to a co-payment. uninsured Americans. immunizations. and reduce the medical risks and costs of poor health. MIPPA gave the Secretary of Health and Human Services the authority to identify new preventive services recommended by the U. Medicaid and CHIP beneficiaries would receive recommended preventive services without co-payments. and CHIP.62 Federal health programs must prioritize prevention to ensure that taxpayer dollars are used more efficiently and effectively. states would receive a three-year capped allotment based on factors such as the percentage of uninsured and the prevalence of these chronic illnesses. The Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008 (MIPPA) took a step in this direction. Individuals with incomes below 200 percent of the Federal poverty level could receive treatment at no cost. To cover the cost of this care. Medicaid. and CHIP. Treatment would be provided on a temporary basis until viable coverage options are available under the Health Insurance Exchange. a care plan would be developed to maintain good health. Medicaid enrollees subject to cost sharing of even a one dollar co-pay per service used fewer physician services and received fewer preventive services including immunizations (a 45 percent decrease) and pap smears (a 21. Evidence suggests that 96 cents of every Medicare dollar and 83 cents of every Medicaid dollar are used to treat chronic diseases. and treat these chronically ill individuals such as certified community care teams. Preventive Services Task Force for coverage under Medicare.

Grants would encourage local governments. Congress should authorize a study to identify the various federal programs that can help prevent the development of chronic disease and suggest options to more effectively coordinate efforts going forward. For example. Disparities in the health status involve increased rates of mortality. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. A National Focus on Wellness. African American infants die at a rate of 13. 66 The support provided by targeted tax credits or other subsidies and community challenge grants would help lead individuals to make positive choices for their own health. 64 Communities would be empowered and encouraged to identify and overcome barriers to healthy choices for all residents. and individuals to work together and support healthy lifestyles. and heart disease than whites. Interventions that could improve and maintain the health of preMedicare eligible individuals aged 55 to 64 would be explored. The Health Insurance Exchange created under the Baucus plan would require participating plans to include certain preventive services in its benefit package. ADDRESSING HEALTH DISPARITIES Racial and ethnic health disparities are characterized by persistent gaps in both health status and health care for minority populations. employers. race or socioeconomic status. other community organizations. and perception of one’s health. National Institutes of Health. Such coverage would be based on recommendations by appropriate entities such as the U. high blood pressure.67 The health of Americans is affected by access to insurance.68 One of the most glaring differences in health status is reflected in infant mortality. level of chronic disease burden. health care systems. and evidence suggests that this investment could result in less spending on future Medicare beneficiaries. evidence-based prevention and wellness programs at the local level. a larger share of African Americans has diabetes. This investment makes sense. nutritious food and safe places to exercise among other factors. 65 The plan would also support efforts by small businesses to create healthier work environments with tax credits or other subsidies for proven wellness programs. and the Task Force on Community Preventive Services. F. The programs would employ best practices identified by the Department of Health and Human Services. Healthier older Americans require less expensive care. Congressional proposals have called for a more coordinated national strategy to prevent chronic disease and reduce obesity. schools.6 per 1000 live births — a rate that is higher than any other racial or ethnic group and twice that of 30 . the Institute of Medicine (IOM).Demonstrations should test approaches that have shown clinical value in functioning settings.S Preventive Services Task Force. Finally. and Institute of Medicine. the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices. The plan would provide grants to states or communities to implement innovative. regardless of health status.

The Baucus plan would require participating plans in the Exchange to 31 . 77 Addressing access to health insurance coverage is not the only step in addressing disparities. Lack of adequate housing.S. they represent over half of the uninsured — over 30 percent of these two racial and ethnic groups are without health care coverage.76 The Baucus plan would make health care affordable and universally available to all Americans.S. Asians are less likely to receive timely antibiotic therapy while hospitalized. A lack of communication can mean an increased likelihood of medical errors and patients not adhering to a treatment plan. Language compatibility is also essential to ensuring quality health care for ethnically and racially diverse groups. Information must be reflected at the subpopulation level. will require standard methods of collecting data. language and cultural differences.whites. and Russia. 72 African Americans are more likely to undergo leg amputation related to diabetes and to have complications following surgery. 73 In addition. Data collection must also be more reflective of the target community from which data is gathered. While only one-third of the U. The ability for patients to communicate their needs to a provider is critical. The landmark 2003 Institute of Medicine (IOM) study. would be critical to make health care obtainable by everyone. Subsidies for low-income individuals and families. Barriers to health care can result from lack of health insurance coverage. population is made up of racial and ethnic minorities. 74 Lack of access is also a major factor affecting health care provided to racial and ethnic minority groups. a major step toward eliminating racial and ethnic health disparities. appropriate education. All federal agencies that have jurisdiction over these types of social programs should collaborate together to improve the health and well-being of our communities. Poland. demonstrated significant quality gaps in the health care provided to African Americans and Latinos. Social determinants of health must also be addressed in the effort to eliminate health disparities. and high cost. 69 The African-American infant mortality rate is even higher than that of Slovenia. The waiting period should be eliminated and eligible legal immigrants should have access to Medicaid and CHIP. 71 African Americans are 13 percent less likely to receive coronary angioplasty as whites. Kuwait. Unequal Treatment. living wages. Not only does this exacerbate health disparities. The effort to document the extent of health disparities in the U. and clean environments adversely affect health status and well-being. in particular. Latinos and Asians report having poor communication with their provider at a higher rate than other groups. 75 Medicare and Medicaid cover most of those insured among communities of color. geographic location. 70 Disparity in health care is characterized by differences in the quality of medical care that is provided and its availability to diverse populations. but it increases the number of uninsured. legal immigrant children and pregnant women are subject to a five-year waiting period before they can become eligible for Medicaid or CHIP. Currently.

. 15 16 14 Ibid. (2004). “Health Insurance Coverage of the Near Elderly. (2003). no. Jack Hadley and Timothy Waidmann. “On the Road to Universal Coverage: Impacts of Reform in Massachusetts at One Year.ebri.) Sharon K. U. Paul B. “Health Insurance and Health at Age 65: Implications for Medical Care Spending on New Medicare Beneficiaries [Abstract]. the Small Business Health Options Program.1 (2007). (2006). requires that employers cover at least 60 percent of their employees’ premium in order to qualify for the tax credit.gov/hhes/www/hlthins/historic/hihistt2. no. no.pdf.” Health Affairs. Coughlin and Dawn Miller. 27. Jack Hadley. 2008.pdf.org/pdf/7790. 1 Anne-Emanuelle Birn. Kaiser Family Foundation and Health Research and Educational Trust. The plan also proposes to include appropriate levels of funding to Federal agencies responsible for this type of data collection.” Health Affairs. P. no. http://www.kff.L.” U.” Health Affairs.collect and report data based on race. 2795. “Most Taxpayers in Massachusetts Have Health Insurance.org/pdfs/Individual_Market_Survey_December_2007. “Health Insurance Coverage for the Near Elderly. www. 41. The Commonwealth Fund. et al. “Nearly Nine of Ten Who Seek Individual Market Health Insurance Never Buy a Plan”.pdf. (2007).” The Commonwealth Fund.ahipresearch.019. 17 18 The Social Security Amendments of 1972. “Individual Health Insurance 2006-2007: A Comprehensive Survey of Premiums. Kaiser Family Foundation and Health Research and Educational Trust. Census Bureau. no. Verdier. “Employer Health Benefits Survey. And Incremental Costs. Ginsburg. http://www.commonwealthfund.org/pdf/notespdf/EBRI_Notes_01-20071. (2008). (2008). introduced by Senators Durbin and Snowe. Long. and Health Insurance Coverage in the United States. Poverty. “Employer Health Benefits Survey. www. Teresa A.census.” The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. http://www. 93.” The Kaiser Family Foundation. (2007). “Elimination of Medicare’s Waiting Period for Seriously Disabled Adults: Impact on Coverage and Costs.org/usr_doc/660_Dale_elimination. 4. and gender.” The Kaiser Family Foundation. Availability. 27. The Commonwealth Fund.pdf: 71. 5. Sources Of Payment. 92-603 Stacy Berg Dale and James M.S. “Struggles for National Health Reform in the United States.” American Journal of Public Health.pdf. 11 10 Employee Benefit Research Institute. http://ehbs. ethnicity.org/pdf/7790.1 (2003): 86-91.pdf?section=4039 32 . “Income. Department of Revenue News Release. 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 Survey was conducted by Gallup Organization.xls. 13 12 America’s Health Insurance Plans. (2008.kff.org/uninsured/upload/Health-Insurance-Coverage-of-the-Near-Elderly-Report.kff. 2007 and based on telephone interviews with a national adult sample of 1.” The Kaiser Family Foundation. 28. John Holahan. Census Bureau.2 (2006): 429-451.S. “Covering the Uninsured In 2008: Current Costs. Some literature suggests that public payments also cover much of the costs associated with uncompensated care.” Health Services Research: The Global Journal for Improving Health Care Delivery and Policy. 9 For example. S.” EBRI Notes. http://ehbs. John Holahan. 2008. 27. 1994"2005. 3 (2008): 675-685. “Employment-Based Health Benefits Under Universal Coverage. and Benefits. no.” AHIP. such as the National Health Interview Survey (NHIS) and the National Health Care Survey (NHCS). August 13-16. (2004).

Robert Pear. “The Medicaid Resource List. 2008).gov/DataCompendium.cms. Weissman. “Data Compendium.ncsl. “Medicaid’s Optional Population: Coverage and Benefits. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. www. (2006). “Impact of Unemployment Growth on Medicaid and SCHIP and the Number Uninsured. Kaiser Family Foundation. Kaiser Family Foundation.cbpp. John Z. (2008). 22 Henry J. 27 28 26 John Holahan and Alan Weil. (2008).” The Kaiser Family Foundation. www.” Journal of Health Care for the Poor and Underserved. Kaiser Family Foundation.” NCSL. 2006. 29 Henry J. no.” CMS. Peter Orszag.org. Kaiser Family Foundation. Kaiser Family Foundation.cfm?url=/commonspot/security/getfile. 19.cms.” Families USA. “State Children’s Health Insurance Program (SCHIP): Reauthorization History. (2008) http://facts. Families USA. National Conference of State Legislators.” The Kaiser Family Foundation.org/pubs/health. Government Accountability Office.” The Kaiser Family Foundation. “Toward Real Medicaid Reform. http://www.gao. Kaiser Family Foundation. Government Accountability Office. (2005): 1.aspx?ch=360.cfm. 31 32 30 Ibid. “State Medicaid Coverage and Access to Care. http://www.asp.cfm&PageID=51052: 2. “Medicaid: Strategies to Help States Address Increased Expenditures During Economic Downturns. “Issue in Focus: Expanding Children’s Health Coverage. (2003): 5-6.gov/cgi-bin/getrept?GAO-07-97.” GAO. 2 (2007): 260-261 Henry J. (2005): 2. “Medicaid’s Optional Population: Coverage and Benefits.” The Kaiser Commission on Medicaid and the Uninsured.statehealthfacts.kff.gov/MedicaidGenInfo/05_SCHIP%20Information.kff.org/programs/fiscal/balreqs. Henry J. November 4. Robert E. Henry J.S. 1. Henry J. (2006).” The New York Times. Kaiser Family Foundation. Center on Budget Policy and Priorities. “Covering Uninsured Children: The Impact of the August 17 CHIP Directive. (2003) http://www. 34 35 36 33 Public Law 108-27. http://www. Ayanian.gov/cgi-bin/getrept?GAO-07-97. (2008) www.hhs. “State Balanced Budget Requirements. “State Health Facts Online. (2005). Alan M.htm. “Medicaid’s Optional Population: Coverage and Benefits. “Medicaid: Good Medicine for State Economies. U.org/medicaid/7743. “Health Insurance Industry Urges Expansion of Coverage. “State Children’s Health Insurance Program Summary. (2008): 307-19. April 9. Kaiser Family Foundation. 23 Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS).org/chart. “Medicaid: Strategies to Help States Address Increased Expenditures During Economic Downturns. (2004): 3-4. 40 39 38 37 33 . Senate.org/medicaid/loader. Henry J. Zaslavsky.19 Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services.” The Kaiser Family Foundation. ‘Optional’ Populations and Services.” The Kaiser Family Foundation.kff.” GAO.” (Testimony before the Senate Committee on Finance. 21 20 Henry J. (2008) http://www.htm. Wolf. (2008) http://www.cms. (2005): 2. “Data Compendium. http://www. no.” The Kaiser Family Foundation. 25 24 Joel S. “Medicaid: An Overview of Spending on ‘Mandatory’ vs.” CBPP.” Health Affairs 26.hhs.gov/DataCompendium.” The Kaiser Family Foundation.” CMS.hhs.gao.” CMS.

2004. the vast majority of whom are not CHIP eligible unless they have incomes below 100 percent of the Federal poverty level and minimal assets.ihs.asp.” The Kaiser Family Foundation. December 8. See.” Center on Budget and Policy Priorities.3963. Ibid.R. Funding.gov/nccdphp/overview. http://www.%202006. (2008). “Indian Health Service Introduction. H.1893.976. Status. Henry J. Robert Beaglehole. (2008). (2008): 1. “Community Guide. “Indian Health Service: Health Care Delivery. Children's Health and Medicare Protection Act of 2007. Kenneth E.cms. and Legislative Issues.” CRS. “The Impact of Obesity on Rising Medical Spending. World Health Organization’s Director of Chronic Diseases and Health Promotion. (2004).kff.” Partnership for Solutions. These community care teams would include social 61 34 .pdf.” CRS. Some States have used this flexibility to cover adults. Children's Health Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007. http://www.41 Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. (2004). “Fourteen states face SCHIP shortfalls this year totaling over $700 million. http://facts.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/rr5311a1. The Economic Burden of Chronic Disease.. and S. Kaiser Family Foundation. 10. 53 54 Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion. 58 57 56 55 Kenneth E. H.gov/NationalSCHIPPolicy/downloads/SCHIPEverEnrolledYearGraph. http://www..R. “IHS Fact Sheets.hhs. for example. (Keynote Address before the Philip Hauge Abelson Advancing Science Seminar. (2007). Ross DeVol and Armen Bedroussian. “Medicaid/SCHIP: Low Income Families.” IHS. 60 59 Task Force on Community Preventive Services.org/uupload/relatedtable/Health%20Insurance%20Coverage%20of%20Children.11(c).cdc. 2-3. Thorpe. Children's Health Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007.” CDC.org/medicaid/schipresources.” (2008). “Foundation Resources on the State Children’s Health Insurance Program and Reauthorization.23(e).” CDC. “Reforming Medicare: A New Focus on Primary Prevention and Chronic Care Management: working paper.cfm. “Health Insurance Coverage of Children. Henry J. 47 46 45 Indian Health Service.gov/Profile08. (2008). 2005). “An Unhealthy America.thecommunityguide. “Indian Health Service: Health Care Delivery. (2007). 10.” IHS.asp.1377/hlthaff. Indian Health Services.kff. “Chronic Disease Prevention and Health Promotion. http://www.w4. Robert Mollica and Jennifer Gillespie. (2008): 14-16.cdc. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. 44 43 42 Henry J.htm. Edwin Park and Matthew Broaddus. Kaiser Family Foundation. (2003): 3. 49 50 51 52 Congressional Research Service. (2008) http://www. and Legislative Issues.” The Kaiser Family Foundation.ihs.” Health Affairs.” CMS. http://www.480). H.” The Kaiser Family Foundation. “SCHIP Enrolled In Year. http://www. (2007)..gov/PublicInfo/PublicAffairs/Welcome_Info/IHSintro.xls.” Emory University.” The Milken Institute. 136. Status. 42 CFR §§136. http://info. “Care Coordination for People with Chronic Conditions. (2007). 48 Congressional Research Service.org/about/.org/medicaid/lowincome. (published online 20 October. “Chronic Disease Overview.kff. Funding.htm. Thorpe et al. Children's Health Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2007.3162.R.cfm. Ibid. Kaiser Family Foundation. (2008).

(2006): 429-451. The 21st Century Wellness Trust Act. “Roadmap to Successful Program Development. (2007) http://www.S. “Health Disparities Report.org/uploads/roadmap.” (2008). and Timothy Waidmann. February 14.fightchronicdisease. 72 71 Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality.” The Kaiser Family Foundation. (2008) http://www.kaiserfamilyfoundation. Senator Tom Harkin has proposed providing a tax credit for qualified wellness programs in the Healthy Workforce Act of 2007 (S.cia.ahrq.pdf. S.3674. Julie Hudman and Molly O’Malley. 64 63 62 Partnership to Fight Chronic Disease.html.pdf. (2008) http://www. introduced by Senator Jeff Bingaman. Henry J.gov/qual/nhdr07/nhdr07. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has identified elements of successful evidence-based workplace wellness programs.3584. “Health Disparities Report. introduced by Senator Hillary Clinton. U.” Health Services Research: The Global Journal for Improving Health Care Delivery and Policy. 67 66 65 S. Jack Hadley. 73 74 75 Ibid.pdf. 2003): 29-30.ahrq. 41. S. “Health Insurance and Health at Age 65: Implications for Medical Care Spending on New Medicare Beneficiaries [Abstract]. Adrienne Y. 2. Brian D.gov/library/publications/the-worldfactbook/rankorder/2091rank. “Key Facts: Race. introduced by Senator Hilary Rodham Clinton. 76 Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. (2007) http://www.” AHRQ. Health and Human Services.kff. (2003). “Key Facts: Race.org/minorityhealth/upload/6069-02. Ibid. 77 35 . Thorpe. “The World Fact Book.” The Kaiser Commissions on Medicaid and the Uninsured. Stith. Unequal Treatment: Confronting Racial and Ethnic Disparities in Health Care.” AHRQ. and Medical Care.764.kaiserfamilyfoundation. Smedley.1753).pdf. no. Nelson.. The Obesity Prevention. Ethnicity. Proposed provision in the Legal Immigrant Children’s Health Improvement Act (ICHIA) 2007. Ethnicity.” CIA.gov/qual/nhdr07/nhdr07.and mental health workers. Education and Related Agencies. Kaiser Family Foundation. (2008) https://www. Treatment and Research Act of 2008. (Testimony before the House Appropriations Subcommittee on Labor. and Medical Care.pdf. CIA. 2008).org/minorityhealth/upload/6069-02.org/medicaid/upload/Health-Insurance-Premiums-and-Cost-Sharing-Findings-from-theResearch-on-Low-Income-Populations-Policy-Brief. (Institute of Medicine. 69 70 68 Ibid. Kenneth E. Kaiser Family Foundation. and Alan R.pdf. care coordinators and other community resources that would work with primary care provider practices to prevent and manage chronic disease. Henry J.” The Kaiser Family Foundation. http://promisingpractices. http://www. “Health Insurance Premiums and Cost Sharing: Findings from the Research on Low-Income Populations. House of Representatives.

S. The ! 36 . and do so in a way that reduces costs over the long-run. The level of care provided is often excellent. This has caused fewer medical students to choose careers in primary care. and has created access problems that will only worsen as more Americans get health care coverage. Movement toward quality-based payment must start with fixing the unstable and unsustainable Medicare physician payment formula. and others — work hard to provide life-saving and life-improving care to millions of Americans. must get better value for the substantial dollars spent on health care. Primary care is the keystone of a high-performing health care system. is that public and private insurers will follow and continue to innovate as well. is a proven determinant of high-quality. At the same time. images and services providers deliver. Increasing the supply of primary care practitioners and redefining their role in the health system — by using Federal reimbursement systems and other means to improve the value placed on their work — is a necessary step toward meaningful reform. Today’s payment systems reward providers for delivering more care rather than better care.CHAPTER III BAUCUS PLAN: IMPROVING VALUE BY REFORMING THE HEALTH CARE DELIVERY SYSTEM Ensuring access to meaningful health coverage is a fundamental goal of health care reform. however. The health system should refocus payment incentives toward improving the quality of care patients receive. particularly for the chronically ill. hospitals. tests. nurses. Under the current system. cost-effective care. Refocusing payment incentives toward quality. The Baucus plan includes initiatives to reorient America’s health care delivery system toward services and activities that improve patient care and “bend the curve” of growth in national health care spending. the more they are paid — regardless of the quality or the health outcomes of the patient. but there are also other vital priorities we must pursue. the U. Among them is the critical need to improve the value of care provided in our health care system. The Baucus plan considers delivery system reform with four key goals in mind: ! Strengthening the role of primary care and chronic care management. Access to primary care that successfully manages and coordinates patient care. Yet America’s current system undervalues primary care relative to specialty care. In short. The expectation. We must take steps to ensure patients receive higher quality care. but it has become increasingly evident that the way care is delivered and paid for in our health system does not always encourage the right care at the right time for each and every patient. Many of the proposals in the plan are based in the Medicare program because of its unique ability to lead the way for system-wide changes. Our nation’s health care providers — physicians. the plan invests in the health care infrastructure that is necessary for delivery reform to succeed. the more visits.

current Sustainable Growth Rate (SGR) formula is fatally flawed and must be replaced. ! Promoting provider collaboration and accountability. Delivery system reform should also encourage providers in different settings — physician offices, inpatient hospitals, post-acute care settings, and others — to collaborate and provide patientcentered care in a way that improves quality and saves money. Under current payment systems, hospitals, physicians, and other health care providers are not encouraged to work together to improve patient care throughout the course of a patient’s illness. In fact, they may be penalized financially — through lower revenues — if they successfully help patients avoid the need for additional health services. Congress should modify current payment systems to encourage — rather than discourage — collaboration and accountability among health care providers across treatment settings and sites of care. Improving the health care infrastructure. Efforts to improve the health care delivery system cannot succeed without taking other steps to modernize our system. These steps include investing in new research and tools, as well as the health care workforce. A national approach to comparative effectiveness research can help provide systematic, unbiased information about what treatments, technologies, and procedures work best. Health information technology (IT) can put comparative effectiveness research and other clinical decision-support tools at providers’ fingertips in real time, as well as improve the delivery of care across settings and help providers to better coordinate patient care. Health IT can also facilitate initiatives to improve quality performance and data collection and aggregation. But gains from new research and health IT will be shallow unless we reinvest in the training of a 21st century health care workforce.

!

Like many other reforms, changes to the health care delivery system will take time. Moreover, these efforts will require continuing evaluation as the health system — and the health care needs of Americans — evolve. A. STRENGTHENING THE ROLE OF PRIMARY CARE AND CHRONIC CARE MANAGEMENT

A strong emphasis on primary care is a common element of high-performing health systems. 1 International systems, and even parts of our own country, that deliver costefficient, high-quality care tend to have robust access to and use of primary care services. 2,3 Among other things, primary care practitioners should provide preventive care, help patients make informed medical decisions, and serve a critical care management and coordination role — especially for those with multiple chronic conditions who are the least healthy and most costly to our system. Yet today’s payment systems place higher value on specialty care than primary care. Strengthening the role of primary care will require a multi-pronged approach. 4 To this end, the Baucus plan includes several initiatives to improve our primary care system:

37

ensuring accurate prices for primary care services in Medicare, providing an add-on bonus payment for primary care services, and encouraging further testing and implementation of the medical home model. The plan would also ensure the viability of community health centers and rural health clinics that provide vital safety net functions and serve as a true medical home for thousands of patients across the country. Ensuring Accurate Payments for Primary Care Services. Payments for primary care physician visits are undervalued, particularly compared to procedures and services furnished by specialists. In fact, the overvaluation of procedures in the Medicare physician fee schedule has both created financial incentives to provide unnecessary services and served as a disincentive for physicians to become primary care physicians. Primary care physicians are not trained in — and do not have the opportunity to bill for — procedures that generate extensive revenues for non-primary care physicians. 5 In 1989, Congress enacted Medicare physician payment reform, which required a fee schedule based on relative values for approximately 7,000 services covered by the program. Private insurers often adopt the relative values set by Medicare, although they may use different payment rates for determining actual fees paid. The 1989 law also required periodic review — at least every five years — to ensure that the payment system reflects changes in the relative resources involved in furnishing physician services. Adjustments to relative values reflect changes in medical practice, coding changes, experience with new procedures, and other variables. Rapid growth in the volume of a service provided often represents evidence that the relative value for that service should be reviewed. 6 The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) has relied heavily on recommendations from the American Medical Association (AMA) Relative Value Update Committee (RUC) to determine needed changes to the value of services in the physician fee schedule. The RUC process has resulted in changes that have increased relative values in many areas but decreased values in very few. This result has worked against primary care services because primary care physicians bill for a relatively smaller and more static set of codes than non-primary care physicians. A recent increase in the relative values for primary care services by the RUC was a step in the right direction. The Baucus plan would seek a continued focus on the high value of primary care-related services, with corresponding reductions in relative values for overvalued services. Fee schedule rates must accurately reflect priorities that the health care system must adopt to bend the health care cost curve and improve quality over time. Additional Payments for Primary Care Providers. The undervaluation of primary care services might also be addressed by the Baucus plan with increases in Medicare payments for services furnished by practitioners focused on delivering primary care. 7 Payments must be well-targeted, starting with careful identification of the list of services that qualify as primary care services — primarily evaluation and management visits. A second step involves identification of Medicare providers, including physician and non-physician practitioners, who truly focus on delivering primary care. Using claims history — rather than self-identification — is a more accurate approach to identifying appropriate providers.

38

In addition, bonus payments should also take into account the complexity of the provider’s patient panel to ensure that underserved populations are not left behind. Finally, the task of setting a threshold for these services is best left to CMS, which can collaborate with stakeholders and other experts to strike the right balance. To avoid cost inflation, this proposal should be made budget-neutral. Budget-neutral changes to Medicare payments mean that any increase to primary care providers requires a corresponding cut to specialist services. This approach has the potential to create significant controversy among physicians, however. Any reforms along these lines must be crafted in collaboration with the entire physician community and other practitioners to ensure appropriate valuation of, and access to, primary care services. Other means of redefining the value that the health system places on primary care, such as revisions to the SGR formula, are discussed below. Patient-Centered Medical Home. Expanding Medicare’s role in testing the medical home model — in which practitioners are paid explicitly for comprehensive care management services — is another way that the Baucus plan would promote quality and efficiency. A growing body of evidence suggests that medical homes may improve patient health and reduce costs. 8,9 In 2006, Congress required CMS to establish a demonstration program to test the medical home model in fee-for-service Medicare. 10 More recently, Congress provided additional funding for this demonstration and granted CMS authority to expand the program if quality and cost targets are met. 11 Medical home expansions in Medicare should focus only on providers who are committed to ensuring that patients truly receive the primary care and care management services that the medical home is designed to deliver. Providers seeking to participate in a Medicare medical home expansion program should meet a set of stringent service and capacity criteria in order to qualify, such as those proposed by MedPAC, 12 and be willing to have additional payments based in part on the quality of care they deliver. The National Committee for Quality Assurance (NCQA) has also developed an assessment tool that tiers medical homes based on the implementation of particular capacities and patient services. 13 In addition, careful consideration should be paid to the role of non-physician providers, such as nurse practitioners and home health aides, in the medical home model. Medical home expansions should also target the patient populations most in need of comprehensive care management and coordination, particularly those with multiple chronic conditions. As with other components of the medical home, though, these tools and criteria will evolve as results from ongoing demonstrations and input from patients, providers, other stakeholders, and experts are received and incorporated into the medical home model. This plan would expand the medical home model by requiring collaboration between Medicare and ongoing demonstration sites that include private payers and Medicaid. Aligning incentives created by disparate payment models — for example, private payers and public programs — is crucial to achieving significant delivery system reform.

39

Efforts to reestablish primary care as the backbone of the health care system should build on existing systems that work. 18 To shore up this important component of our nation’s safety net. such as the medical home. Care management expansions under the Baucus plan will require ongoing evaluation to ensure they are truly patient-centered. Medicare could join with other payers (Medicaid. Community Health Centers and Rural Health Clinics. and social and mental health workers. which typically involve phone-based care planning and follow-up by nurses. The medical home and other care management concepts are works in progress. A true medical home should serve as a central resource for a patient’s ongoing care. Financial assistance for smaller primary care practices to adopt health information technology would also provide a strong incentive to collaborate with community health teams. the Baucus plan would modernize the outdated Medicare system for paying Federally Qualified Health Centers 40 . These teams could link primary care practices with additional resources that would allow small or rural offices to participate in the medical home. copayments for services provided in medical homes. and the involvement of patient groups is critical to ensuring that these models remain patientcentered. These models will only improve health care quality and efficiency if patients find that they provide needed health services in a consumer-friendly way. In addition to the medical home. which serve low-income and medically underserved populations. or those that rely on a geriatric assessment to qualify patients for comprehensive care coordination programs. community health centers. show promise and should be examined in more detail. Recent proposals to focus on caring for the sickest patients in their home. could be reduced or eliminated. The state of North Carolina has achieved preliminary success with the community health team model in its state Medicaid program. 15 Vendor-based disease management programs. nutritionists. perform well on quality indicators. Another option is to explore alternative payment models that do not require specific practice improvements but instead offer shared-savings bonuses for meeting aggressive cost and quality benchmarks. Medicare should test other primary care models that promote comprehensive care management and coordination. provide efficient care. One option is to invest in community health teams that include nurses. however. 16. 14 Going forward. many of which are located in rural areas. or in conjunction with other states in their region. have found some success in the private market but have not fared as well in recent Medicare demonstrations. And to encourage patient participation. For example.Building a qualified medical home may not be feasible for all providers. it remains an open question whether Medicare should make direct payments to vendors outside of a comprehensive care management model. The required medical home criteria (particularly the necessary investments in infrastructure and staffing) can be challenging for the 36 percent of physicians who work in solo or very small-group practices.17 While these approaches should not be jettisoned without consideration of new evidence from state and private payer programs. particularly for the chronically ill. private plans) in funding states to develop this capacity throughout the state. and have in many cases implemented critical components of the medical home model. for instance.

RHCs. 22. In 2003. In Montana and across the country. The Baucus plan would establish a prospective payment system for qualifying FQHCs. and FQHCs as part of the larger effort to improve patient access to critical primary care services. 21 MedPAC has also made multiple recommendations to Congress regarding the need for payment incentives based on quality for hospitals. and outpatient dialysis providers. mirroring the successful model that the Medicaid program uses for paying these centers and expand the role of health centers in providing preventive services. home health providers. The Baucus plan will build on these efforts by establishing a pay-for-performance program for hospitals in Medicare and further strengthening physician programs that are focused on quality improvement. FQHCs will be required to report on quality metrics and make investments in the infrastructure necessary to qualify as a medical home. In its landmark 1999 report. Congress provided higher payments to hospitals that reported this information. To Err is Human: Building a Safer Health Care System. as well as bring pay-for-performance to the Medicare Advantage program. Congress asked hospitals to track and report to CMS their performance on a set of ten defined quality measures. such as how frequently a heart attack patient received aspirin upon admission. health reform should include policies that bolster community health centers. For these reasons. Medicare Advantage plans. Mechanisms for compensating rural health clinics (RHCs) also are deficient and should be improved. the Institute of Medicine (IOM) urged a heightened focus on quality initiatives.(FQHCs). and penalized those that did not. B. Hospital Quality Reporting and Next-Generation Quality-Based Payment Reforms. these facilities are instrumental in meeting the needs of patients when other access points to care are unavailable or inadvisable — for example. Congress set the Medicare program on a path toward quality improvement by establishing a hospital pay-for-reporting program. To qualify for PPS payments. particularly in the areas of inpatient hospital care and physician services. physicians. To encourage participation. Congress and CMS have enacted and implemented policies to increase the focus on quality in the Medicare payment systems.23 Based on these recommendations.24 As part of this effort. Many private and public organizations have echoed the need to re-direct the health care system to reward higher quality and more efficient care. REFOCUSING PAYMENT INCENTIVES TOWARD QUALITY Efforts to restructure provider payment systems to improve quality also represent a critical component of delivery system reform. Ninety-eight percent of hospitals chose to participate. 25 41 . The plan will also encourage efforts to test pay-for-performance models related to home health and nursing home care. reliance on an emergency department. 19 Subsequent reports called for increasing payments for providers offering high-quality care 20 and the establishment of a national system for performance measurement and reporting.

CMS contracted with Premier. 30 In establishing a pay-for-performance program. 42 . with an 11. In October 2003.284 fewer heart attack deaths for patients who received more clinically appropriate care 29 . In its November 2007 Report to Congress. to conduct a demonstration linking payment to the achievement of quality goals. CMS has been testing a more aggressive move to a “pay-for-quality” model. but their payment would also be increased or decreased depending on how well they perform on these quality measures. has involved more than 260 hospitals across the nation 28 . Congress permanently extended the reporting program. directed CMS to incorporate additional performance measures into the initiative. the Medicare hospital pay-for-reporting program has been an important first step in improving the quality of care provided to Medicare beneficiaries in the inpatient hospital setting. The Baucus plan uses the following principles to guide this effort: ! Transitions to value-based purchasing should be gradual. Results from the HQID project demonstrate dramatic quality improvements in every measured clinical area.. It provides better insight into the quality and performance of America’s hospitals for policymakers and patients alike. Building on these recommendations and the other efforts outlined above. 27 By most accounts. The plan would phase in value-based purchasing so that the amount of payment at risk would gradually increase to no more than two percent of base hospital operating payments. a nationwide alliance of not-for-profit hospitals and health systems. Inc. heart failure and pneumonia. These statistics translate into actual results for patients: 1.8 percent average quality improvement among participating facilities over two years. hospitals were asked to report process and outcome measures in five clinical areas related to heart attack.In 2005. Hospitals in the top 20 percent in each clinical area received a financial incentive payment. The next step in quality-based payment reform is the adoption of a value-based purchasing (VBP) program in the hospital inpatient setting. Under the demonstration. the Hospital Quality Incentive Demonstration (HQID). providers would not only be rewarded for reporting quality activities. 26 and increased penalties for non-participating hospitals. the HQID demonstration was extended for another three years (through 2009) and will be expanded to test other innovative pay-forperformance models. CMS provided a roadmap for moving Medicare from pay-for-reporting to pay-forperformance. Alongside the Medicare pay-for-reporting program. in Medicare. the Baucus plan includes provisions to improve quality care in the inpatient hospital setting through establishing a hospital pay-for-performance program. Based on these results. which is sometimes also referred to as value-based purchasing. Linking payments to performance represents a major shift in how Medicare pays for services. This project.

the quality reporting program should continue to be a testing ground for evaluating new measures before they are subjected to pay-forperformance rules. Over time. The value-based purchasing program should reward facilities that meet quality benchmarks and those who have made substantial quality gains in performance relative to prior years. Hospital performance in the value-based purchasing program should be publicly reported and available to consumers. Quality performance and the process to reward hospitals must be transparent. Measures should be selected through rulemaking and endorsed or considered by consensus-building organizations whenever possible. rural facilities to participate and include protections for safety net hospitals that may face unique challenges in meeting the requirements of a value-based purchasing program. 43 . GAO. A hospital value-based purchasing program should start with a set of quality measures that hospitals have already been reporting on through the pay-forreporting program. All measures must be evidence-based. As Congress seeks to reward hospitals that provide high-quality care. Rewards should be provided to hospitals that achieve quality goals as well as to those that make significant improvements. and others should help Congress monitor the value-based purchasing program and provide specific input on any unintended consequences of the program. The CMS methodology for determining hospital performance scores and calculating payments for facilities must also be transparent and public. The Secretary. MedPAC. ! ! ! ! ! ! These principles would serve as guideposts for efforts to establish a hospital value-based purchasing program in Medicare and are a key component of this plan. statistically valid. Every effort must be made to align hospital and physician quality goals. Quality measures should be endorsed by relevant stakeholders. and field-tested to ensure that they represent the best practices in improving quality. Physician Quality Reporting Initiative. and rural hospitals should be given special consideration. steps must also be taken to improve quality and resource efficiency in the Medicare physician payment systems. The value-based purchasing program should be subject to ongoing monitoring and evaluation. The hospital value-based purchasing program must be structured in a way that would allow smaller. As new quality measures for hospital and physician performance continue to be developed. low-volume. Safety net.! A value-based purchasing program should build on the current reporting program. To further improve patient care. every effort must be made to encourage providers to work together toward common quality improvement goals.

Congress required CMS to expedite approval of clinical registries to which physicians report performance data. MIPPA requires the establishment of a pathway for physician groups to report quality information on an aggregated basis. such as those addressing diabetes and heart failure. judgment. PQRI should work in conjunction with medical boards to encourage more frequent and more aggressive recertification processes. And physician recognition programs like those sponsored by NCQA are also important conduits for quality reporting. reducing administrative burdens and fostering clinician-to-clinician sharing of expertise that will be much more effective in improving quality than purely governmental interventions. and reports indicate delays in the delivery of incentive payments and difficulty in accessing feedback reports. registries and recognition programs — once they are approved by CMS — will now be able to submit data to CMS on behalf of participants. considerable confusion lingers regarding the reporting mechanism. In order to retain ABIM certification every ten years. but they also must participate in at least one quality reporting program. putting Federal resources on the table to promote and partially fund quality improvement activities. In addition. More than 100. Reforms enacted in MIPPA permit physicians to report on condition-specific groups of measures. These registries. Finally. the program is on its way to achieving the goals set by Congress when the program was enacted in 2006: engaging clinicians and other health care stakeholders in developing meaningful quality metrics to evaluate care. 44 . including those that go beyond quality reporting to focus on how physicians actually perform. and payers.000 clinicians attempted to participate in the program. and physicians are not discouraged from participating. Congress and CMS have recently acted to address these technical challenges and expand provider outreach and education programs so that the foundation of this program remains strong. Boards such as the American Board of Internal Medicine (ABIM) are including some quality reporting in their maintenance of certification process. and performance results and incentive payments were delivered to participants this summer. permitting more comprehensive analysis of a physician’s ability to care for patients with these chronic illnesses. are often operated by clinician groups or medical boards and are capable of collecting richer data sets than can be accessed through claims forms. At the same time. Despite substantial concerns regarding PQRI. Under MIPPA. Going forward. physicians must not only pass a traditional exam testing their knowledge. such as the National Cardiovascular Data Registry spearheaded by the American College of Cardiology.the Baucus plan would build on the Physician Quality Reporting Initiative (PQRI) and the provider feedback program as a next step in improving patient care. The first round of PQRI was executed in the second half of 2007. Medical boards in particular are striving to meet the professional needs of physicians while also fostering gains in quality of care. patients. and analytical skills. and expediting the development of data collection processes that will lead to meaningful and actionable information flowing to providers.

is the use of episode grouper software. A report from CMS. Ultimately. evidence-based care. eventually they could be adapted to include clinical data generated from electronic health records and other sources.g. the Baucus plan calls for the current positive financial incentives for physician participation in PQRI to eventually be matched with payment penalties for those who do not report. Medicare must put physicians on a similar course as the plan described above for hospitals and transition PQRI to a true value-based purchasing program. physicians must be able to successfully participate in PQRI and receive appropriate incentives to do so. required in MIPPA. and healthy outcomes for patients. This will help ensure that episodes of care are both necessary and efficient. CMS is authorized to explore different methods. The reforms in MIPPA demonstrate a commitment by Congress to keep PQRI a flexible program that responds to provider feedback and capitalizes on developments outside of Medicare (e. which may encompass multiple interventions over a period of time and care furnished by multiple providers.Before Medicare can transition from pay-for-reporting to pay-for-quality. once the recent program improvements are fully implemented. this method is less effective in giving providers actionable information by which to change their practice patterns and improve their care for specific patients and particular diagnoses. The per capita method — which essentially examines physician resource use per beneficiary — can be particularly helpful in identifying outliers whose practice patterns fall outside an acceptable “bell curve” of variation. episode groupers could give providers and payers more specific. will give Congress additional guidance on how best to reinvent the Medicare physician payment system from one that rewards quantity to one that focuses financial incentive on high-quality. 32 An alternative methodology that may hold greater promise. Medicare should develop its own open-source technology platform that includes information on both episodes of care and per-capita resource use. clinical registries). particularly for specialists who tend to perform discreet procedures for a specific illness. Ultimately. 45 . As a next step. The program may also require that physicians report the results of patient experience surveys in order to receive a full bonus. Medicare’s physician feedback program should include information regarding quality of care — the health outcomes of patients should not be compromised by efforts to reduce costs in treating specific illnesses. Finally. including evaluating resource use on a per capita basis or using episode grouper technology. Provider Feedback Program and Episode Groupers.. This technology evaluates the resources used to treat a patient during a specific episode of illness. 31 However. Congress also recently required CMS to begin providing feedback to practitioners regarding their resource use. 33 While most versions of this technology rely strictly on insurance claims. the Baucus plan focuses on improving the clinical importance and validity of the measures that physicians report to PQRI. Finally. actionable information that could lead to meaningful reductions in inappropriate care patterns.

and appropriately pay for quality and efficiency move forward. Both of these projects must move forward to help CMS and Congress gain much needed information on how to appropriately increase the focus on quality in the home health and nursing home settings. Congress provided substantial funding to NQF in MIPPA to facilitate the endorsement of standardized measure sets and bring stakeholders together to agree on priorities for performance measurement. Health plans in the Medicare Advantage program have been reporting a standard set of valid performance measures to CMS for over a decade. efforts to strengthen quality in other care settings must not be left behind. lab tests. Additionally. payments under the fee schedule are 46 . As Congress moves forward on efforts to improve the quality of care provided by hospitals and physicians. metrics. While significant efforts are underway at the National Quality Forum (NQF) and other quality alliances and industry groups to achieve uniformity. more work needs to be done to standardize measures and administrative approaches and to minimize the burden on providers. 35 The statutory formula sets a target amount for spending for certain services including physician services. CMS is also working to develop a demonstration project that would offer financial incentives to facilities that meet certain conditions for providing high-quality care. Clinicians are often subject to several pay-for-performance programs that use different quality measures for similar patients and require different data collection approaches. report. imaging. Enacted as part of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997. For nursing homes. through the Independent Health Coverage Council. and physician-administered drugs that are furnished in connection with physician services. provider concerns regarding the number of methodologies. For home health care. If overall spending exceeds the target set by the SGR. As these efforts to collect. CMS is currently developing a pay-for-performance demonstration project aimed at home health and nursing home care. the Sustainable Growth Rate (SGR) was designed to control spending for physician services provided under Medicare Part B. CMS should move health plans beyond reporting so that payments reflect plan performance. This project would be tested in five states. CMS proposes to test a pay-forperformance model in seven states using quality measures based on the Outcome and Assessment Information Set (OASIS) that agencies have been using to report quality activities since 2000. alignment among the insurance plans participating in the Health Insurance Exchange.Quality Improvement for Other Providers and Private Plans. CMS should provide for the development of valid performance measures for prescription drug plans and begin to bring pay-for-performance to these plans. 34 But Congress can go further by fostering. too. Moving toward a more value-driven physician payment system in Medicare must start with reform of the current system used to update physician payments. and misaligned payment incentives must also be addressed. Congress should also explore a pay-for-performance requirement for private plans that participate in Medicare. Reforming the Sustainable Growth Rate Formula.

Since 2002. 47 . 37 These projected reductions in physician reimbursement are unrealistic and. As Congress takes steps to resolve the budgetary shortfall posed by the SGR. on geographical location or type-of-service. These legislative overrides. CMS should use its administrative authority to remove physicianadministered drugs. then payments are adjusted upward. 36 However. When MedPAC presented its analysis of the substantive options for reforming the SGR in March 2007. CMS should use its discretion to define the items and services that are included in the SGR formula’s calculations. Applying expenditure targets to other aspects of Medicare — as MedPAC’s second path suggests — could create additional administrative burdens without ensuring payment stability. because the timing of Congressional action is often unpredictable. The flawed formula which is the basis of the SGR. In addition to the massive budgetary shortfall. If overall spending is less than the target. The most immediate obstacle to reforming the SGR is budgetary. cannot affect a formula driven by the practice habits of more than 800. as CBO has observed. And. They could likely cause physicians to exit the program and Medicare beneficiaries to lose access to needed care. even a large group practice. if implemented. has left a nearly $300 billion discrepancy over ten years between what physicians are projected to be paid under the formula and what a modest inflationary update over those years would provide. It would also avoid further investment of Federal resources in a target-based formula that may not influence individual physician behavior as Congress intends. there are also substantive obstacles to SGR reform. may have disastrous consequences for the Medicare program. or (2) pursue value-based payment reforms while replacing the SGR with a new expenditure target system for all Medicare providers based. suggest that the current SGR formula is not a viable mechanism to control spending for physician services. the formula has called for automatic reductions in the payment update. from the formula in a shared effort to reverse the annual cycle of fixing the SGR. The fundamental flaw of the SGR is that the behavior of an individual physician. for which payment is based on the average sales price methodology.automatically adjusted downward. Congress has struggled to find a viable alternative to the SGR. The now-yearly cycle of Congressional intervention to block these SGR cuts consumes attention and resources that should be directed to other challenges posed by Medicare and other Federal programs. but Congress has enacted legislation to override the formula each year. 38 The first path would explicitly reorient physician payment toward high-value care. it identified two paths: (1) jettison the expenditure target approach and focus on proposals that encourage higher quality care at lower cost. for example.000 providers who are paid under the physician fee schedule. it also puts enormous pressure on physician practices across the country as they try to set budgets and meet payroll each month. combined with multiple years of Congressional intervention.

in constructing a fee schedule based on multiple targets. C. we must also provide new incentives that encourage health care providers to work together to offer patients the best possible care. Lack of collaboration can have a particularly detrimental impact on patients with chronic or multiple illnesses who can most benefit 48 . PROMOTING COLLABORATION AND ACCOUNTABILITY While we take steps to improve the quality of care provided to patients. 39 As we attempt to move beyond the ongoing SGR predicament. Consideration should also be given to whether GDP growth should remain the short-term basis of SGR expenditure targets as medical inflation is expected to outpace GDP growth at least until the reforms proposed in this paper take full effect. Today. A recent report by GAO found that the significant recent growth in imaging costs is attributable in large part to physicians increasingly providing imaging services in their offices as a means for revenuegeneration. 40 MedPAC analysis points to imaging utilization as a factor in the significant regional variation of cost and quality discussed elsewhere in this paper. 41 Physician payment reform should pay particular attention to the cost and quality implications of the growing practice of physicians self-referring for diagnostic imaging services. Finally. potentially overpaid aspects of health care to underutilized. If the evidence suggests that prices are distorting physician behavior. regional use of imaging services can vary by as much as three times. hospitals. For example. in the case of a separate target based on utilization and growth in imaging services. physicians who refer patients for imaging services usually do not receive payment for the performance or interpretation of those services. One such approach would be the development of a revised SGR formula that creates multiple expenditure targets based on sub-sets or categories of services. Nonetheless. physicians and other health care providers are each paid separately. This has the advantage of reallocating resources from high-growth. SGR reform should closely examine the growing costs to the Medicare program of advanced imaging utilization and fees. it may be necessary to replace it with an alternative expenditure target approach.Eliminating the expenditure target altogether would likely exacerbate the SGR’s budgetary shortfall and some in Congress have asserted a strong interest in revising the SGR formula. Careful attention must be paid to appropriately clustering services so that new prices generated by the SGR do not produce excessive increases or reductions in any particular service. potentially more valuable services such as primary care and prevention. careful consideration must be given to ensure that the price outputs of the formula apply to the practitioners responsible for the rate of growth of particular services. Medicare should also consider establishing a process for the identification and surveillance of highgrowth services. then modest reductions in prices that can elicit desirable behavioral changes without impacting beneficiary access could be pursued administratively. according to their report. which creates little incentive for them to work together to effectively manage patient care.

and other health providers. including the Medicare program. One model that should be tested in this area. 18 percent of Medicare hospital admissions result in readmissions within 30 days post discharge. A Medicare demonstration project. particularly on the Medicare program. is succeeding at slowing cost growth and improving quality by allowing physician groups to share in savings from reduced health spending and should be expanded. hospitals. Medicare should use payment incentives to drive more collaboration among physicians. hospital patients are abruptly transitioned to home or post-acute care. and is described in more detail below. Discharge from a hospital is a particularly critical and vulnerable time for patients. The 30-day readmission rate for Medicare beneficiaries ranges from 14 percent in some states to 22 percent in others. the physicians who treat a patient during their hospital stay are often not the same physicians who see the patient once they leave the hospital. The disadvantages of care fragmentation are particularly evident for patients who experience a hospitalization.from well-coordinated care. 43 Not only can a reduction in readmissions result in Medicare savings. we must take steps to encourage further collaboration among multi-specialty physicians who treat patients in the community. Delivery system reforms should also encourage innovative organizational models that allow for patient care across the treatment spectrum. 42 In addition. 44 New Medicare payment policies should encourage hospitals and other providers to work together to provide the best possible care to hospital patients both during and immediately following their hospital stay. Health care delivery systems that treat patients throughout the continuum of care — from primary care to hospitalization to post-acute rehabilitation — should be paid in a way that rewards them for improved quality and efficiency. According to some estimates. which encourage health care providers across the treatment setting to work together to improve patient care. do not encourage these providers to communicate or work together to ensure patients receive the proper medication and other follow-up that is necessary post-hospitalization. 49 . In the Medicare program. physicians who are paid on a fee-for-service basis have little financial incentive to work together to improve the quality and efficiency of care provided to patients. While lack of care coordination around a hospitalization episode can have a detrimental impact on patients’ health and well-being. $12 billion of this spending is potentially avoidable. These readmissions accounted for $15 billion in spending in 2005. and discharges that occur over a weekend mean patients are suddenly expected to assume a self-management role for their recovery with little support or preparation. As we work to improve patient care around hospitalizations. In many cases. Any savings they achieve through better care coordination accrue not to their practice but to Medicare. but it could also reduce geographic variations in health spending. Payment systems. is the concept of accountable care organizations (ACOs). and according to MedPAC. called the Physician Group Practice demonstration. it also has a significant financial impact.

First. they could begin to address problem areas. Medicare beneficiaries who receive care as part of the demonstration would receive a partial refund on their Part B premium for agreeing to participate in the project. Second. this demonstration project would allow hospitals and physicians to receive a global payment for services provided to patients who receive certain cardiac and orthopedic procedures. but ideas that have been put forward include setting the benchmark as the average readmission rate across similar hospitals or using a higher standard that ties the benchmark to the top performing facilities. The project is expected to be implemented early next year and would involve up to 15 demonstration sites.Reducing Hospital Readmissions. chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). But over time. The plan would then require hospital-specific information on readmissions be made available to the public. One concept that offers promise for greater efficiency and care coordination is the idea of allowing Medicare to pay bundled or global payments for all services provided to a patient during hospitalization and for some amount of time post discharge. In circumstances where a readmission is unavoidable. This benchmark will need to be defined. the plan requires CMS to provide confidential feedback to hospitals and physicians regarding resource use for select hospitalization episodes. Bundled Payments. Under current law. Once providers better understand how they perform relative to their peers. These changes would mean reduced payment rates for hospitals with readmission rates above a certain benchmark. Medicare pays the same for hospital stays regardless of whether it is a patient’s first inpatient stay or a readmission for the same condition. the program would be expanded. This data would need to be detailed enough to help providers understand spending and resource consumption. It is better for patients and better for taxpayers. In the first year. Discouraging unnecessary readmissions by restructuring Medicare payments is good policy. particularly for higher-cost beneficiaries. Currently under development at CMS. In the initial years. At this point. CMS has taken steps toward bundled payments by establishing the Medicare Acute Care Episode (ACE) demonstration. and coronary artery bypass graft. 50 . Using its administrative authority. The third step will involve testing other models to improve patient care related to hospitalizations. The Baucus plan would take a three-step approach to reduce hospital readmissions and improve care coordination for patients who have experienced a hospitalization. this plan would focus on reducing re-hospitalizations for a limited number of conditions that are known to have a high rate of readmissions. hospitals would not be penalized. the plan would create new financial incentives in Medicare to encourage providers to take greater responsibility for the coordination of care for hospital inpatients. The plan would adopt MedPAC recommendations as a starting point for creating new financial incentives to reduce hospital readmissions in the Medicare program. this bundled payment would cover all hospital and physician services provided during a patient’s hospital stay. it does not appear that the demonstration will include services provided post-hospitalization. such as congestive heart failure.

Results showed increased efficiency and reduced Medicare spending. 45. In this demonstration. the Medicare Participating Heart Bypass Center demonstration. all hospital costs for the surgery. Moving toward bundled payments is a complex process that would require time and resources. such as hip replacement. was tested in the early 1990s. Geisinger recently expanded this model to other high-volume procedures. called the Physician Group Practice (PGP) demonstration. In particular.46 More recently. bundling models must also include appropriate risk adjustment to ensure health care providers are not penalized for or discouraged from treating sicker patients. Now in its fourth year. 47 The program offers a bundled payment for the package of services provided to patients receiving cardiac bypass graft surgery. obesity surgery. while quality remained high. Building on these efforts. this plan would encourage CMS to include services that are provided post-hospitalization as part of the bundling payment model. A reformed delivery system should also do a better of job of rewarding providers. including cardiac rehabilitation. Within three months of instituting the program. Glenn Steele. the patient pays only one charge for this set of services. and heart catheterization. In addition. the PGP demonstration includes ten large physician groups that receive enhanced payments for 51 . the bundled payment included services provided during the hospital stay as well as services provided immediately following the hospitalization. In addition. Under this demonstration. cost-effective care to patients. care for babies. Medicare paid a bundled rate for hospital and physician services around hospitalizations for cardiac bypass graft surgery. roughly 86 percent of patients were receiving all recommended best practices related to cardiac surgery care.A similar project. pharmacy. particularly physicians. The results of the ProvenCareSM initiative have been impressive. As long as all care was provided at Geisinger. discussed the ProvenCareSM program at a Finance Committee hearing in September. the plan would allow the current CMS bundling demonstration to expand to other sites and to focus on other clinical conditions if certain criteria are met. this plan would work to ensure that efforts to expand payment bundling for hospital and physician services is done in way that is workable for non-integrated and smaller health care providers. the Baucus plan would develop and test other models for bundled payments. such as inappropriate reductions in care to increase profit. This bundled payment covers the first physician visit that determined surgery was necessary. The Baucus plan would seek to limit unintended consequences. and all costs for related care post surgery. The Medicare program is currently testing a project in this area. who work together to offer high-quality. 48 Based on this success. cataract surgery. Spending on post discharge care also decreased. Geisinger’s President and CEO. bundled payment initiatives have been tested in the private sector. and intensive care unit spending. specifically at the Geisinger Health System. As part of this effort. CMS found that most participants were able to achieve reduced lab. Finally. Physician Group Practice Demonstration and Accountable Care Organizations.

The new ACO pilot should be implemented in part in communities and regions where meaningful integration does not yet exist — such as in rural areas and small group practices. including hospitals. Due in large part to their innovative organizational model. and timely generation of feedback to participants — the results to date merit expansion. This effort is consistent with other delivery system reforms proposed in this paper. 52 Based on the results from the current PGP demonstration. and investments in IT. 51 Ideal candidates for expansion are organizations that span the continuum of care in a community. offer patients access to a range of providers and settings. and the local physician community. the Baucus plan would create a new Medicare pilot program to test the cost and quality opportunities of value-based payments to ACOs. greater adoption of health IT. The plan for expansion should give providers a pathway toward accountability and shared savings. expanded role for non-physician providers. post-acute. facilities. all participants demonstrated improvements in quality and achieved belowaverage growth in costs. hospitals that employ their own physician staff. considerable work has been done to explore the possibility of accelerating broader delivery system integration by expanding the PGP model to encourage provider collaboration and accountability on a larger scale. While the current PGP demonstration focuses on large physician group practices. and transparency regarding provider quality and costs. physician hospital networks or independent practice associations. including expansion of the medical home. 52 . these systems are providing high-quality integrated care that is more cost-effective than their competition. Organizations eligible to participate in this new project should include integrated delivery systems. but should not restrict beneficiary choice. 49 Preliminary results from the demonstration and reports from participants suggest that the program has achieved its goals of better coordination of care for the chronically ill. which would end in March 2010. 50 While some design challenges of this demonstration remain — including the identification of a control group for cost comparison purposes. The Baucus plan calls for CMS to establish a framework for reforming and expanding the PGP demonstration after its fifth year. selection of meaningful quality measures. academic medical centers and their affiliated faculty practices. careful attention to hospital discharge processes. InterMountain in Utah. and primary care physician groups able to identify the other providers from whom their beneficiaries receive their care. and Geisinger in Pennsylvania. In the second year. Integrated health systems. such as Billings Clinic in Montana. multispecialty group practices. Groups that meet quality targets and achieve cost reductions beyond a two percent threshold are permitted to share in the savings that they generate to Medicare. The term accountable care organizations (ACOs) has been used to describe these and other provider groups that are optimal candidates for payment based on improvements in quality and savings achieved through improved care processes.improving the quality and efficiency of the care delivered to Medicare beneficiaries. four were awarded with incentive payments for reducing costs significantly.

A threshold savings amount should be set — such as the two percent mark used in the PGP demonstration — to avoid incentive payments being made to ACOs based on natural variations in their year-to-year spending. To determine whether ACOs are successfully controlling costs. CMS would establish benchmarks for achievement and improvement that ACOs would have to meet in order to qualify for incentive payments.53 Several approaches to developing the targets should be considered. The PGP demonstration allows participating provider groups to recoup 80 percent of the cost reductions that they achieve beyond the two percent threshold. with the share of savings diminishing above the five percent mark and continuing to decline up to a maximum threshold set by CMS. Incentive payments would be awarded to ACOs that reduce spending significantly below the target rate set by the formula. Savings should be based on real system improvements and not accidents.and low-cost regions to participate and receive shared savings payments.As part of this project. with a cap on incentive payments of five percent of total Medicare spending. Using multiple prior years of data would allow more accurate and stable estimates of current year spending. and (b) patient experience measures for both ambulatory and inpatient care. ACOs would be subject to group level reporting on a list of quality measures endorsed by the National Quality Forum (NQF). An issue to be resolved with input from stakeholders and other experts would be how to establish cost trend targets for participating ACOs. 53 . as is the case for existing PGP demonstration participants. so that within five years. balancing the following interests: encouraging providers in both high. and promoting regional and ACO-level equity in the amount of increases in per-beneficiary spending permitted under the shared savings program. while ensuring that a substantial share of the savings would accrue to the Medicare Trust Fund as the magnitude of savings increases. An alternative approach would distribute 100 percent of first three percent of additional savings beyond the threshold to the ACO. The plan also calls on CMS to develop a formula for distributing shared savings payments that would give providers a strong incentive to participate in the program. CMS would establish a timeline to phase in reporting on these measures. Perhaps a middle ground would be to begin with a formula using regional trends that would slowly phase in a national element to more aggressively reduce cost growth over time. ACOs that successfully report on measures in a manner consistent with the Physician Quality Reporting Initiative (PQRI) would qualify for the incentive payment under that program as well. CMS would establish a formula that would allow current and future years’ per beneficiary spending at the ACO to be estimated as accurately as possible using Medicare Part A and Part B claims for the beneficiaries it treats. participating ACOs would be reporting on at least the following classes of measures: (a) risk-adjusted health outcomes and improvement on specified ambulatory chronic conditions as well as common inpatient chronic conditions. reducing unwarranted geographic variations in per-beneficiary spending.

While these projects proved successful at reducing costs and improving patient outcomes. In particular. these projects should provide valuable information on which modern gainsharing strategies work and which do not. CMS is conducting a pair of multi-year programs that will allow up to 24 hospitals to share with their physician partners a portion of any savings to the Medicare program that are generated from improved quality and efficiency of care delivered to Medicare beneficiaries. For example. Successful implementation of new payment and delivery models to promote coordination and value-based purchasing may require changes to the regulatory structure governing provider collaboration. neither demonstration has officially launched to date. Therefore. one demonstration will focus on tracking patients beyond their hospital stay. the Stark and antikickback laws — which appropriately protect against financial conflicts-of-interest between hospitals and physicians — have come to broadly prevent hospitals from offering financial incentives to physicians who appropriately use imaging services or prevent readmissions through disease management protocols. Congress directed CMS to conduct two demonstration projects that would examine whether physician-hospital collaboration is an effective method for promoting quality and constraining costs. To achieve this goal. CMS should implement ACO pilots on as broad a scale as is feasible. and interested stakeholders to develop gainsharing proposals that strike the appropriate balance between thoughtful incentives for coordination of care and careful protections against financial conflicts-of-interest that could harm quality of care.The development of a shared savings program building on the success of the PGP demonstration should proceed as rapidly as possible. Concerns about unfettered gainsharing that does not ensure patient safety are warranted. which could permit testing variations of the model. Once underway. 54 .56 While promising. subsequent decisions by the HHS Office of the Inspector General (OIG) have significantly dampened gainsharing efforts by allowing only limited projects to move forward. the Baucus plan would strive to work with CMS. Allowing providers to share among themselves savings from improved efficiency and quality — also known as gainsharing — is one potential strategy to encourage provider collaboration. the Baucus plan would also take steps to break down existing barriers that keep health care providers from improving patient care through increased collaboration. 55 More recently. As part of delivery system reforms. 54 CMS conducted demonstration projects in the 1990s that allowed participating hospitals to experiment with gainsharing arrangements. as well as any unintended consequences associated with provider collaboration. Gainsharing. the HHS OIG. As is the case with other areas. CMS could also use existing authority to align payment models in specific regions or states to support similar initiatives led by private payers and state Medicaid programs. to determine whether provider collaboration can save money and generate efficiencies across multiple clinical episodes and settings.

Yet patients and their physicians can face a daunting task choosing among treatment options. HEALTH CARE INFRASTRUCTURE A health system that performs to its potential — providing high value care for every dollar invested — requires adequate infrastructure to support it. the Medicare Payment Advisory Commission (MedPAC). poses a challenge for our health system: can it produce evidence regarding what treatments work best in a timely fashion? Experts agree that the U. The Baucus plan answers these calls. 58. Despite these efforts.D. current funding for effectiveness research in the U.S. lacks sufficient capacity to produce unbiased information to compare existing treatments to determine which ones are more effective and for which patients. 61 . but too often they lack knowledge as to whether one works better. 55 . organizations like the Technology Evaluation Center funded by the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association and the Veteran Administration’s Center for Health Care Evaluation conduct research that compares the effectiveness of different medical treatments. and the health care workforce.S. Priorities for infrastructure investment include: comparative effectiveness research. 60 .S. 57 The rapid development of medical technology and medical treatments in the U. which would ultimately improve the ability of providers to deliver the right care at the right time for each and every patient. health information technology (IT). As first suggested in the Comparative Effectiveness Research Act of 2008. produces some of the most technologically advanced medical care in the world. The National Institutes of Health (NIH) as well as the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality (AHRQ) have also conducted seminal research comparing one or more medical interventions. is inadequate to keep pace with medical innovation. 62 Providers have more diagnostic tests and treatment options to choose from than ever before. The U.S. Public and private research efforts are also highly fragmented and poorly coordinated. and the Congressional Budget Office (CBO)—have called on Congress to create a national entity charged with conducting this type of research. as the Congressional Budget Office has signaled that national health spending could be significantly reduced if more unbiased data were available and used widely by providers and patients. 63 introduced earlier this year. On a limited scale. Such an effort would likely lower costs too. Several well-respected panels—including the Institute of Medicine (IOM). The reforms outlined in this plan would require new investments in our health care infrastructure. or if several lead to similar outcomes. This plan envisions a national approach to conduct and promote comparative effectiveness research. Comparative Effectiveness Research. this plan would create a new institute charged with identifying the most pressing gaps in clinical knowledge that prevent the health system from delivering the best outcomes for patients. 59 .

Importantly. and management of health conditions. The Institute would be created as an independent entity to remove the potential for political influence on the development of national research priorities. and AHRQ. The comparative effectiveness Institute would need to assess the full spectrum of clinical interventions. For example. and other therapies. the Institute should publish its charter. rules. In addition to setting national priorities. and payers of health care to make more informed clinical decisions. Comparative effectiveness research would be more credible. and patient networks. Most importantly. In addition. The Comptroller General should perform regular audits of its activities to ensure that the Institute meets its statutory mission in a fair. the Institute would also need to disseminate its research findings to the public. proceedings. medical devices. if it remained free from political influence and reflected broad stakeholder input. the Institute should be subject to rigorous oversight of its finances and mission in order to maintain the public trust. Its reports should serve both clinical and general audiences. These new endeavors would need an adequate and stable source of funding. the research should meet the goal of helping patients. A broad scope would provide better evidence for existing diagnostics. and reports and make them available on a public Internet site. and more useful. services. medical societies. procedures. providers. and credible manner.The Health Care Comparative Effectiveness Research Institute envisioned in the Comparative Effectiveness Research Act of 2008 would be a private. treatment. Its meetings should be open to the public. The Institute must also have flexibility to meet its priorities by contracting directly with private researchers as appropriate. A mix of public and private resources is the best long-term 56 . Public funds would be the best option to get the Institute up and running.S. It could work in concert with government agencies (such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and AHRQ). like NIH. that have robust research networks in place and that can be put to good use here. It should be able to contract with experienced Federal agencies. a new institute should provide for the conduct of the studies that would meet its priorities. The Institute should not just recommend areas of inquiry. But the information produced by such an Institute would benefit all Americans—those who receive health care through public and private sources—so it makes sense for a small assessment on private health insurers to be included. which have the greatest gaps in evidence and variations in practice patterns. Comptroller General. Activities of the Institute should be open to public input and transparent in order to maintain integrity of the research. It should also provide for public comment periods at key stages—including the development of research priorities and study designs—in addition to holding public forums on controversial or complex topics. it should produce the vital information needed. nonprofit corporation with a Board of Governors appointed from the public and private sectors by the U. including pharmaceuticals. open. prevention.

Encouraging more rapid adoption and use of health IT systems will improve health care quality and make our health care system more efficient. 67 and help providers use comparative effectiveness findings in their own clinical practices. In the absence of sound evidence. lab work. The Baucus plan provides Federal-level leadership to spur the modernization necessary to support a truly patient-centered delivery system. providers. and via fax machines. and culture that clinicians and office staff may resist. and then access test results.70 Some providers. such as: ! ! ! ! Tracking patient care. and Providing evidence-based decision support to physicians. clinical guidelines and protocols can vary widely. there is a growing consensus among patient advocates. Health IT adoption by providers has been low to date. as well as a lack of a clear return on investment. particularly physicians. hospital admissions. Reductions in office visits. lack the resources or expertise to navigate the large and complex market of health IT products or to maintain such a system over time. Knowing more about the effect of different health interventions would help to reduce the variability in treating disease. More advanced health information technology (IT) offers tools to streamline and support the process of collecting and analyzing the data needed to provide the best and most efficient care possible. 69. and other tests electronically. a fear of investing in systems that may soon be obsolete. Safeguards must be put in place to ensure that patient privacy is protected. especially in smaller settings. Reporting to chronic disease registries. Most providers in the health care system collect and transmit information on paper. especially for physicians in smallgroup practices. 68 Providers. over the phone. Allowing physicians to order medications. 57 .65 Automating the collection of clinical data will also be a vital component of better quality performance measurement and reporting. Despite these challenges. America must make a greater investment to generate information about what works in health care. and help to lower health costs for everyone. and other services that could be achieved through the use of health IT would accrue to the benefit of payers and patients but not to providers themselves. help to better manage and prevent illnesses. Clinical IT comprises multiple applications that can support different functions in health care. And existing payment incentives discourage health IT adoption. and more reflective of the composition of the Institute and its broad reach. 66 Technology can facilitate richer data sets for comparative effectiveness research. and payers that a path forward that drives adoption and protects patient privacy must be found.framework for funding.64. cite as obstacles the cost of purchasing and implementing systems. processes. Implementing health IT also requires changes in office organization. Health Information Technology.

and (3) promotion of information sharing among providers. a shortage of health care workers will become increasingly problematic. getting more out of health IT. loans. (2) assistance to providers in navigating the health IT market and implementing systems. health care workers represent roughly 12 percent of the American labor force. 76 An inadequate physician supply will not only affect the elderly. 74 As the population continues to age. Health Care Workforce. there have been at least 35 studies published since 2002 demonstrating current or future physician workforce needs. but also the 20 percent of Americans who live in underserved communities and already struggle to obtain access to medical care. Direct grants. Various studies suggest that the country is facing a health professional shortage. 58 . Between 2005 and 2020. A similar model could be employed to encourage the use of electronic health records if other obstacles are addressed. and financial incentives provided through Medicare pay-forperformance initiatives could promote adoption of health IT. The plan also calls for additional technical assistance to help providers assess products. Promoting the sharing of information among providers also would improve coordination of care and efficiency. Congress recently established bonus payments in Medicare for physicians using qualified e-prescribing systems. there are growing concerns that the U. 72 Among these is a report by the Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA). Today. and manage implementation and ongoing maintenance. understand their needs. According to the American Association of Medical Colleges (AAMC).Consistent with recommendations made by MedPAC and others. 73 Other studies by HRSA warn of a nursing shortage in the coming years. 75 During the same period. Efforts at the community level to increase this exchange have seen limited success in some areas. interoperable health IT systems. Helping providers navigate the health IT market and implement qualified systems could also aid widespread adoption.S. which predicts that demand for physician services will exceed supply by 2020. does not have a sufficient supply of health care professionals to meet the demands of a changing and aging population. the number of Americans over age 65 is projected to increase by 50 percent. but stronger leadership at the Federal level will be necessary to initiate nationwide adoption of advanced. the number of physicians is projected to grow only 16 percent. then the Office of the National Coordinator for Health IT would immediately promulgate standards. if the private sector does not find timely consensus. the Baucus plan proposes three strategies to encourage the adoption and use of health IT: (1) financial incentives. The Baucus plan will accelerate efforts to certify software products by setting a deadline for the establishment of harmonized interoperability standards. These bonus payments phase down over five years and become a requirement (enforced through payment reductions). 71 While these workers strive to provide high-quality care and make important contributions.

80 These policies represent a shift in the structure and focus of the GME program.500 medical training positions have been created that do not receive support from Medicare. respectively. 77 Since this rule took effect. such as in community-based primary care offices. the landscape of physician supply relative to demand has shifted. 81 Congress should increase accountability around how these and other GME funds are spent. Included in the 1965 legislation that created Medicare. The same degree of disparity is also evident in the 59 . In recent years. Medicare spent roughly $8. 78 Also of concern has been the question of whether the Medicare GME program should place a greater emphasis on providing training in critical focus areas. and preventive services. In addition to direct payments for GME. but are worth serious Congressional consideration. the higher the payment. According to MedPAC. GME funding should be used to train residents outside traditional hospital settings. we must also take steps to increase the number of racial and ethnic minorities who enter our health workforce. Indirect medical education (IME) payments under Medicare are based on the ratio of residents to beds — the higher the ratio. In addition. In 2007. There is also discussion about allocating GME funds toward nurse practitioners and physician assistants who also play a role in managing patients’ primary care needs. These payments are not well targeted and are set at a level that is twice as high as what can be justified empirically. more than $3 billion in extra payments are made to teaching hospitals with no accountability for how these funds are used. it needs to be reexamined. 79 Similarly. of the general population. geriatrics. such as primary care. Minorities are underrepresented among our nation’s health care workers. the GME program provides subsidies to help teaching hospitals and other entities cover the direct costs associated with medical training in accredited teaching programs.The Federal government plays a key role in training future health care professionals through the Medicare Graduate Medical Education (GME) program. As we work to strengthen graduate medical education programs. The program has served as a major funding source for medical training for most teaching hospitals. and roughly 6. The residency cap was established as part of the Balanced Budget Act of 1997 in response to what many considered an oversupply of physicians in the pipeline. the AAMC and other stakeholders have raised concerns about rules in the current Medicare program that place a cap on the number of medical residency slots that can be supported by the GME program. While the Medicare GME program has provided essential resources for training America’s physicians. African-American and Latino physicians comprise only three and a half and five percent. Native Americans/Alaska Natives comprise only two percent of the physician workforce. others have recommended that training programs place a greater emphasis on preparing providers to practice in an organized delivery system or team-based environment. of the physician workforce compared to 11 and 13 percent. Medicare also subsidizes the indirect costs of patient care associated with graduate medical training. respectively. Among physicians.8 billion on GME activities.

” (2008) 7 8 Richard J. These efforts are critical if we are to place our nation’s workforce on sound footing to address the health care needs of current and future generations.area of nursing care. Exploring options to increasing the residency cap for certain specialty areas. Determining ways to modernize the GME benefit through policies to allow training in other treatment settings and encouraging a focus on care coordination. Ibid. Leiyu Shi. and Congress must dedicate the time and attention to graduate medical education that it deserves. “21st-Century Primary Care: New Physician Roles Need New Payment Models.” (2008). and James Macinko. 1 Barbara Starfield. 60 . merit re-examination as we work to improve our health care infrastructure. Loan assistance and forgiveness programs for caregivers who choose to practice in underserved areas should also be expanded to make sure that patient needs are met.” Milbank Quarterly 83. “Report to Congress: Reforming the Delivery System.w4. (2008): 1595-1597. Education. especially as we expand access to insurance for millions of Americans. 10. no. Significant work must be done in these areas. 4 5 6 Medicare Payment Advisory Commission. 2004. and Beneficiaries’ Quality of Care. Baron and Christine K.1377/hlthaff.” Milbank Quarterly 83.” Health Affairs. “Medicare Spending: The Physician Workforce. “Report to Congress: Reviewing the Work Relative Values of Physician Fee Schedule Services. Leiyu Shi. such as Title VII and Title VIII of the Public Health Service Act. and Working with the Senate Health. Policy solutions in this area should be considered as part of health care reform. Many of these programs. 299. Medicare Payment Advisory Commission. 3 (2005): 457-502. 3 (2005): 457-502. Labor and Pensions (HELP) Committee to address workforce shortages and support increased racial and ethnic diversity within the health care workforce by strengthening public health programs in these areas. Medicare Payment Advisory Commission. “Contribution of Primary Care to Health Systems and Health. Next steps could include: ! ! ! ! ! Evaluating whether changes are needed to the number of allowable GME training slots. 3 2 Barbara Starfield. Strategies to improve the racial and ethnic diversification of our health workforce include increasing the number of pipeline education programs at the high school and college level and providing funding for scholarship and loan programs that support racial diversification among health workers and medical faculty. Increasing accountability of indirect medical education (IME) funding.” (2008): 135. “Report to Congress: Reforming the Delivery System.184). “Contribution of Primary Care to Health Systems and Health.” Journal of the American Medical Association. 10 (2004):184-196 (published online 7 April. 2004. 13. no. Katherine Baicker and Amitabh Chandra. and James Macinko. Cassell. Racial or ethnic minorities represent only 14 percent of the nursing workforce while they represent 34 percent82 of the general population. no. no.

24-hour patient communication system.File. Public Law 110-275. 26 27 Deficit Reduction Act (P. ability to maintain up-to-date records of beneficiaries’ advance directives.” CRS.org/online/etc/medialib/aafp_org/documents/policy/state/medicaid/ncfull.3613.9 Stephen Wilhide and Tim Henderson.” (2004).cms. Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (P. and acute health services). September 2008. (2006): 18.L.” National Academy Press. (2006). Medicare Payment Advisory Commission. introduced by Senator Ron Wyden. the Independence at Home Act.” (2005). “Report to Congress: Pay-for-Performance in Health Care. Mathematica.asp. “Access For All America Quality of Care Statistics”. include the following: Provision of primary care services (including coordinating appropriate preventive. “Report to Congress: Evaluation of Phase I of Medicare Health Support (Formerly Voluntary Chronic Care Improvement) Pilot Program Under Traditional Fee-for-Service Medicare. maintenance. Institute of Medicine. section 5001 (a). “Report to the Congress: New Approaches in Medicare.File. 108-173).” American Academy of Family Physicians. Public Law 109-432. and S. 16 15 RTI International.pdf S. implementation of a formal quality improvement program. 22 21 20 19 18 17 Medicare Payment Advisory Commission. National Association of Community Health Centers.aafp. “Crossing the Quality Chasm: A New Health System for the 21st Century. implementation of a rapid access. use of health information technology for active clinical decision support. introduced by Senator Blanche Lincoln.tmp/ ncfullreport. 109-171). Fiscal Year 2009 Quality Measure Reporting for 2010 Payment Update. “Community Care of North Carolina: A Provider-Led Strategy for Delivering Cost-Effective Primary Care to Medicaid Beneficiaries.pdf 10 11 12 The Tax Relief and Health Care Act of 2006.0001.gov/apps/media/fact_sheets. “Medicare Fact Sheet. active care management. 61 . NACHC. (2001). “Report to the Congress: Medicare Payment Policy.aafp.” (2007).Par.org Stephen Wilhide and Tim Henderson. and a maintenance of a written understanding with each beneficiary designating the provider as a medical home.tmp/ ncfullreport.hhs.ncqa. “Community Care of North Carolina: A Provider-Led Strategy for Delivering Cost-Effective Primary Care to Medicaid Beneficiaries.” (2008).1340. Criteria for provider participation in the medical home program should. section 501(b). www. the Geriatric Assessment and Chronic Care Coordination Act. Medicare Prescription Drug. at minimum. Institute of Medicine.Par. “To Err is Human: Building a Safer Health Care System. (2006). (2006).cfm Institute of Medicine. http://www. The Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008. 13 14 National Committee for Quality Assurance. “Performance Measurement: Accelerating Improvement. 23 24 25 Congressional Research Service. http://www.nachc.org/aaa-statistics. “Third Report to Congress on the Evaluation of the Medicare Coordinated Care Demonstration.0001.L. (1999).org/online/etc/medialib/aafp_org/documents/policy/state/medicaid/ncfull. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services.” CRS. www.” American Academy of Family Physicians. May 2007.” National Academy Press. http://www.” National Academy Press.

” http://www. “Report to Congress: Assessing Alternatives to the Sustainable Growth Rate (SGR) Formula.commonwealthfund. Mark C. Medicare Payment Advisory Commission. no. “Medicare Participating Heart Bypass Demonstration: Final Report. Balanced Budget Act of 1997. Government Accountability Office.cms. (2008). U.pdf?section=4039. “Lost in Transition: Challenges and Opportunities for Improving the Quality of Transitional Care. “Report to Congress: Assessing Alternatives to the Sustainable Growth Rate System.R. http://www.” GAO. 48 49 47 46 45 Ibid. (1998). 42 41 40 39 38 37 Eric A. Public Law 105-33.org/usr_doc/StateScorecard. “Report to Congress: Reforming the Delivery System. (2008). Medicare Payment Advisory Commission.asp?filterType=none&filterByDID=99&sortByDID=3&sortOrder=descending&itemID=CMS1198992&intNumPerPage=2000 62 .gov/DemoProjectsEvalRpts/MD/itemdetail. Berenson.” (Testimony before Senate Committee on Finance. http://premierinc. “Report to Congress: Reforming the Delivery System.S. “Health Care Episodes: Definition. 110-275).jsp Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. 2008). Glenn Steele.L.” Premier.. Can Lead to Greater Program Efficiency. (2007). introduced by Congressman John Dingell. MA: Health Economics Research. and Use. (2008). (2006). “Why Not the Best? Results from the National Scorecard on the U.” Premier.” CMS. Hornbrook et al.” GAO.” (2007). Measurement. Medicare Payment Advisory Commission. (2007). http://www.jsp. “CMS/Premier Hospital Quality Incentive Demonstration: Year 2 results. Coleman. 2. “Focus on Physician Practice Patterns. 7 (2004): 533-536. Congressional Budget Office.” Waltham.” Annals of Internal Medicine 141. September 16. 34 35 36 33 32 Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008 (P.3162. 31 30 Government Accountability Office. Medicare Payment Advisory Commission.. “Aligning Incentives: The Case for Delivery System Reform. (2007). H. “Report to Congress: Plan to Implement a Medicare Hospital Value-Based Purchasing Program. Medicare Payment Advisory Commission. 42.28 Premier. “Medicare Part B Imaging Services: Rapid Spending Growth and Shift to Physician Offices Indicate Need for CMS to Consider Additional Management Practices.” (2008): 90.S. Senate. July 2007. “Medicare Demonstrations.” CBO. Children’s Health and Medicare Protection Act of 2007. and Robert A.” (2007). “The Sustainable Growth Rate Formula for Setting Medicare’s Physician Payment Rates. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. 29 Premier. “Estimated Changes in Net Federal Outlays from Alternative Proposals for Changing Physician Payment Rate..” (2008).” Medical Care Review.” (2007).” CBO. 43 44 The Commonwealth Fund.premierinc. Jerry Cromwell et al.com/quality-safety/tools-services/p4p/index. Health System Performance” The Commonwealth Fund.com/about/news/jan-07/hqid-year2. “Value-based Purchasing: HQID and Premier’s P4P Leadership. (1985): 163. “Report to Congress: Assessing Alternatives to the Sustainable Growth Rate System. no. Inc.hhs. Congressional Budget Office. section 183.

S. (2005): 1103-1117. Low Quality in Health Care: The Necessity for Reform. Gail Wilensky.. Paul B. 1. 6 (2006): 572-585. Anthony Bower.” Health Affairs. U. (2005): 1323. 2008). U. “Report to Congress: Reforming the Delivery System. 26. S..” (Testimony before the Senate Committee on Finance. David Gans et al. Gail Wilensky. 1 (2007). 60 61 62 59 58 57 IOM Roundtable on Evidence-Based Medicine.” CMS. no. While this approach has some strengths and some weaknesses. “Report to Congress: New Approaches in Medicare. 5. 6 (2006): 586-588. http://www. “Research on the Comparative Effectiveness of Medical Treatments.asp?filterType=none&filterByDID=0&sortByD ID=3&sortOrder=descending&itemID=CMS1186805&intNumPerPage=10. 2008).” (2007). Savings. 24. “Medical Groups’ Adoption of Electronic Health Records and Information Systems. Stephen M. “The Medicare Physician Group Practice Demonstration: Lessons Learned on Improving Quality and Efficiency in Health Care. and Roger Taylor. Introduced by Senator Baucus and Senator Conrad. 65 66 64 63 Medicare Payment Advisory Commission. 71 Health Resources and Services Administration.hrsa. U.” CBO.” (Testimony before the Senate Committee on Finance.” Health Affairs. "Creating Accountable Care Organizations: The Extended Hospital Medical Staff. (2007). “Rising Costs. Fische. Federico Girosi. 63 . “Can A Center For Comparative Effectiveness Information Succeed? Perspectives From A Health Care Company. 69 70 68 67 Medicare Payment Advisory Commission. and Michelle M. “Gain Sharing: A Good Concept Getting A Bad Name?” Health Affairs 26.S. Richard Hillestad. The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services.gov/healthworkforce/reports/#medicine. Senate.gov/demoprojectsevalrpts/md/itemdetail.cbo. “The United States Health Workforce Profile. June 2.pdf. Gail R. July 17." Health Affairs. no. (2008): 95-97. “The Right Care at the Right Time: Leveraging Innovation to Provide Quality Care for All Americans. “Developing A Center For Comparative Effectiveness Information. July 17. Medicare Payment Advisory Commission. Casalino. and Costs. Senate.Michael Trisolini et al. U.” (2008). no. Kathy Buto and Peter Juhn. no. Richard Hillestad.” (2004).” The Commonwealth Fund.” Health Affairs. it is not feasible to implement on a national scale and thus should not be employed in the next iteration of the PGP approach. Ginsburg. no. James Bigelow. The PGP demonstration program uses a control group to evaluate whether participants are reducing spending.” (Testimony before the Senate Committee on Finance. 2008). 55 56 54 53 52 51 50 Ibid. 2008).” (2004). “Health Care Reform Requires Accountable Care Systems. Richard Hillestad. 5. no. “Details for DRA 5007 Medicare Hospital Gainsharing Demonstration. Congressional Budget Office. 300.S.hhs. “Report to Congress: New Approaches in Medicare.” HRSA. Elliot S.” Health Affairs. “The Right Care at the Right Time: Leveraging Innovation to Provide Quality Care for All Americans. 25. Senate. The Comparative Effectiveness Research Act of 2008. 24.” (Testimony before the Senate Committee on Finance. “Learning What Works Best. (2006). (2007): 58-67. “Can Electronic Medical Record Systems Transform Healthcare? An Assessment of Potential Health Benefits..3408. Shortell and Lawrence P. Richard Scoville. Wilensky. “The Right Care at the Right Time: Leveraging Innovation to Provide Quality Care for All Americans. (2008).gov/ftpdocs/88xx/doc8891/12-18-ComparativeEffectiveness.” Journal of the American Medical Association. http://www.S. Nicholas Wolter. Robin Meili. http://bhpr. Fisher et al.cms. Senate. July 17.

http://www.” (Testimony before the Committee on Health.S.” (2008).L 105-33. “Health Policy Report: Medicare. 6 (2008): 645. Senate. Health Care Delivery System for High Performance. and New Policy Directions.” HRSA.” HRSA. February 12. Education.gov/bhpr/nursing/nurptsummary. U. Edward Salsberg.pdf. http://bhpr. “Healthcare Workforce Issues for the Future. The Balanced Budget Act of 1997 (P. The Commonwealth Fund. Chapter II).” New England Journal of Medicine 359. 76 77 78 John K. Health Resources and Services Administration.htm. “Report to Congress: Reforming the Delivery System. Iglehart.html. Labor and Pensions. February 12.Edward Salsberg. ftp://ftp. (2006).hrsa.hrsa. “Physician Supply and Demand: Projections to 2020. 2008). no.S.hrsa. Graduate Medical Education. Senate.S. 2008).gov/Press-Release/www/releases/archives/population/006808. Labor and Pensions.S. Health Resources and Services Administration.” HRSA.” The Commonwealth Fund.” U. 75 74 73 72 Health Resources and Services Administration. U. Census Bureau. Census Bureau. “Nation’s Population One-Third Minority. “Organizing the U.S. “The United States Health Workforce Profile.gov/healthworkforce/reports/physiciansupplydemand/default. http://bhpr. (2008).” (Testimony before the Committee on Health.gov/healthworkforce/reports/#medicine. U. “Healthcare Workforce Issues for the Future. Education. (2007). “Towards a Method for Identifying Facilities and Communities with Shortages of Nurses. (2008). Ibid. 81 82 80 79 Medicare Payment Advisory Commission.census. 64 . (2006).

Increased Transparency.S.3 trillion a year — more than 16 percent of the U. and quality improved. Beyond these measures.S. 3 That means we spend over $700 billion more than we need to get the outcomes that we receive today. more efficient providers and treatments when they are able to do so. 4 5 But savings from the reforms proposed earlier in this Call to Action and the financing mechanisms in this section can make the net cost of reform much smaller. Americans deserve a health care system in which everyone has affordable coverage. Some experts predict that a health system covering all Americans would necessitate $100 billion to $150 billion in new Federal spending per year. This will require an investment. Taxpayer dollars should cover needed benefits and not fraudulent medical claims. income. employment. they must bring value to the program and beneficiaries. Greater transparency in these areas can help eliminate waste and drive better value throughout the health system. Private Insurance Plans in Medicare. evidence-based care. Careful reforms of medical malpractice laws can lower administrative costs and health spending throughout the system. Clearly. or health status. Medical Malpractice. and investing in critical research and health information technology that can lead to higher-value care. by realigning the health care system toward prevention and primary care.2 We spend more than any other country on health care — both per capita and as a percentage of gross domestic product — yet the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) estimates that up to one-third of that spending does not improve Americans’ health outcomes. National spending on health care can be lowered. economy — on health care. the Baucus plan endorses even further. and economists warn that rising health care costs represent a serious threat to our long-term fiscal security. Waste. rewarding providers that deliver quality.CHAPTER IV BAUCUS PLAN: FINANCING A MORE EFFICIENT HEALTH CARE SYSTEM The U. 1. while ensuring that injured patients are compensated fairly for their losses. excess spending must be eliminated and dollars put to better use — not only to correct the imbalances of the current health care system. If private insurers participate in Medicare. and Abuse. more direct steps in these five areas to curb excess health care spending. Overpayments to private 65 ! ! ! . but to offset the high costs of much-needed comprehensive reform. New initiatives should be implemented immediately to better detect and eliminate financial fraud and abuse in our public programs. Public reporting of the costs and quality of care — as well as the relationships between providers and drug or device makers that may lead to biased decision-making — can encourage providers to pursue better outcomes and help patients choose better. ! Fraud. spends $2. Information about the full value of employersponsored health care could help employees make better coverage decisions for themselves and their families. no matter their age.

and threaten the financial integrity of essential Federal health care programs. Congress and the public must be realistic about the timeframe in which the fiscal success of reform is measured. the costs of inaction. would eventually be far greater than any initial outlays. tens of millions will continue to be uninsured. ! Long-Term Care Services and Supports. both in human and financial terms.S. and the nation’s entitlement programs will consume a greater portion of the Federal budget. WASTE. however. more efficient spending of health care dollars by consumers themselves. If we fail to act. targeted reforms can promote smarter. But it is time to explore ways in which tax incentives can be modified to distribute benefits more fairly and effectively. can harm beneficiaries. such as comparative effectiveness research and malpractice reform.000 deaths each year. At the same time. AND ABUSE Fraud. Much of the savings from reforms.insurers in the Medicare Advantage program must be eliminated so that spending is put on a level playing field with traditional Medicare. ! In the short term. waste. America must choose to invest now in a health care system that will richly repay the nation with greater health and economic stability in the long term. Such tax provisions have been and will continue to be the main tool used to foster employerbased health insurance coverage in the U. and abuse cheat the taxpayer. A. Further expanding home and community-based care. These ends cannot be accomplished without a stronger investment in a more robust workforce. without financial giveaways to insurers. The current long-term care system is expensive. and does not encourage the delivery of high-quality care. would not accrue until policies have been in place for several years. the current national expenditure on health care will double from over $2 trillion to $4 trillion. Payments should also be modified to promote the best of what plans have to offer beneficiaries. fragmented. health care reform will likely cost taxpayers more than the government can achieve in savings from all reforms and financing changes. Congress should also explore targeted reforms of the tax code to make incentives work better within the current system. Tax Incentives for Health Coverage. Similar but smaller tax incentives increase access to coverage for the self-employed and ease the burden of health expenses for people with no employer coverage. poor quality will continue to contribute to nearly 100. In short. Many payment errors are the result of honest mistakes unrelated to providers or suppliers trying to take advantage of 66 . testing new models of care delivery and coordination. and better supporting family caregivers are essential to improving the quality and efficiency of the system. FRAUD. tax incentives for employer-sponsored health benefits have made employer coverage more affordable for millions of workers. Since the mid-1950s. Price discounts for prescription drugs of the dualeligibles in Medicare’s prescription drug plans should reflect discounts in Medicaid.

” 7 The full magnitude of health care fraud. 8 The amount of money wasted on billing errors and other mistakes is also staggering.Medicare. Better alignment of incentives and value-based purchasing in particular would reduce waste because they will cut down on instances in which Medicare pays for something beneficiaries do not need. HCFAC has returned over $10. There are clear differences between fraud. Both lead to unnecessary costs to the payer. the U. Last year. but the outlays for fighting fraud and abuse in these programs have not kept pace. and CHIP must have flexibility to quickly deliver high-quality. Abuse is any practice that is not consistent with the goals of providing patients with services which (1) are medically necessary.8 billion incorrectly. but evidence of the problem is everywhere. or controls. the National Health Care AntiFraud Association estimates conservatively that at least three percent — or more than $60 billion each year — is lost to fraud. June Gibbs Brown. Fraud and abuse connote some level of culpability in that they involve billing practices or behaviors that include misrepresentation of or overcharging for services delivered. Waste is the incurring of unnecessary costs as a result of deficient practices. and abuse is a deviation from acceptable business and medical standards.4 billion to the Medicare Trust Fund alone. 9 Many of the improvements to the delivery system discussed in the preceding chapter would help reduce wasteful spending. we need to do more. which includes ideas articulated by HHS OIG. Medicaid. waste. and abuse cannot be determined with precision. Outlays for Medicare and Medicaid almost doubled between 2000 and 2008. and abuse. and aggressively detecting them when prevention fails. lowcost services while minimizing providers’ administrative burdens. A five-part strategy will effectively 67 . waste. systems. and abuse have been commendable. Fraud is willful or intentional. said in testimony before the Senate Appropriations Committee that. The Baucus plan. However. and abuse before they happen. state. acting through the Department’s Office of Inspector General (OIG).9 percent. the Medicare program reported a fee-for-service payment error rate of 3. We can provide more and better care for our beneficiaries if we do more to reduce fraud. and (3) are fairly priced. “Fraud is the obtaining of something of value through intentional misrepresentation or concealment of material facts. and the Attorney General. which means that Medicare paid over $10. For instance. and local law enforcement activities to prevent health care fraud and abuse. waste. The Secretary of Health and Human Services (HHS). the Health and Human Services Inspector General. 10 would focus on preventing fraud. Medicaid. 6 In 1994. In the ten years since its inception. (2) meet professionally recognized standards. waste. and CHIP. some providers and suppliers purposefully manipulate these programs for financial gain. Medicare. spends more than $2 trillion on health care every year.S. which coordinates Federal. and abuse. waste. While the efforts to fight fraud. Of that amount. run the Health Care Fraud and Abuse Control (HCFAC) program. More can be done to combat unnecessary spending.

This person should never have been allowed to become a supplier. First. Finally. The competitive bidding program for durable medical equipment. the Federal government has an absolute duty to conduct vigilant oversight of Medicare. For example. waste.65 million. and penalties and sanctions would enable better detection and punishment of inappropriate or unlawful behavior. beneficiaries also incurred $1. an individual arrived in Miami-Dade County from Cuba and soon thereafter enrolled as a Medicare provider. and CHIP and continuously monitor for evidence of fraud. Medicare allowed an average $7. responses to detected fraud must be swift and strong. investigation of providers and suppliers. and abuse. his new company billed over $4. Program vulnerabilities that are revealed by the fraudulent conduct must be remedied to prevent repeated abuse. Improvements and enhancements in the collection and review of data. prosthetics. Second. or abuse. infusion clinics. Fourth. working with providers and suppliers to promote compliance with program requirements and quality and safety standards could actually increase it. For example. providers or suppliers from engaging in fraud. government payment methodologies should discourage. while allowing the programs to effectively serve beneficiaries. Medicaid.215 for rental of a piece of durable medical equipment that costs about $600 to purchase new. Most health care providers and suppliers intend to act in accordance with program requirements.fight fraud. waste. Ensuring that only well-intentioned and law-abiding people and companies have the privilege of providing health care items and services to beneficiaries is an important initial step. The same is true for quality and safety standards applicable in Medicare. and other Medicare providers and suppliers. however. Competitive bidding is a proven method for saving money and reducing fraud in this area. in 2006.1 million in fraudulent claims and was paid $1. establishment of internal controls. and CHIP. and orthotics has been temporarily delayed. Medicaid. and CHIP. 11 As a result of these excessive fees. From April until June. in January of 2005. 12 Third. Punishments must be sufficient to deter others from considering the same behavior.443 in coinsurance charges for this equipment. Florida’s Miami-Dade County is home to many companies that claim to be durable medical equipment suppliers. rather than encourage. He has since disappeared. the Department of Justice and HHS OIG created a strike force whose primary goal was to attack the fraud problem by decreasing the amount of time between the government’s detection of a fraud scheme and the arrest and prosecution of the offenders. Medicaid. waste. That effort has lead to over 76 convictions and criminal fines and civil recoveries in excess of $140 million. In May 2007. mandated reporting of violations. and the program should move forward. 68 . but need help doing so. For example. and abuse. the government must do a better job of screening those allowed to become providers and suppliers in Medicare.

According to the Office of Management and Budget. what they pay for relative to their insurer.” 16 These types of relationships are common throughout the physician community. and most of these relationships involved receiving food in the workplace (83 percent) or receiving drug samples (78 percent). trips and paid consultancies. Thirty-five percent received reimbursement for costs associated with professional meetings or continuing medical education. and money to effectively monitor and detect fraudulent. The Baucus plan focuses on three areas that would benefit from greater transparency: physician-industry relationships. Physician-Industry Relationships. pens. and abuse be sufficient to respond to this growing problem. and abuse. Effective elimination of fraud provides a significant return on investment. physician self-referral. wasteful. According to a Harvard Medical School study. 13 Watchdog and advisory agencies like the HHS OIG. Providers suffer from some of this same confusion. manpower. The Baucus plan would invest much needed resources to carry out this fight because it takes time. waste.” 14 Though these relationships may lead to advancements in medical technology and a better understanding of medical procedures. “may also result in physicians prescribing higher priced.”15 These higher costs occur because industry gifts. waste. and cost and quality information. This lack of understanding leads to frustration. With better information. the HHS OIG demonstrated a return on investment of 16:1 for these efforts. B. “this practice likely results in substantial increases in the costs of health care. or what their insurer is charged — not to mention what a service actually costs. brand-name drugs instead of cheaper. and more than one quarter (28 69 .Success demands that the resources devoted to fighting fraud. providers and payers would gain a better understanding of how the system works and would be able to see how health care dollars are spent. and law enforcement agencies must be provided with the resources that they need to combat fraud. INCREASED TRANSPARENCY Making more information available to health care providers and consumers would remove much of the mystery that currently shrouds our health care system. or abusive practices. “most physicians (94 percent) reported some type of relationship with the pharmaceutical industry. We also need to work with the HHS and CMS program managers responsible for protecting and effectively managing these programs. Increasing transparency — providing more and better information — would improve the level of understanding. equally effective alternatives. state Medicaid Fraud Control Units. the Medicare Payment Advisory Commission. Providing meaningful and useful information would alleviate much of the frustration and suspicion. It is often too difficult for Americans to understand what services they receive or why they receive them. drug samples. Harvard’s Eric Campbell told the Finance Committee: “A physician-industry relationship exits whenever a physician accepts anything from a pharmaceutical or device company such as dinners at fancy restaurants. consumers. Government Accountability Office. lunches.

24 Unfortunately.percent) received payments for consulting. expect to get paid for the work that they perform. The AMA “allows physicians to accept gifts as long as the gifts primarily benefit patients and are not of substantial value. in addition to getting paid. However. and highlight those physicians who have decided not to take part in inappropriate relationships. however. or enrolling patients in trials. have found a way to game the system so that. For these reasons. so that regardless of provider relationships. the Baucus plan would require disclosure of gifts and other transfers of value made by drug and device companies to physicians and other health care professionals. Maine. we can be sure physicians are recommending and performing medical care based on sound medical science rather than heavy-handed industry influence. Only with this information can potential bias be known. allow the media to explore potential conflicts of interest.” 21 Four states (Minnesota.” 17 In 2005. they reap additional financial benefits from the provision of certain health care services. And the requirement to disclose may deter inappropriate behavior. 22 Many advocate more detailed reporting of gifts between industry and physicians on a national level. With this information. Some physicians. “solely on each patient’s medical needs. Physicians. giving lectures. once national. system-wide data is available. Physicians can accomplish this by having ownership or other financial interests in equipment or facilities — such as an MRI machine 70 .” 19 The PhRMA code states such relationships “are intended to benefit patients and to enhance the practice of medicine. Disclosure is the only way to know if there are inappropriate influences on the delivery of care and use of taxpayer dollars. stronger enforcement can be put into place. like most professionals. “there is also evidence that interactions prohibited by voluntary codes continue to occur. data collection alone may not prevent inappropriate relationships. enable payers to examine physician practices that may be influenced by particular relationships. 18 To dissuade inappropriate relationships. Vermont. and West Virginia) and the District of Columbia have enacted laws that require drug manufacturers to report any cash and in-kind payments made to physicians. the extent of industry influence and the wasteful spending that it leads to can be better determined. National legislation has been introduced that would require drug and device companies to disclose all gifts of $25 or more to physicians and other medical providers. Physician Self-Referral. It may discourage inappropriate arrangements between physician and industry.” 20 Though these updated guidelines are a step in the right direction. both the American Medical Association (AMA) and the Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America (PhRMA) adopted or revised their codes of conduct involving industry relationships.” and should be used. pharmaceutical companies spent $7 billion on sales representative visits to physicians and provided $18 billion worth of free samples. 23 A recent MedPAC report to Congress outlined several advantages of such a requirement.

however. When those physicians refer their patients for services from which the physician reaps the additional financial benefits — a practice known as self-referral — there is reason to be concerned about the physician’s motives. on the other hand. Community hospitals find it difficult to compete with their more cash-rich physicianowned counterparts. which prohibits physicians from “referring Medicare or Medicaid patients for clinical laboratory services to labs with which the physician has a financial relationship…unless the relationship fits within a specified exception. outpatient prescription drugs. the trend of increasing physician ownership of hospitals jeopardizes the continued viability of community hospitals. Over time. There is concern that physician ownership of hospitals leads to cherry-picking the patients who are healthiest and most able to pay. Physician-owned hospitals are often smaller and more specialized than community hospitals. hospital. because the financial incentive to increase utilization of the financially-rewarding services may conflict with otherwise sound medical and professional judgment. and many types of medical equipment and supplies. They tend to focus on lucrative lines of service. or receipt of anything of value to induce the referral of patients from services reimbursable by a federal health care program. One example is physician ownership of hospitals.” 27 Few prosecutions occurred. This cherry-picking only exacerbates the cost shifting to those Americans with insurance. Congress enacted the Anti-Kickback Statute. if any. which “broadly prohibits the purposeful offer. 25 Self-referral creates conflicting incentives for physicians. Congress enacted the Ethics in Patient Referrals Act (known as Stark I). radiology. including emergency departments. Increased transparency to both patients and payers in the form of disclosure of physicians’ financial interests is first step. often without much compensation. but they should not be able to game the system unfairly.” 29 In 1993. Ultimately. and referrals to imaging facilities or medical laboratories were not deterred. radiation. This concern is heightened by the fact that the patient often is unaware of a physician’s financial interest in providing services at a hospital in which he or she has an ownership interest. while leaving the patients who are sickest and least able to pay for community hospitals to treat. In 1972. tend to provide all service lines.or a hospital — that provide health services. 71 . Community hospitals.” 26 Congress has enacted several laws to confront this problem. payment. Congress enacted amendments (known as Stark II) expanding the prohibited services to “physical and laboratory therapy. this practice often results in an “increased use of services and higher payments from third party payers. Physician self-referral is generally prohibited by Federal law when the patient is covered by Medicare or Medicaid.” 30 The Baucus plan would scrutinize physician self-referral to ensure that physicians are not engaged in financial arrangements that place financial interests ahead of the needs of patients and the American taxpayer. Physicians deserve fair pay for providing services. 28 In 1989. home health care.

No serious effort at reform can ignore the potential gaming that financial conflicts may create. The demand for more transparent price and quality information has been driven primarily by employers and health plans. and surgical care improvement. 35 Trying to estimate a hospital stay based on charge data is “like shopping for a car by adding up the prices suppliers charge for all the nuts and bolts that go into one. Rising health care costs have fueled an interest in greater public availability of price and quality information. too. Hospital-specific process measures include those related to heart failure and heart attack care. 32 Additionally. At the state level. and hernia repair. which undermines the value of any comparison by patients and beneficiaries. for example. While public availability of Medicare price information is novel and has been hailed as a first step. 31 But consumers believe they have much to gain from greater transparency. Medicare currently posts hospital quality measures online at the Hospital Compare website. and pharmacies to publish their prices. Medicare. that this information is too detailed and not meaningful. colonoscopy. recent legislation has required public reporting of hospital retail charges. such as wrist fracture pinning. because it contains unit prices rather than episodes of care. and TRICARE ! to make quality and pricing information available to beneficiaries and enrollees by January 1. and more than 60 percent claim to have searched for information to help make health care decisions. In addition. An August 2006 Executive Order directed Federal health programs ! including the Federal Employees Health Benefit Program. Decisions about health care are often involuntary — made under emergency 72 . 33 Public programs have also embraced greater transparency. and it is not current or hospital-specific.” 36 The value and usefulness of cost and quality information may be limited by practical factors. the information is based on an average. 34 Pursuant to this order. pneumonia care. and building on existing programs. Cost and Quality Transparency. programs operated by the Indian Health Service. found that 84 percent of Americans want hospitals. A recent survey. the price and quality information is not linked. 90 percent of health care consumers want to partner with their physician in making health care decisions. 2007. The Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) has also started making available comparative price information for common outpatient procedures. Information is also available for risk-adjusted mortality rates and patient satisfaction. physicians. Public reporting and transparency can aid patients in making more informed decisions about their treatment options. however.The issue of self-referral must be reviewed in light of how health care is and will be delivered. Most experts agree. And health care price and quality information can be used by private health plans and public programs to reward quality and efficiency. Such information could also spur providers to make improvements by benchmarking their performance against their peers.

And providing price information without a clear use could lead to collusion instead of competition. Although progress has been made even in the past two years. so that it can be combined with similar data from other payers (such as health plans that serve employers and Medicaid) to build more robust profiles of clinicians’ care that are based on a broad spectrum of their patients. combined with real-life examples from the private sector. the Baucus plan would leverage Medicare’s ability to play a leading role. cost and quality information is rarely available to patients. these patients incur most health care costs. Price and quality information should be provided together. Transparency alone is not likely to transform health care. payers. These initiatives allow stakeholders in a community to combine their data with Medicare data with the goal of releasing a single set of cost and quality measures for the entire community. the current price information available for outpatient procedures should be paired with information on quality measures and expanded to other sites of care. The Department of Health and Human Services has started down this path by initiating Charter Value Exchanges in select communities. For example. variation in quality. 38 include: ! Information currently available is inadequate. Moreover. Some of these lessons. and providers — not patients — are in a better position to demand greater quality and efficiency. Information on the price of a specific health care service provides little value. particularly when care is sought under emergency conditions. Shopping for the best physician or hospital is impractical for very sick patients and patients with chronic conditions. Medicare should also make its data more widely available. stakeholders must agree on a common set of performance measures. with significant regulation of its use. Patients also may not have the opportunity to choose among hospitals if a referring physician is not on staff at the preferred hospital. purchasers.conditions or emotional distress. Knowing the total cost of caring for a condition is more meaningful. Medicare can and should release more information about the price and quality of covered services. also described in recent congressional testimony by the Commonwealth Fund. provide valuable lessons for making information meaningful. To access the Medicare data. ! ! To promote greater transparency in ways that would be meaningful and reliable to consumers and providers. particularly if combined with information on the quality or outcomes of the care. 73 . misleading advertising. and physicians lack comparative information on the quality of the care they provide or the care provided by physicians to whom they refer their patients.37 Medicare’s recent experience with making cost and quality information available online. Yet. Even for non-urgent elective procedures like LASIK vision-correction surgery. and inconsistent bundling of services that makes apples-to-apples price comparisons difficult. all contribute to imperfect market conditions.

at times increasing an average of 15 percent a year. either in an annual statement to their employees or in box 14 of the Form W-2. 41 While the Government Accountability Office has found that access to medical care is not “widely affected” by large premium increases. experienced increases ranging from 26 to 73 percent in 2003. employers must inform employees of the amount of wages paid by the employer. health system toward greater efficiency and increased engagement in health care decision making among consumers. Ordering more tests. for example.40 Some states have seen even more dramatic increases. as done through the Charter Value Exchanges. C.S. This plan also would require health plans offered through the Health Insurance Exchange to provide uniform cost and quality metrics. or visits primarily to avoid liability rather than to benefit patients may contribute to unnecessary health care spending. Better educating workers about the full cost of their health care coverage could encourage them to seek or demand lower premiums. procedures. provided on the Form W-2. Pennsylvania. MEDICAL MALPRACTICE REFORM Medical malpractice insurance premiums have risen steadily over recent decades. along with the taxes withheld from such wages during the calendar year. The Independent Health Coverage Council would work with health plans and purchasers to develop consistent definitions and principles. But no such requirement exists for the amount an employer pays for health insurance coverage. however. Medicare data can be instrumental in promoting greater cost and quality transparency within the health system. ultimately. This plan would require employer health costs to be fully disclosed to all employees. accurate and consistent information across the health system so that. This data must be used in ways that build consistency around cost and quality measures. must be given to each employee by January 31 of the succeeding year.39 While the prospect of data sharing generates concern among clinicians. Some employers voluntarily report the value of the health benefits they provide. these tools can help drive the U. Currently. Taken together. which in turn could help contain growth in spending. As a further step in greater transparency of health care costs. reporting is acceptable and less burdensome for the provider community.With appropriate privacy protections. Plans would also be encouraged to incorporate this information into pay-forperformance systems.42 and malpractice costs account for less than two percent of health costs. This plan proposes to invest in health IT and comparative clinical effectiveness research. 43 physicians and other health care providers contend that the current legal environment leads to the practice of defensive medicine. 74 . information about the full cost of employer-provided health care should be transparent to employees. The information. The push for increased transparency highlights the need for greater adoption of health information technology (IT) and evidence-based medicine. Medicare data can be used to generate more meaningful.

should address medical malpractice. in good faith. the large number of malpractice claims filed still overwhelms the legal system. Of every one hundred Americans injured in an accident.A serious effort at comprehensive health care reform. damages awarded for care necessary as a result of malpractice would be reduced because the cost of care would decrease across the board.5 percent. then. while simultaneously allowing credible claims to be compensated fairly and quickly. Also. to pay compensation to any patient injured or harmed as a result of care. as well as improve patient and provider satisfaction with the resolution of complaints or grievances. includes ideas for ensuring safe and effective medical care. The Fair and Reliable Medical Justice Act. Three years after the program was established. The current litigation system does not do a good job of compensating victims of malpractice or of reducing the occurrence of medical malpractice. Malpractice reform could address money and time spent on litigation. (2) the administrative determination of compensation model. States would have flexibility in developing alternatives to civil litigation. with three specific models outlined in the bill: (1) the early disclosure and compensation model.4 to 0. changes made as part of reforming the health care system would affect medical malpractice. noneconomic damages (as determined by the state) and reasonable attorney fees. improvements in preventive care and care coordination would reduce the likelihood of risky procedures that are a source of malpractice claims.” 45 Yet. and only two file a lawsuit. Reducing malpractice premiums alone would not have a substantial effect on overall health spending. 47 can be reduced. only ten make a liability claim. UMHS had reduced its 75 . 46 Alternatives to civil litigation need to be utilized so that administrative costs associated with litigation. “research typically shows Americans rarely take their disputes to court. 48 This legislation would provide grants to states to create alternatives to current tort litigation in an effort to increase access to recovery for patients with low-dollar value claims and improve satisfaction with claims resolution for patients and provides. The early disclosure model offers health care providers tort liability immunity after an offer. The compensation would have to include any economic loss to the patient. In fact. while working to limit malpractice insurance premiums. and only 30 percent of claims filed result in payments to victims of medical malpractice. Additionally. and (3) the health court model. which account for 60 percent of malpractice premiums. and the likely effect on health insurance premiums would be comparably small. The University of Michigan Health System (UMHS) implemented this system in 2002 with astounding results. introduced in the 109th Congress and again in the current Congress. CBO estimates that a 25 to 30 percent reduction in malpractice costs “would lower health care costs by only about 0. For example.” 44 But helping patients and providers to cooperate rather than participate in time-consuming and expensive legal battles may help to shift America’s health care system away from the costly practice of defensive medicine and toward the best quality care and adherence to standards of care.

states would also receive assistance to collect data about medical errors.” 50 Unfortunately. Under the third alternative. data collection remains limited because of the lack of incentives. the Baucus plan would call on states to take the opportunity to develop alternatives for resolving conflicts and compensating patients who are the victims of medical errors. insurers agree to provide coverage for the range of Medicare benefits that their enrollees need. Alternatives to litigation. Patients and providers should have the chance to cooperate. such as early disclosure. and doing so in a non-adversarial setting. calls for the establishment of an administrative board to designate classes of avoidable injuries. The judges’ decisions regarding compensation would be binding but subject to an appeals process. leading to improved patient safety. This plan would help achieve that important objective. An appeals process would also be established to review decisions made by the board. the systems developed by the Department of Defense and the Veterans Health Administration that successfully track such data could serve as models. Like the legislation. a specialized health court would be established.annual litigation costs by $2 million and reduced the number of lawsuits. provide incentives to disclose medical errors. as well as the time it took to resolve the suits. Data collection is essential to preventing errors by enabling providers to better understand how errors occur. “Accurate information also provides a baseline measurement for further assessment of the effectiveness of the changes made. Private insurance plans are paid a monthly amount by the government for each beneficiary whom they enroll. Fostering communication about medical errors and awarding appropriate compensation in a non-adversarial setting are the hallmarks of this approach. the administrative determination of compensation model. which would help keep patients better informed and create an opportunity for providers to learn from each other. by more than half. the board would determine the level of compensation awarded to the patient. By increasing communication about medical errors. D. The Fair and Reliable Medical Justice Act serves as a foundation for an important element of this health reform plan. The second approach. rather than participate in a time-consuming and expensive legal battle. In fact. In return. The court would be presided over by judges with expertise in health care with the ability to hire outside experts. PRIVATE INSURANCE PLANS IN MEDICARE Medicare beneficiaries can obtain benefits through the traditional fee-for-service program or by enrolling in private insurance plans that are approved to offer Medicare benefits. 76 . the collection of medical error data will increase. 49 That is one of the goals of the early disclosure model. under the current system. while continuing to protect the provider and improve patient safety. Based on these classes. In addition to receiving Federal assistance to establish an alternative model. The program allowing private insurers to serve Medicare beneficiaries is called Medicare Advantage (MA).

Even so. One is to set MA payments on par with traditional Medicare in every county in the country. MedPAC reports that MA plans are less efficient at delivering Medicare Part A and B benefits than the traditional fee-for-service program. MIPPA has already directed MedPAC to compare Medicare and private insurance costs and develop alternative ways of setting MA payments. all Medicare Advantage payments are based on the same rates — whether or not the plan uses advanced methods of coordinating and delivering care. There is no solid evidence that supports this assertion. 56 . 57 The majority of Medicare beneficiaries have multiple chronic conditions that could be treated more effectively through interdisciplinary care teams. The Baucus plan would seek to better understand how insurers’ costs differ by region of the country in designing new policies to eliminate the remaining excess spending in the Medicare Advantage program. 55 . Enacted in July 2008. and $169 billion over the next ten years. But delivering these extra benefits through Medicare Advantage is not as efficient as delivering them directly through traditional Medicare.S. like eyeglasses. Moreover. CBO and the U. But the benchmarks against which MA plans are paid should have more to do with plans’ own costs. and not all use electronic medical records to better manage care. 52 The health insurance industry defends these payments by pointing to extra benefits that lowincome MA enrollees receive relative to traditional Medicare. However. Congress must act to level the playing field between traditional Medicare and Medicare Advantage payments and the Baucus plan would do so. 54. dental coverage. 58 One option is to base MA payments on a blend of local and national Medicare costs. MIPPA took modest steps to reduce overpayments to private plans beginning in 2010. reducing MA payments in high-use areas and increasing payments in low-use areas. Not all Medicare Advantage plans are designed to integrate or coordinate care across the spectrum of providers. Comptroller General estimate the administrative costs of private plans serving Medicare beneficiaries are in the range of 11 to 13 percent. Medicare costs can be low in some areas of the country and extraordinarily high in others. 77 . compared to estimates of 2 to 5 percent for the traditional Medicare program. There are a number of ways to complete this. and the insurance industry contends that private plans better coordinate care and improve quality oversight in the Medicare program.The Medicare Payment Advisory Commission (MedPAC) estimates that Medicare Advantage (MA) insurers are currently paid 13 percent more than the amount Medicare would pay if the same beneficiaries remained in the traditional fee-for-service program. MA payments should be reformed to achieve neutrality with traditional Medicare at the national level. and lower copayments. Simply setting MA payments equal to traditional Medicare could maintain overpayments in some areas and create severe underpayments in other areas relative to insurers’ costs. MedPAC has called for Medicare Advantage payments to be set equal to traditional Medicare. 53 Private insurers’ higher overhead and added administrative costs — including profits — mean that fewer benefits are passed along to beneficiaries.51 Current estimates indicate that these excess payments will total $62 billion over the next five years.

Insurers in the program contract with pharmacies to dispense drugs. Recent studies suggest that the price breaks negotiated by Medicare prescription drug plans are not as high as those legislated through the Medicaid drug rebate program. At a minimum. LONG-TERM CARE SERVICES AND SUPPORTS Long-term care differs from other types of health care in that the goal is not to cure an illness. One option is to pay MA plans more if they meet medical home criteria defined by NCQA and specific performance measures.60 78 . but to provide patients with the highest level of functioning possible and improve quality of life. Care for these individuals is most often provided by informal caregivers ! family or friends ! who provide care with little or no compensation. Competitive bidding is another option that could be considered or tested for MA plans. which was switched from Medicaid to the Medicare drug benefit in 2006. their payments would be reduced over a defined period of time. More than 50 million informal caregivers currently tend to the needs of individuals and family members of all ages. Current law allows insurers to use their own formularies to negotiate prices with manufacturers and to manage the quality of the drug benefit. Insurers would continue to negotiate prices on behalf of the other beneficiaries who enroll in their plans. Congress should also be apprised of Medicare’s price breaks in the aggregate. working-age adults with inherited or acquired conditions ! many of whom are able to work ! and the elderly with chronic illnesses. relative to Medicaid and other sectors. E. 59 This means Medicare pays more than Medicaid for the prescriptions of the dual-eligible population. Private insurance plans also deliver Medicare’s prescription drug benefit and are paid by the government for each beneficiary they enroll. If MA plans do not meet these criteria. As with proposals involving traditional fee-for-service Medicare. In addition to determining and adopting mechanisms to reduce overpayments. and they negotiate with drug manufacturers for discounted prices. The need for long-term care affects individuals of all ages: children born with disabling conditions. Congress should repeal the “premium support” demonstration included in the MMA of 2003 because it unfairly ties Part B premiums to how much insurers’ costs differ from traditional Medicare. in order to gauge the performance of the prescription drug program. Finally. Congress should consider extending the Medicaid price discounts to the drugs consumed by the dual-eligible population in the Medicare program in order to maintain the previous price breaks. Congress should consider paying Medicare Advantage plans for delivering coordinated. insurers’ payments could be based on a blend of their own costs per enrollee with Medicare’s costs per beneficiary at the local or national level. Congress must seek ways to eliminate excess spending that results from differences in the ways MA plans and traditional Medicare code diagnoses in patients’ medical records. paying MA plans for such care could increase the quality of care provided to beneficiaries in MA plans and could possibly lower Medicare spending by reducing complications from chronic illnesses.Alternatively. costeffective care to beneficiaries with the highest risk of complications and spending.

63 An estimated 69 percent of people turning 65 years old will need some form of long-term care assistance before they die. 73 but reform has remained elusive due to a lack of consensus on both policy and financing. 72 Despite this progress. HCBS options are generally provided through Medicaid waivers. program goals. The Deficit Reduction Act of 2005 provided new flexibility for states to offer home and community-based long-term care services in Medicaid. 74 And even those who qualify often have difficulty accessing care. 66 Medicare covers a limited amount of post-acute care in skilled nursing facilities and in the home for certain beneficiaries. five percent of the adult population. but beneficiaries must have a significant level of disability to qualify. alternative approaches to institutional care. The cost for nursing home care is extremely expensive.Today. Congress has taken some steps to reform the long-term care system.000 Medicaid beneficiaries for HCBS waiver services. 62.4 million adults. Home and Community Based Services (HCBS) have become a popular way to support individuals who want to remain in their own homes and communities. 61 and about 1. about 9.1 million children living in the community have long-term care needs. Medicaid alone accounts for as much as 49 percent of long-term care spending ! most of which was provided in an institutional setting. about $70. These options include providing states with new tools and incentives to make them more available to more beneficiaries and exploring options to better coordinate care for dualeligible individuals under Medicare and Medicaid. Likewise. Without financial assistance from Medicaid or private insurance. In 2005. and does not encourage the delivery of high-quality care.000 per year on average. eligibility requirements.75 The Baucus plan would consider options to further expand access to HCBS in Medicaid. Congress has considered innovative. by 2005 there was a waiting list of more than 207. 67 Divergent characteristics. 69 and most patients would prefer care in these settings to institutional care. the program maintains a strong bias toward institutional care due to payment and access rules. 68 Home or community-based care is more cost-effective. 65 States and the Federal government are the largest payers of these services. national spending on long-term care was estimated to be nearly $207 billon. most people simply cannot afford extended nursing home care. The plan would also encourage states to explore new options that improve access to longterm care services and supports to prevent the progression of disability and to help 79 . And Medicare benefits are not coordinated with Medicaid ! even though the Federal government bears much of the cost for these programs. receive long-term care services in the community or in institutions. 64 The current system for delivering long-term care is expensive. 70. conflicting incentives may increase costs and diminish the quality of care. inefficient.71 In recent years. and covered services for Medicare and Medicaid programs often lead to uncoordinated care and a fractured delivery system for individuals needing long-term care and assistance.

families and caregivers in navigating the complex and fractured long-term care services and supports system. Family caregivers cannot be expected to fill all the gaps in our current system. Institutional or residential care is appropriate in some cases. such as the Green House model. who represent a pool of more than 900. One concept that has been put forward to address these shortages is providing educational and training opportunities to adults who are participating in the Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF) program. the total value in foregone revenue for health tax benefits was more than $300 billion. and retain a robust workforce that can ensure high-quality care. it should be a choice for individuals and families. states can help prevent or delay costly institutionalizations and provide a more patientcentered benefit. 77 In the long run. By intervening earlier with targeted assistance. TAX INCENTIVES FOR HEALTH COVERAGE Tax breaks for health insurance premiums and other health expenses are among the largest tax expenditures in the Federal budget. an employee’s share of the 80 .000 individuals who could provide an important resource in meeting our nation’s workforce needs. F. The plan would provide assistance to individuals. In addition. In addition. fundamental reform of the long-term care system will be necessary. Because almost 25 percent of deaths occur in long-term care settings. The employer’s contribution to health care and premiums is excluded from an individual’s income for both income and payroll tax purposes. 76 that has shown promise for both improving the quality of life and care in these settings. 78 Congress should explore ways to restructure the current tax incentives to encourage more efficient spending on health and to target our tax dollars more effectively and fairly. we should also explore policies that make quality long-term care insurance products more affordable and accessible. Achieving ultimate success will require both public and private solutions. With this help. In 2007. this plan incorporates several options to reform the delivery system to provide better care coordination and chronic disease management. Long-term care reform should include options to recruit. exploring inefficiencies and conflicting incentives within Medicare and Medicaid could improve the quality of care and decrease costs. train. While we consider options to improve the care in our public programs. Others may include investment in aging and disability resource centers (ADRCs) and programs that limit secondary disabilities by promoting nutrition. This plan would pilot new models of institutional care. In addition.individuals remain in their own homes. ways to provide the best quality care at the end of life should be considered. exercise and fall prevention. Current tax law favors individuals who receive health insurance through their employer. individuals in need of care and their families would be better able to make the most appropriate care choice. Providing support for family caregivers should also be an important part of any reform plan. however.

Current incentives are also regressive because they are.5 percent of their adjusted gross income and they itemize their deductions. they give larger subsidies to higher-income workers. or none at all. 83. This is less favorable treatment than employerprovided health insurance. Self-employed individuals can deduct the cost of health insurance premiums for themselves. those who purchase health insurance through the individual market. Some have proposed eliminating the current tax exclusion for employer-based health insurance premiums and converting the benefit to a tax deduction or tax credit. even though the premiums are part of the worker’s total compensation package. for the most part. There is no limit on the amount of premiums that can be excluded from wages. The unlimited tax benefit for the exclusion encourages workers to purchase more expensive coverage to avoid co-payments and deductibles. and their dependents for income tax purposes. many economists argue that the unlimited employee tax exclusion leads to increased health spending. An employee’s pre-tax contributions for health insurance or medical expenses through a Flexible Spending Account (FSA) are excluded from income and therefore not subject to tax. 79. In addition to the employee exclusion. their spouse. Additionally.900 of those contributions for individuals and $5. because it lowers the cost of buying insurance through an employer. they argue that the incentives are inequitable because the amount of tax benefit received differs based on how health coverage is received: those covered through their employers are rewarded with the largest tax breaks. 81 . more valuable to taxpayers who are subject to higher marginal rates. 82 First. Second. instead of looking at the amount of coverage that they actually need. For individuals who qualify to contribute to a Health Savings Account (HSA) by enrolling in a high-deductible health plan. 80 . while those who must obtain coverage on the individual market receive a much smaller tax break. employees who have different health insurance options from which to choose may spend health care dollars unnecessarily to simply buy the most expensive plan they can afford. And finally. other incentives to purchase health care and health coverage are available through the tax code. This means workers are not taxed on the value of their health premiums. There are no limits on the amount of wages an employee can contribute on a pre-tax basis to an FSA. but they must pay self-employment tax on these amounts. This lower cost sharing can lead to higher use of services that are considered non-urgent and discretionary.premium cost can be excluded if it is made through what is called a cafeteria benefit plan.800 for families are deductible in tax year 2008. Most economists argue there are problems with the current set of tax incentives for heath care. and those who have out-of-pocket medical expenses. may deduct their spending to the extent that it exceeds 7. The tax exclusion fosters employment-based health coverage. up to $2.84 This approach goes too far because it could cause widespread disruption in employer-based 81 . As such. instead of to the lower-income Americans who need more help buying insurance.

for example. Peter R.pdf. (1992) http://archive. http://www. based on a person’s income — or both.health benefits. Health Spending by Up to $61 Billion.gov/NationalHealthExpendData/02_NationalHealthAccountsHistorical.gao. (2007). U.and medium-cost areas were reduced to the level in low-cost areas.” Health Affairs 27. no. the exclusion could be available on a sliding scale based on income: people with low wages could be allowed to exclude 100 percent of the premiums offered through their employers. Current tax policies for health coverage must promote efficient uses of care and distribute subsidies fairly. If they purchase health plans with greater benefits. Reform should not endanger coverage for the more than half of all Americans who now have health insurance through an employer. June Gibbs Brown. 7 8 The Department of Health and Human Services and Department of Justice.hhs. One option for reform is to cap the amount of health care premiums that can be excluded from employee wages for income and payroll tax purposes. We must also balance any tax reforms in this area with the desire of Americans to maintain employer-based health coverage. “Cost and Coverage Analysis of Ten Proposals to Expand Health Insurance Coverage. as an alternative.” GAO.” The Lewin Group. http://www.hhs. 85 Tax incentives can be an effective way of subsidizing the cost of health insurance. 9 Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services.” CMS. 6 Government Accountability Office.asp. C. This could be done by limiting or capping the tax exclusion based on the value of health benefits or.cms. Employees could be allowed to exclude. and Reduce Total U. the difference between a more generous plan and the cap could be subject to Federal and state income taxes. 2008). Senate.asp?filterType=none&filterByDID=99&sortByDID=1&sortOrder=descending&itemID=CMS1205324&intNumPerPage=10. HHS & DOJ. 1 Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services. “Health Care Fraud Abuse Control Program Annual Report for FY 2006”. “Health Insurance: Vulnerable Payers Lose Billions to Fraud and Abuse. (Testimony before the Senate Appropriations Committee.S. July 16. with the percent allowed phasing down or out with income.gov/CERT/CR/itemdetail. The CBO estimate is based on an estimate of spending variation in Medicare and the costs that could be saved — without any negative effect on health outcomes — if high. “New Analysis: Congressional Health Care Proposals Would Cover All Uninsured.” (Testimony before the Committee on the Budget. “Health And Budget Reform As Handmaidens. Orszag. 5 4 3 2 John Sheils and Randall Haught.” CMS. (2008): 633-644.” The Commonwealth Fund. Alternatively. http://oig. April 22. House of Representatives. 82 . (2007). The Commonwealth Fund. “Increasing the Value of Federal Spending on Health Care.S.gov/publications/docs/hcfac/hcfacreport2006.lewin. In 2007. up to a specific dollar amount in health benefits from their wages each year. U. that potential savings in Medicare is $129 billion.com/content/publications/CoveringAmerica.gov/t2pbat6/146547.hhs. Eugene Steuerle and Randall R Bovbjerg. More targeted reforms of the exclusion might make the incentive more equitable and reduce spending in the health care system.pdf. 3. (2007).pdf.S. (2003). http://www. “2007 Improper Medicare FFS Payments. 1994).cms. New tax incentives for small businesses and low-income individuals were discussed earlier in this plan. “National Health Expenditure Data.

18: 18851890. introduced by Senators Chuck Grassley and Herb Kohl. “PhRMA Code on Interactions with Health Care Professionals. 2007.” (Testimony before the Senate Committee on Finance. David Blumenthal. Department of Health and Human Services.” New England Journal of Medicine 351. “Report to the Congress: Reforming the Delivery System. (2006).” (2008): 154-155. Medicare Payment Advisory Commission. (2008): 1-3. and Supplies. “Draft Background Paper on Hospital Cost and Price Transparency: Usable.7: 673-681. “Gifts to Physicians from Industry. The Physician Payments Sunshine Act of 2007.pdf. Medicare Payment Advisory Commission. “A Decade of Direct-to-Consumer Advertising of Prescription Drugs. Eric Campbell.pdf. S. no. National Quality Forum.” Health Affairs 26. http://oig. “Report to the Congress: Reforming the Delivery System. Medicare Payment Advisory Commission.phrma. Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America. no.” New England Journal of Medicine 357. 13 12 11 10 ExpectMore.S. “Health Care Fraud and Abuse Control. “Report to the Congress: Physician-Owned Specialty Hospitals.cahi. “A National Survey of Physician-Industry Relationships. Senate. 3 (2007): 415.gov/omb/expectmore/detail/10000292. Report on Medicare Compliance. “Memorandum: Results from Nationwide Poll on Price Transparency.2002. et al. Prosthetics. HHS-OIG. 19 20 18 American Medical Association. “Medicare Home Oxygen Equipment: Cost and Servicing.org/cahi_contents/resources/pdf/CAHIPollResults042806.” (2004).gov/oei/reports/oei-09-04-00420. “OCIG Official Unveils FivePoint Strategy to Help the Next Administration Combat Fraud”..pdf. no. “Aligning Incentives: The Case for Delivery System Reform.org/pdf/projects/transparency/txpricetranspforcommentJun12. “Final Report to Congress: Evaluation of Medicare’s Competitive Bidding Demonstration for Durable Medical Equipment.2029.html#performanceMeasures.org/files/PhRMA%20Code. http://www.” (2008): 153. 32 The Council for Affordable Health Insurance. 30 31 Ibid. no.” New England Journal of Medicine 356. Audience-Specific Information on Hospital Costs and Prices.pdf: 3. Medicare Payment Advisory Commission. Department of Health and Human Services.” (2006).Department of Health and Human Services.qualityforum.” (2005): 11.gov. Office of the Inspector General. Jean Mitchell. “Doctors and Drug Companies. (1998). http://www. September 16.” AMA.” http://www. http://www.hhs. 83 . Ibid. 17: 1742. 15 16 17 14 Ibid. Orthotics. Julie Donohue et al. “The Prevalence of Physician Self-Referral Arrangements After Stark II: Evidence From Advancing Diagnostic Imaging.whitehouse..” (2007).” (2005): 12. 26 27 25 24 23 22 21 Ibid. “Report to the Congress: Physician-Owned Specialty Hospitals. 28 29 Ibid. Office of the Inspector General. September 6. 2008).” HHS-OIG. Eric Campbell.” (2004). U.

“Limiting Tort Liability for Medical Malpractice. Executive Order 13410. Lawsuits. http://www. http://findarticles.org/pdf/projects/transparency/txpricetranspforcommentJun12. “Implications of Rising Premiums on Access to Health Care. 84 .” Health Affairs (2004): 4-25 (published online 21 January 2004.org/docs/files/DisclosureFactSheetsConsumerTools10-10-07. no. 2006). 10.. U. Tu. 19. (2004): 6. introduced by Senator Mike Enzi and Senator Max Baucus. introduced by Senators Grassley and Baucus. Thorpe. 54 Congressional Budget Office. 51 52 53 Medicare Payment Advisory Commission. 1507. AudienceSpecific Information on Hospital Costs and Prices.w4. Kenneth E.pdf. 354.” CBO.1481. July 18. Glenn M. Studdert et al. “Claims.com/p/articles/mi_m0FSL/is_/ai_n27000693. House of Representatives.” (2007). introduced by Senator Max Baucus and Senator Michael Enzi. The Fair and Reliable Medical Justice Act. (2004): 3.1377/hlthaff. 10.” (Testimony before the Subcommittee on Health of the House Committee on Energy and Commerce. “Using Medical-Error Reporting to Drive Patient Safety Efforts.20) S. “The Medical Malpractice ‘Crisis’: Recent Trends and the Impact of State Tort Reforms. (2006): 2024-2033. 110th Congress. Senate. (2007). 2006). and Legal Rights: The Battle Over Litigation in American Society. Ibid. Thomas Burke. (2006): 1-56. Sara Collins. U. 50 49 48 47 46 Joanne Stow. 13.S. S. “Lawyers.” Health Affairs (2004): 4-25 (published online 21 January 2004. 21 (2006): 2208.1337. This estimate is for plan year 2008 and does not take into account the effect of MIPPA of 2008. May 24. “Building Health Care Value By Providing Consumers With Better Information To Make Good Decisions.” CBO. House of Representatives.” New England Journal of Medicine. “Limiting Tort Liability for Medical Malpractice. http://healthcaredisclosure. 36 37 35 34 Ibid. http://www.gov/news/releases/2006/08/20060822-2.” (Testimony before the Senate Committee on Finance. 2008).S. 109th Congress.20) Government Accountability Office.” GAO. “Designing a Premium Support System for Medicare. and Compensation Payments in Medical Malpractice Litigation. The Fair and Reliable Medical Justice Act . “Background Paper on Hospital Cost and Price Transparency: Usable. Ha T.” (2006).S. U.pdf. 354.” NQF.html. 2007. no. “The Medical Malpractice ‘Crisis’: Recent Trends and the Impact of State Tort Reforms. 40 41 39 38 Congressional Budget Office. National Quality Forum. S. Thorpe.” CBO. April 11.33 Consumer-Purchaser Disclosure Project. and act that would establish a framework for the release and use of Medicare data.w4. 2007). Kenneth E. “Making Patient Safety the Centerpiece of Medical Liability Reform. (2004): 4. “Promoting Quality and Efficient Health Care in Federal Government Administered or Sponsored Health Care Programs. (2009): preface. Hillary Clinton and Barack Obama.” (2008). “Report to the Congress: Medicare Payment Policy. “An Examination of Medicare Advantage. Errors. Ibid.” The New England Journal of Medicine. (accessed November 4.” University of California Press.whitehouse.qualityforum. Hackbarth. (Testimony before the Subcommittee on Health of the House Committee on Ways and Means. March 15.. (2006). David M.1377/hlthaff. 43 44 45 42 Congressional Budget Office.” AORN Journal. “Transparency in Health Care: the Time Has Come.

Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, “National Health Expenditure Data, Tables 11 and 12,” CMS, (2008) http://www.cms.hhs.gov/NationalHealthExpendData/downloads/tables.pdf.
56

55

Merrill Mathews, “Medicare’s Hidden Administrative Costs: A Comparison of Medicare and the Private Sector,” Council for Affordable Health Insurance, (2006): 1-16.

Government Accountability Office, “Medicare Advantage Organizations: Actual Expenses and Profits Compared to Projections for 2005,” GAO, (2008): 1-14. Robert A. Berenson, “From Politics To Policy: A New Payment Approach In Medicare Advantage,” Health Affairs, (2008): 156, (published online 4 March, 2008; 10.1377/hlthaff.27.2.w156). Richard G. Frank and Joseph P. Newhouse, “Mending the Medicare Prescription Drug Benefit: Improving Consumer Choices and Restructuring Purchasing,” The Brookings Institute, (2008), http://www.brookings.edu/papers/2007/04useconomics_frank.aspx. The Department of Health and Human Services, “Informal Caregiving: Compassion in Action,” HHS, (1998), http://aspe.hhs.gov/daltcp/Reports/carebro2.pdf.
61 60 59 58

57

S. Rogers and H. Komisar, “Who Needs Long-Term Care? Fact Sheet, Long-Term Care Financing Project,” Georgetown University Press, (2003). Most but not all individuals were over 65 years of age, 6.3 million; the remaining 3.7 million were younger

Achintya N. Dey, Jeannine. S. Schiller, and Diane A. Tai, “Summary Health Statistics for Children: National Health Interview Survey, 2002,” National Center for Health Statistics, Vital and Health Statistics, 10, no. 221, (2004).
63 64

62

Forum on Child and Family Statistics, http://www.childstats.gov/.

Peter Kemper, Harriet L. Komisar, and Lisa Alecxih, “Long Term Care Over An Uncertain Future: What Can Current Retirees Expect?” Inquiry, 42, (2005-06): 335-350. Georgetown University Long-Term Care Financing Project, “National Spending for Long-Term Care,” Georgetown University, (2007). Ibid.

65

66 67

David Grabowski, “Medicare and Medicaid: Conflicting Incentives for Long-Term Care,” Milbank Quarterly, 85, no. 4, (2007). MetLife, “The MetLife Market Survey of Nursing Home and Home Care Costs,” MetLife, (2006), http://www.metlife.com/WPSAssets/1875695828115945575V1F2006NHHCMarketSurvey.pdf. In 2006, annual costs for 24 hour care in a nursing home ranged from about $67,000 for a semi-private room to about $75,000 for a private room, or from $183 a day to $206 a day for a private room. Carol O’Shaughnessy, Julie Stone, Thomas Gabe, Laura B. Shrestha “Long-Term Care: Consumers, Providers, Payers, and Programs,” CRS Report for Congress, (2007). Enid Kassner, “Medicaid and Long-Term Services and Supports for Older People: Fact Sheet,” AARP Public Policy Institute, (2005). Nancy A. Miller, Charlene Harrington, Elizabeth Goldstein, “Access to Community-Based Long-term Care: Medicaid’s Role,” Journal of Aging and Health, 14, no. 1, (2002): 138-59.
72 73 71 70 69 68

Public Law 109-171

S.1758, The Community Living Assistance Services and Supports Act or CLASS Act, introduced by Senator Edward Kennedy, July 2007; S.3779, the Community Choice Act of 2007, introduced by Senator Tom Harkin, March 2007; S.3227, The Empowered at Home Act of 2008, introduced by Senator John Kerry and Senator Charles Grassley, July 2008.
74

Cynthia Shirk, “Rebalancing Long-Term Care: The Role of the Medicaid HCBS Waiver Program,” George Washington University National Health Policy Forum, (2006). Individuals must meet a level of functional need that qualifies them for a nursing home.

85

75

Ibid.

76 The Green House Model creates a small community for a group of elders and staff. They differ from traditional skilled nursing homes and assisted living facilities, by altering size, interior design, staffing patterns, and methods of delivering skilled professional services. Its primary purpose is to serve as a place where elders can receive assistance and support with activities of daily living and clinical care, without the assistance and care becoming the focus of their existence. Developed by Dr. William Thomas and rooted in the tradition of the Eden Alternative, it is a model for cultural change within nursing facilities, http://www.ncbcapitalimpact.org/default.aspx?id=148. 77

Pedro L. Gozalo and Susan C. Miller, “Hospice Enrollment and Evaluation of its Causal Effect on Hospitalization of Dying Nursing Home Patients,” Health Services Research, 42, (2007): 2.

78

Edward D. Kleinbard, “Tax Expenditures for Health Care,” (Testimony before the Senate Committee on Finance, U.S. Senate, July 31, 2008). For a comprehensive list of current health tax benefits for health expenses, see Appendix A of this testimony.

Many economists in the public and private sector have analyzed and commented on problems with current tax health incentives. A few examples are: Jonathan Gruber, “Subsidies to Employee Health Insurance Premiums and the Health Insurance Market,” National Bureau of Economics Research, (2007), http://papers.nber.org/papers/w9567.pdf. Kate Baicker, “Making Health Insurance More Affordable Through Health Insurance Finance Reform,” Business Economics, 42, no. 3, (2007), https://commerce.metapress.com/content/f67110210634770k/resourcesecured/?target=fulltext.pdf&sid=05mdup55rn1nd055gl0gfx55&sh=www.springerlink.com.
81 80

79

Jason Furman, “Health Reform Through Tax Reform: A Primer,” Health Affairs, 27, no. 3, (2008): 622632. Edward D. Kleinbard, “Tax Expenditures for Health Care,” (Testimony before the Senate Committee on Finance, U.S. Senate, July 31, 2008). S.334, The Healthy Americans Act, introduced by Senator Wyden, January 18, 2007.

82

83 84

Budget of the United States Government, Fiscal Year 2009, submitted by President George W. Bush to the U.S. Congress on February 4, 2008.
85

Certain data collection issues would need to be addressed in order to implement an income cap.

86

CONCLUSION
The case for health reform is undeniable. Improving the U.S. health system is one of the most important challenges we face as a nation, and the inability to achieve comprehensive health reform will undermine any efforts to secure economic recovery. Health reform is an essential part of restoring America’s overall economy and maintaining our competitiveness at home and around the world. Health care reform is also necessary to protect the finances of our working families. Nearly 46 million Americans lack health coverage and another 25 million are underinsured. Rising health care costs and mounting medical bills have become a pocketbook issue for too many families, becoming one of the biggest factors in personal bankruptcy filings. Each of the key challenges facing our health care system ! lack of access to care, the cost of care, and the need for better-quality care ! must be addressed in concert. Covering millions of uninsured through a broken health system will be fiscally unsustainable. Attempting to address the inefficiencies plaguing our system and the perverse incentives in the delivery system without covering the uninsured will fail to alleviate the burden of uncompensated care and cost shifting. The time for incremental improvements has passed; health care reform must be comprehensive in scope. This Call to Action provides a starting point for the upcoming health care reform debate. It is a vision and not a legislative proposal. It is comprehensive but not an exhaustive exploration of every health care issue that can or should be considered. As a first step toward consideration of health care reform, Congressional leaders and the public must understand that reform will likely require an initial investment. In the short term, health care reform will cost more than can be achieved in savings from all the quality improvement initiatives and financing changes. But these changes will improve the quality of the health care that Americans receive and reduce the cost of that health care, ultimately putting our system on a more sustainable path. More importantly, the costs of inaction, both in human and financial terms, are greater than any initial outlays. The next crucial step is a constructive dialog on policy priorities among policymakers, stakeholders, health policy thought leaders and the public. Consensus will be difficult to achieve, but common ground from which to build can and must be found.

87

Labor. Education.APPENDIX LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AAMC – American Association of Medical Colleges ABIM – American Board of Internal Medicine ACE – Acute Care Episode ACO – Accountable Care Organizations AFDC – Aid to Families with Dependent Children AHRQ – Agency for Health Care Research and Quality AMA – American Medical Association ARDC – Aging and Disability Resource Center BBA – Balanced Budget Act of 1997 CBO – Congressional Budget Office CDC – Centers for Disease Control and Prevention CHIP – State Children’s Health Insurance Program CMS – Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services COPD – Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease EHR – Electronic Health Record FEHBP – Federal Employees Health Benefit Program FMAP – Federal Medical Assistance Percentage FPL – Federal Poverty Level FQHC – Federally Qualified Health Center FSA – Flexible Spending Account GAO – Government Accountability Office GDP – Gross Domestic Product GME – Graduate Medical Education HCBS – Home and Community Based Services HCFAC – Health Care Fraud and Abuse Control HELP – Senate Committee on Health. and Pensions HHS – Department of Health and Human Services HIT – Health Information Technology HQID – Hospital Quality Incentive Demonstration HRSA – Health Resources and Services Administration 88 .

HSA – Health Savings Account IHS – Indian Health Services IME – Indirect Medical Education IOM – Institute of Medicine IRS – Internal Revenue Service MA – Medicare Advantage MedPAC – Medicare Payment Advisory Commission MIPPA – Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008 MRI – Magnetic Resonance Imaging NCQA – National Committee for Quality Assurance NHCS – National Health Care Survey NHIS – National Health Interview Survey NIH – National Institutes of Health NQF – National Quality Forum OASIS – Outcome and Assessment Information Set OIG – Office of the Inspector General OMB – Office of Management and Budget PGP – Physician Group Practice PhRMA – Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America PHSA – Public Health Service Act PQRI – Physician Quality Reporting Initiative RHC – Rural Health Center RUC – Relative Value Update Committee SGR – Sustainable Growth Rate SSDI – Social Security Disability Insurance SSI – Social Security Income TANF – Temporary Assistance for Needy Families UMHS – University of Michigan Health System VBP – Value Based Purchasing 89 .